RSG CLASSES

MA ECO(ENTRANCE)

MATHEMATICS

BY

RAHUL SIR
(9717752751,9810148860,981014882)
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 1
 RSG CLASSES

CHAPTER -1
Algebra
1) Suppose f(x)= ex then

X1+X2 f(X1)+f(X2)
a) f ( ) > for all X1 and X2 and X1 ≠ X2.
2 2
𝐗𝟏+𝐗𝟐 𝐟(𝐗𝟏)+𝐟(𝐗𝟐)
b) f ( ) < 𝐟𝐨𝐫 𝐚𝐥𝐥 𝐗𝟏 𝐚𝐧𝐝 𝐗𝟐 𝐚𝐧𝐝 𝐗𝟏 ≠ 𝐗𝟐.
𝟐 𝟐
X1+X2 f(X1)+f(X2)
c) f ( ) > for some values of X1 and X2 and X1 ≠ X2
2 2
X1+X2 f(X1)f+f(X2)
f (( ) < for some values of X1 and X2 and X1 ≠
2 2
X2.
d) There exist at least one pair (X1,X2); X1≠ X2 such that
X1+X2 f(X1)+f(X2)
f( )=
2 2
2 2
2) If a x + 2bx + c = 0 has one root greater than unity & other is less
than unity, then

a) a2 + 2b + c = 0
b) a2 + 2b + c > 0
c) 2b+c < 0
d) 2b+c > 0

1 1 1
3) The value of the expression + +⋯+ is
√1+√2 √2+√3 √99+√100
a) A rational number lying in the interval (0,9)

b ) An irrational number lying in the interval (0,9);

c) rational number lying in the interval (0,10);
d) An irrational number lying in the interval (0,10).

4) Consider any integer I = m2 + n2 , where m and n are any two odd integers.
Then

a) I is never divisible by 2;
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 2
 RSG CLASSES

b) I is never divisible by 4;
c) I is never divisible by 6;
d) None of these.

5) Given x ≥ y ≥ z, and x + y + z = 12, the maximum value of x + 3y + 5z is

a) 36;

b) 42;

c) 38;

d) 32

6) Suppose the number X is odd. Then X 2 − 1 is

a) Odd;
b) Not prime;
c) Necessarily positive;
d) None of the above.

7) p and q are positive integers such that p2 − q2 is a prime number. Then,

p – q is
a) A prime number;
b) An even number greater than 2;
c) An odd number greater than 1 but not prime;
d) None of these.

8) Every integer of the form (n3 –n)(n2 - 4)(for n = 3,4,...) is

a) Divisible by 6 but not always divisible by 12;

b) Divisible by 12 but not always divisible by 24;
c) Divisible by 24 but not always divisible by 120;
d) Divisible by 120 but not always divisible by 720.

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 3

 RSG CLASSES

9) Let p, q, r, s be four arbitrary positive numbers. Then the value of

(p2 +p+1)(q2 +q+1)(r2 +r+1)(s2 +s+1)
pqrs
a) 81;
b) 91;
c) 101.
d) None of these.

a b c d
10) If a, b, c, d are positive real numbers then + + + is always
b c d a
(a) less than √2

(b) less than 2 but greater than or equal to √2

(c) less than 4 but greater than or equal 2

(d) greater than or equal to 4.

11 ) Consider the number K (n) = (n + 3) (n2 + 6n +8) defined for integers n.

Which of the

following statements are correct ?

a) K (n) is always divisible by 4,

b) K (n) is always divisible by 5,

c) K (n) is always divisible by 6,

d) Statements (a),(b)and(c) are incorrect.

13) If X = 265 and Y = 264 + 263 + ⋯ + 21 + 20 , then

a) Y = X + 264
b) X=Y
c) Y=X+1

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 4

 RSG CLASSES

d) Y=X-1

14) If f(x) is a real valued function such that

2f(x)+3f(−x) = 55 − 7x,
for every x ∈ R , then f(3) equals
a) 40
b) 32
c) 26
d) 10 [ISI 2009]
x1 x2 x3
15) If x1, x2 , x3 are positive real numbers, then + + is always
x2 x3 x1

a) ≤ 3
1
b) ≤ 33
c) ≥ 3
d) 3 [ISI 2009]

1 1 1
16) Suppose n ≥ 9 is an integer. Let μ = n2 + n3 + n4 . Then, which of the
following relationships between n and μ is correct?
a) n = μ.
b) n>μ.
c) n<μ.
d) None of the above. [ISI 2009]

17) Let P = {1,2,3,4,5} and Q = {1,2}. The total number of subsets X of

P such that X ∩ Q = {2} is
a) 6,
b) 7,
c) 8,
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 5
 RSG CLASSES

d) 9.

18) If f(1) = 0, f’(x) > f(x) for all x > 1, then f(x) is
a) positive valued for all x > 1,
b) negative valued for all x > 1,
c) positive valued on (1,2) but negative valued on [2,∞).
d) None of these

19) The expression √13 + 3√23/3 + √13 − 3√23/3 is

a) A natural number,
b) A rational number but not a natural number,
c) An irrational number not exceeding 6,
d) An irrational number exceeding 6.

1 1
20) If the positives numbers xl , … . . , xn are in AP, then + +
√x1 +√x2 √x2 +√x3
1
⋯…..+ equals
√xn−1 +√xn
n
a) ,
√xl +√xn
1
b) ,
√x1 +√xn
2n
c) ,
√x1 +√xn

d) None of these.

21) If x1, x2 , x3 , x4 > 0 and ∑4i=l xi = 2, then p = (x1 + x2 )(x3 + x4 ) is

a) Bounded between zero and one,
b) Bounded between one and two,
c) Bounded between two and three,
d) Bounded between three and four.

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 6

 RSG CLASSES

22) If x and y are real numbers such that x 2 + y 2 = 1, then the maximum
value of |x| + |y| is
1
a) ,
2

b) √𝟐 ,
1
c),
√2

d) 2.

23) Let (x) = Ax 2 + Bx + c , where A, B, C re real numbers. If f(x) is an

integer whenever x is an integer, then
a) 2A and A + B are integers, but C is not an integer.
b) A + B and C are integers, but 2 A is not an integer.
c) 2A , A + B and C are all integers.
d) None of these.

24) Kupamonduk, the frog, lives in a well 14 feet deep. One fine morning she
has an urge to see the world, and starts to climb out of her well. Every day
she climbs up by 5 feet when there is light, but slides back by 3 feet in the
dark. How many days will she take to climb out of the well?
a) 3,
b) 8,
c) 6,
d) None of the above.

25) The expression √11 + 6√2 + √11 − 6√2 is

a) Positive and an even integer,
b) Positive and an odd integer,
c) Positive and irrational,
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 7
 RSG CLASSES

d) None of the above

26) What is the maximum value of a(1 − a)b(1 − b)c(1 − c), where a, b, c
vary over all positive fractional values?
a) 1,
1
b) ,
8

c)
𝟏
d) .
𝟔𝟒

27) What is the least (strictly) positive value of the expression a3 + b3 +

c 3 − 3abc, where a, b, c vary over all strictly positive integers? (you may use
1
the identitya3 + b3 + c 3 − 3abc = (a + b + c)((a − b)2 + (b − c)2 +
2
((c − a )2 ) .)
a) 2,
b) 3,
c) 4,
d) 8.

28) If a2 + b2 + c 2 = 1, then ab + bc + ca is,

a) −0.75,
b) Belongs to the interval [−1, −0.5],
c) Belongs to the interval [0.5, 1],
d) None of the above.

29) Given x ≥ y ≥ z, and x + y + z = 9, the maximum value of x + 3y +5z is

a) 27,
b) 42,
c) 21,

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 8

 RSG CLASSES

d) 18.
30) Consider any two consecutive integers a & b that are both greater than
The sum (a2 + b2 ) is
a) Always even,
b) Always a prime number,
c) Never a prime number,
d) None of the above statements is correct.

31) If α and β are the roots of the equation x 2 − ax + b = 0, then the

quadratic equation whose roots are α + β + αβ and αβ − α − β is
a)x 2 − 2ax + a2 − b2 = 0,
b) x 2 − 2ax − a2 + b2 = 0,
c) 𝐱𝟐 − 𝟐𝐛𝐱 − 𝐚𝟐 + 𝐛𝟐 = 𝟎,
d) x 2 − 2bx + a2 − b2 = 0.

1 1
32) Suppose f(x) = 2(x 2 + 2 ) −3(x + )− 1 where x is real and x ≠ 0. Then
x x
the solutions of f(x) =0 are such that their product is
a) 1,
b) 2,
c) -1,
d) -2.

33) The minimum number of real roots of f(x) =|x|3 + a|x|2 + b|x| + c,
where a, b and c are real, is
a) 0,
b) 2,
c) 3,

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 9

 RSG CLASSES

d) 6.
34) Suppose an odd positive integer 2n + 1 is written as a sum of two
integers so that their product is maximum. Then the integers are
a) 2n and 1,
b) n+2 and n−1,
c) 2n−1 and 2,
d) None of the above.

35) Two varieties of mango, A and B are available at price Rs. p1 and Rs. p2
per kg. Respectively. One buyer buys 5 kg. of A and 10kg. of B and
another buyer spends Rs. 100 on A and Rs. 150 on B. if the average
expenditure per mango (irrespective of variety) is the same for two
buyers, then which of the following statements is the most appropriate?
a) p1 = p2 ;
3
b) p2 = p1;
4
𝟑
c) 𝐩𝟏 = 𝐩𝟐 or 𝐩𝟐 = 𝐩𝟏 ;
𝟒
3 p2
d) ≤ < 1. [ISI 2007]
4 p1

36) If a2 + b2 + c 2 =1. Then ab+bc+ca lies in

1
a) [ , 1]
2

b) [−1,1]
−1 1
c) [ , ]
2 2
−𝟏
d) [ , 𝟏]
𝟐

37) If x, y, z are any real numbers, then which of the following is always
true?

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 10

 RSG CLASSES

a) max {x,y} < max {x,y,z}

b) max {x,y} > max {x,y,z}
𝐱+𝐲+|𝐱−𝐲|
c) max {x,y} =
𝟐
d) none of these [ISI 2011]

38) Let f : R → R be a function that satisfies for all x, y ∈ R

f(x + y)f(x − y) = (f(x) + f(y))2 − 4x 2 f(y)
Which of the following is not possible for f?
a) f(0) = 0.
b) f(3) = 9.
c) f(5) = 0.
d) f(2) = 2.

39) If the positive numbers x, y, z are in harmonic progression ,then log (x +

z) + log (x – 2y + z) equals
a) 4 log (x-z)
b) 3 log (x-z)
c) 2 log (x-z)
d) log (x-z)

40) Let f(x) be a function of real variable and let Δf be the function Δf (x)=f
(x+1) – f (x). for k> 1, put Δkf = Δ(Δk – 1f ). Then Δkf(x) equals
k
a) ∑kj=0(−1)j ( ) f(x + j);
j
k
b) ∑kj=0(−1)j+1 ( ) f(x + j);
j
𝐤
c) ∑𝐤𝐣=𝟎(−𝟏)𝐣 ( ) 𝐟(𝐱 + 𝐤 − 𝐣);
𝐣
k
d) ∑kj=0(−1)j+1 ( ) f(x + k − j). [ISI 2006]
j

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 11

 RSG CLASSES

41) If x1, x2 , x3 , x4 > 0 and ∑4i=1 xi = 2, then P = (x1 + x2 )(x3 + x4) is

a) Bounded between zero and one
b) Bounded between one and two
c) Bounded between two and three
d) Bounded between three and four [ISI 2011]

42) What is the maximum value of a(1 - a)b(1 - b)c(1 - c), where a, b, c vary
over all positive fractional value?
a) 1
1
b)
8
1
c)
27
𝟏
d) [ISI 2012]
𝟔𝟒

43) Consider any two consecutive integers a and b that are both greater than
1. The sum (a2+b2) is
a) Always even
b) Always a prime number
c) Never a prime number
d) None of the above statements is correct. [ISI 2012 ]

44) Consider the real valued function f (x) = ax2 + bx + c defined

on [1,2]. Then it is always possible to get a k∈ (1,2) such that
a) k =2a + b
b) k = a + 2b
c) k =3a + b
d) None of these [ISI 2015]

45) The graph of the function y = log(1 − 2x + x 2 ) intersects the x axis at

a) (0, 2)
b) (0, - 2)

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 12

 RSG CLASSES

c) 2
d) 0

46) The sum of two positive integers is 100.The minimum value of the sum
of their reciprocals is
3
a) ,
25
6
b) ,
25
𝟏
c) ,
𝟐𝟓

d) none of these

47) Consider the polynomial p(x) = ax 3 +bx 2 +cx+d where a,b,c,d ∈

(1,2,3,…9). If p(10) = 5861 then the value of c is
a) 1
b) 2
c) 6
d) 5

48) Let a ,b ,c ∈ R and a2 + b2 + c 2 = 1 & A=ab+bc+ca. Then

−1
a) <𝐴<1
2

b) -1<A< 1
−1
c) <𝐴≤1
2
−𝟏
d) ≤𝐀≤𝟏
𝟐

49) A population is growing at the instantaneous growth rate of 105 per

cent. The time taken (in years) for it to double is approximately

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 13

 RSG CLASSES

log2
a)
.15

log2
b)
15

𝐥𝐨𝐠𝟐
c)
.𝟎𝟏𝟓

log2
d)
1.5

50) The repeated non terminating decimal 0.272727…

a) Cannot be represented as a fraction

b) Equals 27/99

c) Lies strictly between 27/99 and 27/100

d) Is an irrational number

51) Which of the following statements is true for all real numbers a,b with
a<b

a) sinb − sina ≤ b − a

b) sinb − sina ≥ b − a

c) |sinb − sina| ≤ b − a

d) |𝐬𝐢𝐧𝐛 − 𝐬𝐢𝐧𝐚| ≤ |𝐛 − 𝐚|

52) Suppose x and y are given integers. Consider the following statements:

A. If 2x + 3y is divisible by 17, then 9x + 5y is divisible by 17.

B. If 9x + 5y is divisible by 17, then 2x + 3y is divisible by 17.

Which of the following is true?

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 14
 RSG CLASSES

a) A is true and B is false

b) B is true and A is false
c) Both A and B are true
d) Neither A nor B is true

53) Let d ((x1 , x2 ),(y1, y2 )) = max {|x1 − y1|, |x2 − y2 |} be the distance
between two points (x1, x2 ) and (y1 , y2 ) on the plane. Then the circle
centered at the origin with radius length equal to 1 is

a) A square with side length = 1

b) A square with side length = √2

c) A square with side length = 2

d) A square with radius = 1

54) Suppose a1, a2, …,an are n positive real numbers with a1.a2…an = 1. Then
the minimum value of (1 + a1)(1 + a2)…(1+an) is
a) 2n
b) 22n
c) 1
d) None of the above [ISI 2013 ]

55) The set of all pairs of positive integers a, b, a <b such that ab = ba

a) Is an empty set

b) Consists of a single pair

c) Consists of multiple, but finite number of, pairs.

d) Is countably infinite.

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 15

 RSG CLASSES

56) Suppose c is a given positive real number. The equation In x = cx 2 must

have a solution if

a) 𝐜 < 1/(2e).

b) c < 1/e

c) c > 1/(2e)
1
d) c >
e

57) Suppose x and y are given integers. Consider the following statements:

A. If 2x + 3y is divisible by 17, then 9x + 5y is divisible by 17.

B. If 9x + 5y is divisible by 17, then 2x + 3y is divisible by 17.

Which of the following is true?

a) A is true and B is false.

b) B is true and A is false.

c) Both A and B are true.

d) Neither A nor B is true

n n n n
58) The value of ( ) + 2 ( ) + 3 ( ) + ⋯ + (n + 1) ( ) equals
0 1 2 n
a) 2 + n2
n n -1

b) 2n – n2n -1
c) 2n
d) 2n+2 [ISI 2013]

59) In period 1, a chicken gives birth to 2 chickens(so, there are three

chickens after period 1). In period 2, each chicken born in period 1 either

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 16

 RSG CLASSES

gives birth to 2 chickens or does not give birth to any chicken. If a

chicken does not give birth to any chicken in a period, it does not give
birth in any other subsequent periods. Continuing in the manner, in
period (k + 1), a chicken born to any chicken. This process is repeated
for T periods – assume no chicken dies. After T periods, there are in total
31 chickens. The maximum and the minimum possible values of T are
respectively
a) 12 and 4
b) 15 and 4
c) 15 and 5
d) 12 and 5 [ISI 2014]

60) A rural landowner can deposit his savings in a commercial bank and
receive an annual interest rate of 8%. Alternatively he can lend to
villagers who need credit. If all loans are of the same size and only sixty
per cent of them are repaid, the interest rate that would make his
earnings the same as from depositing his savings in a bank is

a) 8%
b) 48%
c) 80%
d) 120% [DSE 2012]

61) Sania’s boat is at point A on the sea. The closest point on land, point B, is
2 km. away. Point C on land is 6 k.m. from point B, such that triangle
(ABC) is right-angled at point B. Sania wishes to reach point C, by rowing
to some point P on the line BC, and jog the remaining distance to C. If she
rows 2 km. per hour and jogs 5 km. per hour, at what distance from point
B should she choose her landing point P, in order to minimize her time to
reach point C?

a) 21/√4
b) 4/√𝟐𝟏
c) 4/√12
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 17
 RSG CLASSES

d) 21/√21 [DSE 2014]

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 18

 RSG CLASSES

CHAPTER-2
Logarithm and exponential
1. If X=265 & Y = 264 + 263 + ⋯ + 21 + 20, then

a) Y = X+264
b) X=Y
c) Y=X+1
d) Y=X-1 (ISI 2009)

loge x2
2. For e < x1 < x2 < ∞,
loge x1
𝐱𝟐
a) Less than
𝐱𝟏
x2 x2 2
b) Greater than but less than ( )
x1 x1
x
c) Greater than ( 2 )3
x1
x x2 3
d) Greater than ( 2 )2, but less than ( ) (ISI 2005)
x1 x1

3. If log 2 7 = x, then x is

a) A rational number such that 0< 𝑥 < 2

b) An irrational number such that 2< x < 3
c) A rational number such that 2< 𝑥 < 3
d) A prime number of the form 7x+2 (ISI)

4. log √264 is equal to

a) 4
b) 8
c) 12
d) 16

5. log 2√31728 is equal to

a) 1

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 19

 RSG CLASSES

b) 2
c) 4
d) 6

6. The value of log 0.0001 to the base 0.1 is

a) 2
b) 4
c) 6
d) 8

7. The value of √log 20.5 4, is

a) -2
b) √−4
c) 2
d) None of these

8. log 0.0625 to the base 2 is equal to

a) 2
b) -2
c) 4
d) -4

9. log (1/81) to the base 9 is equal to

a) -1
b) 1
c) -2
d) 2
1
10. The value of log to the base 9 is
3

a) -1/2
b) -1
c) ½
d) 1

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 20

 RSG CLASSES

11. Given log2 = 0.3010 and log 3 = 0.4771 the value of log 6 is

a) 0.7582
b) 0.7683
c) 0.7781
d) None of these

12. If log 30 3 = x, log 30 5 = y, then log 30 8 is

a) 3(1-x-y)
b) x-y+1
c) 1-x-y
d) 2(x-y+1)

13. The value of log825 given log 2 = 0.3010 is

a) 1.5381
b) 1.5482
c) 1.5584
d) 1.5683

14. If log10 5 = x, then log 5 1250 equals to

1
a) 3-
x
1
b) 2+
x
𝟏
c) 3+
𝐱
1
d) 2-
x

15. The value of log2log2log2 16

a) 0
b) 1
c) 2
d) 3

16. The value of log2 [log3 (log3273)] is equal to

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 21

 RSG CLASSES

a) 0
b) 1
c) 2
d) 3

17. The value of log 2 log 2 log 4 256 + 2 log √2 2, is

a) 2
b) 3
c) 5
d) 7

18. If log2x + log4x +log16x = 21/4, then x is equal to

a) 2
b) 4
c) 6
d) 8

19. If logx + logy = log (x + y), y can be expressed as

a) x/x+1
b) x/x-1
c) 2x/x+1
d) 2x/x-1

20. Given that log102= x and log103 = y, the value of log1060 is expressed as

a) x-y-1
b) x+y+1
c) 2x+y+1
d) 2x-y+1

21. The minimum value of log x a + log a x , for 1 < a < 𝑥, 𝑖𝑠

a) Less than 1

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 22

 RSG CLASSES

b) Greater than 2
c) Greater than 1 but less than 2
d) None of these (ISI 2010)

22. The value of (logba x logcb x logac)3 is equal to

a) 0
b) 1
c) 2
d) 3

23. If log 3 x × log x 2x × log 2x y = log x x 2, then y equals

a) 9
b) 18
c) 27
d) 81

24. log [1-{1-(1 – x2)-1}-1]-1/2 can be written as

a) log(2x)
b) log(x)
c) 1+log(x)
d) 1- log(x)

25. Given that log x = m + n and logy = m – n, the value of log 10x/y2 is
expressed in terms of m and n as

a) 1-m-n
b) 1+m+n
c) 1-m-3n
d) 1-m+3n

26. Given log p x = α & log q x = β, then the value of log p x

q

𝛂𝛃
a)
𝛃−𝛂

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 23

 RSG CLASSES
β−α
b)
αβ
α−β
c)
αβ
αβ
d) (ISI 2010)
α−β

a+b a b
27. If log = 1⁄2 (loga + logb) then the value of + is
3 b a
a) 1
b) 3
c) 5
d) 7

a+b loga logb

28. If a2 + b2 = 7ab then the value of is log − −
3 2 2

a) 0
b) 1
c) 2
d) 3

29. If a3 + b3 = 0 then the value of log(a + b) – ½ (log a + log b + log 3) is

equal to

a) 0
b) 1
c) 2
d) 3
1 t
30. If log t x = & log t y = , then the relation b/w x and y
t−1 t−1

a) y x = x1/y
b) x1/y = y1/x
c) 𝐱𝐲 = 𝐲 𝐱
d) x y = y1/x (ISI 2013)

31. If x = logabc y=logbca z=logcab then the value of xyz – x – y – z is

a) 0
b) 1
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 24
 RSG CLASSES

c) 2
d) 3

32. On solving the equation logt + log(t – 3) = 1 we get the value of t is

a) 2
b) 3
c) 4
d) 5

33. On solving the equation log3[log2(log3t) = 1 we get the value of t as

a) 6558
b) 6560
c) 6561
d) 6562
1 1 1
34. + + is equal to
loga (abc) logb (ca) logc (abc)

a) 0
b) 1
c) 2
d) 3
1 1 1
35. + + is equal to
1+loga(bc) 1+logb (ca) 1+logc (ab)

a) 0
b) 1
c) 2
d) 3

36. alogb-logc x blogc-loga x cloga-logb has a value of

a) 0
b) 1
c) 2
d) 3

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 25

 RSG CLASSES
8 16
37. The value of is 4log – 3log – log5 is
25 125

a) 3.7056
b) 3.7057
c) 3.7152
d) 3.7157

en −e−n
38. If x = then the value of n is
en +e−n

𝟏 𝟏+𝐱
a) In( )
𝟐 𝟏−𝐱
ln(1+x)
b)
(1−x)
ln(1−x)
c)
2(1−x)
ln(1+x)
d)
2(1+x)

1 1
39. If (4.8)x = (0.48)y = 1,000 then the value of − is
x y

a) 0.2527
b) 0.2823
c) 0.33333
d) 0.3537
1 1
40. If (2.3)x = (0.23)y = 1,000 then the value of − is
x y

a) 1/5
b) ¼
c) 1/3
d) 1/2

41. If P = log x (xy) & Q = log y (xy), then P+Q equals

a) PQ
b) P/Q
c) Q/P
d) (PQ)/2 (ISI 2007)

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 26

 RSG CLASSES

42. On solving the equation log1/2[logt(log432)] = 2 we get the value of t as

a) 265/16
b) 526/16
c) 625/16
d) None of these
16 25 81
43. The value of 7 log + 5log + 3 log , is
15 24 80

a) log 2
b) log 3
c) log 5
d) none of these

44. The value of log 4 2 − log 8 2 + log16 2 − ⋯

a) log e 2
b) 1-log e 2
c) 𝐥𝐨𝐠 𝐞 𝟐 − 𝟏
d) None of these (ISI 2011)
3
1
45. If 2 log 3 x = , then x is
64

a) 3
b) 1/3
c) 1/√𝟑
d) -1/√3
3
1
46. If x 2(log2 x−3) = , then x is
8

a) 2
b) 3
c) 5
d) 6

47. If 2x . 92x+3 = 7x+5, then x is

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 27

 RSG CLASSES

5 log 7+ 6 log 3
a)
log 162−log 7
5 log 7− 6 log 3
b)
log 162+log 7
𝟓 𝐥𝐨𝐠 𝟕− 𝟔 𝐥𝐨𝐠 𝟑
c)
𝐥𝐨𝐠 𝟏𝟔𝟐−𝐥𝐨𝐠 𝟕
d) None of these

1
48. If 10x−1 + 10−x−1 = , then x is equal to
3

a) ± 𝐥𝐨𝐠 𝟏𝟎 𝟑
b) 2log 3 10
c) log 3 3
d) log 2 10

49. If log 6 (x + 3) − log 6 x = 2, then x is

a) 1/35
b) 3/35
c) 2/35
d) -3/35

50. If log 7 {log 5 (√x + 5 + √x)} = 0 then x is

a) 3
b) 4
c) 2
d) None of these

51. If log 6 {log 4 (√x + 4 + √x)} = 0 then x is

a) 1
b) 5/4
c) 7/4
d) 9/4
x2 +x
52. If log 3 {log 6 ( )} = 0 then x is
x−1

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 28

 RSG CLASSES

a) -1
b) 1
c) 3
d) 4
1
53. If log 8 {log 2 (log 3(x 2 − 4x + 85))} = , then x is
3

a) 5
b) 4
c) 3
d) 2

54. If log x+2(x 3 − 3x 2 − 6x − 8) = 3, then x is

a) 1
b) 2
c) 3
d) None of these

55. If log10{98 + √x 2 − 12x + 36} = 2, then x is

a) 4
b) 8
c) 12
d) 4, 8

56. If log 5 (log 5 (log 2 x) = 0, then the value of x

a) 32
b) 125
c) 625
d) 225

57. The value of log 2[log 2 (log 3(log 3 273 ))] is

a) 1
b) 0
c) 3
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 29
 RSG CLASSES

d) 4

log 49√7+log 25√5−log 4√2

58. The value of is
log 17.5

a) 5
b) 2
c) 5/2
d) 3/2

59. The value of 5√log5 7 − 7√log7 5 is

a) log 2
b) 1
c) 0
d) None of these

60. The log 30 3 = x, log 30 5 = y, log 30 8

a) 3(1-x-y)
b) x-y+1
c) 1-x-y
d) 2(x-y+1)

61. If 2log10 3√3 = 3k log10 2 , then the value of k is

a) ½
b) 3/2
c) 3
d) 2

62. If log 4 2 + log 4 4 + log 4 16 + log 4 x = 6, then x is

a) 4
b) 64
c) 32
d) 8

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 30

 RSG CLASSES

63. If log x {log 4 (log x (5x 2 + 4x 3 ))} = 0, then x is

a) 2
b) 3
c) 4
d) 5

64. The value of log √2 √2√2√2√2, is

a) 15/16
b) 7/16
c) 15/8
d) 31/32
3+log 343
65. The value of 1 49 1 1 is
2+2 log( 4 )+3 log(125)
a) 3
b) 2
c) 1
d) 3/2

66. If 9a2 + 4b2 = 18ab, then log (3a+2b)

a) log 5+ log 3+ log a + log 5b

b) log 5 + log 3+ log 3a + log b
c) log 5 + log a + log b
d) none of these

67. If 2log 8 a = x, log 2 2a = y and y − x = 4, then x equals

a) 10
b) 16
c) 4
d) 6

68. If log10 x = y, then log103 x 2equals

a) (1/3)y
b) (2/3)y
c) (3/2)y

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 31

 RSG CLASSES

d) None of these

69. If a2 + 4b2 = 12ab, then log (a+2b)

1
a) 2
(log a + log b − log 2)
a b
b) log 2 + log 2 + log 2
𝟏
c) 𝟐
(𝐥𝐨𝐠 𝐚 + 𝐥𝐨𝐠 𝐛 + 𝟒 𝐥𝐨𝐠 𝟐)
1
d) 2
(log a − log b + 4 log 2)

70. If log a ab = x , then the value of log b ab is

a) x-1/x
b) x/x-1
c) x/x+1
d) x+1/x

71. The number of real solutions of the equation log(-x)=2log(x+1), is

a) 0
b) 1
c) 2
d) 4

72. The number of solutions of the equation log 2 (x − 1) = 2 log 2(x − 3) is

a) 2
b) 1
c) 6
d) 7
log x log y log z
73. If = = , then xyz is
a−b b−c c−a

a) 0
b) 1
c) -1
d) 2

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 32

 RSG CLASSES
log x log y log z
74. If = = , then x a−b . y b−c . zc−a
a2 +ab+b2 b2 +bc+c2 a2 +ac+c2

a) 0
b) -1
c) 1
d) 2

log 3 log 5 log 7

75. If = = , then 3x+y 5y+z 7z+x
x−y y−z z−x

a) 0
b) 2
c) 1
d) None of these

log a log b log c

76. If = = , then aa bb c c
b−c c−a a−b

a) 0
b) 1
c) abc
d) none of these

77. If log 4 (3x 2 + 11x) > 1, then x lies in the interval

a) (-4, 1/3)
b) (-4, 2)
c) [-4, 1/3]
d) (−∞,-4) ∪ (𝟏/𝟑, ∞)

78. The range of values of x for which the inequality log (2−x)(x − 3) ≥ −1
holds is

a) (2, 3)
b) Greater than 2
c) Less than 2
d) No such x exists (ISI 2008)

79. If x=log 2 3 and y = log1/2 5, then

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 33

 RSG CLASSES

a) 𝐱>𝑦
b) x<𝑦
c) x=y
d) none of these

80. If x=log 3 5 and y = log17 25, then

a) x<𝑦
b) x=y
c) x>y
d) none of these

81. If log y x = log z y = log x z, then

a) x< 𝑦 < 𝑧
b) x> 𝑦 ≥ 𝑧
c) x< 𝑦 ≤ 𝑧
d) x=y=z

82. If log(2a-3b)=log(a)- log(b), then the value of a is

𝟑𝐛𝟐
a)
𝟐𝐛−𝟏
3b
b)
2b−1
b2
c)
2b−1
3b2
d)
2b+1

83. If a = 1+ log x yz, b = 1+log y zx, c = 1+ log z xy, then ab + bc + ca equals

a) 0
b) abc
c) 2abc
d) None of these
1 1 1
log2.5 (3+ 2 + 3 + … to∞ )
84. The value of (0.16) 3 3 is

a) 0.16

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 34

 RSG CLASSES

b) 1
c) 0.4
d) 4
1+x 2x
85. If f(x)=log( ), 0 < x < 1, then f( ) equals
1−x 1+x2

a) 2f(x)
f(x)
b)
2
2
c) ( f(x))
d) None of these (ISI 2006)

86. The numbers of vectors (x, y, z), where (x, y, z)> 0 for which
x x
|log(xy)|+|log(xz)|+|log( )|+|log( )|= |log x1 + log x2 | holds, is
y z

a) 1
b) 2
c) 3
d) None of these (ISI 2011)

(−1)k−1
87. What is the value of the infinite series ∑∞
k=1 log e 3k
k2

a) log e 2
b) 𝐥𝐨𝐠 𝐞 𝟐 𝐥𝐨𝐠 𝐞 𝟑
c) log e 6
d) log e 5 (ISI 2014)

88. If log 3 x × log x 2x × log 2x y = log x x 2 , then y equals

a) 9
b) 18
c) 27
d) 81

89. Suppose f(x)= ex then

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 35

 RSG CLASSES
x1 +x2 f(x1 )+f(x2 )
e) f ( ) > for all x1 and x2 and x1 ≠ x2 .
2 2
𝐱𝟏 +𝐱𝟐 𝐟(𝐱𝟏 )+𝐟(𝐱𝟐 )
f) f ( ) < 𝐟𝐨𝐫 𝐚𝐥𝐥 𝐱𝟏 and 𝐱𝟐 and 𝐱𝟏 ≠ 𝐱𝟐 .
𝟐 𝟐
x1 +x2 f(x1 )+f(x2 )
g) f ( ) > for some values of x1 and x2 and x1 ≠ x2
2 2

x1 +x2 f(x1 )+f(x2 )

f (( ) < for some values of x1 and x2 and x1 ≠ x2 .
2 2
h) There exist at least one pair (x1 , x2 ); x1 ≠ x2 such that
x1 +x2 f(x1 )+f(x2 )
f( )= (ISI 2004)
2 2

90. If the numbers x, y, z are in HP, then log(x+z)+log(x-2y+z)=

a) 4log(x-z)
b) 3log(x-z)
c) 2log(x-z)
d) Log(x-z) (ISI 2015)

91. The graph of the function y=log(1-2x+x 2 ) intersects the x-axis at

a) (0, 2)
b) (0, -2)
c) 2
d) 0 (ISI 2015)

92. If log10 343 = 25353, then the least positive integer n such that
7n > 105 ,

a) 1
b) 6
c) 5
d) 4

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 36

 RSG CLASSES

Chapter-3
Inequalities
1) If 4 < x < 9, then

a) (x-4)(x-9)≤ 0
b) (x-4)(x-9)≥ 0
c) (x-4)(x-9)< 0
d) (x-4)(x-9)> 0

5
2) Solve − √4 − x < 4?
√4−x

a) (-21, -3)
b) (−𝟐𝟏, 𝟑)
c) (3, −21)
d) (3, 21)

3) Find the range of x satisfying the following inequalities: 4x + 9 ≥ 25

a) ( x ≥ 4)
b) ( x < 4)
c) ( x > 4)
d) None of these

4) Find the range of x satisfying the following inequalities: 13x – 5 ≤ 21

a) (- ∞, -2]
b) (−∞, -2)
c) (2, ∞)
d) None of these

5) Find the range of x satisfying the following inequalities: 4x + 3 > 6x + 7

a) x < -2
b) (-∞, −2)∪(2, ∞)
c) x > -2

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 37

 RSG CLASSES

d) none of these

6) Find the range of x satisfying the following inequalities: 7x – 5 > 4x + 13

a) (-∞, -6) ∪(6, ∞)

b) (-6, ∞)
c) (6, ∞)
d) None of these

7) Find the range of x satisfying the following inequalities: 6x – 9 ≥ 3x + 5

14
a) (x > )
3
𝟏𝟒
b) (x ≥ )
𝟑
𝟏𝟒
c) (x ≤ )
𝟑
d) None of these

8) Find the range of x satisfying the following inequalities:

3 – 32x < 129 – 18x

a) (x < 9)
b) (x > -9)
c) (x > 9)
d) None of these

9) Find the range of x satisfying the following inequalities: 7x + 5 ≤ 3x – 11

a) (-∞, -4]
b) (-∞, -4)
c) (-∞, 4]
d) (-∞, 4)

10) Find the range of x satisfying the following inequalities: 10x – 13 > 7x + 9

a) (-22/3, ∞)
b) [22/3, ∞)
c) [-22/3, ∞)
d) (22/3, ∞)

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 38

 RSG CLASSES

11) What are the values of x that satisfy the simultaneous in equations
6x + 9 < 3x + 5 and 4x + 7 > 2x – 5?

a) (-6, 4/3)
b) (6, -4/3)
c) (−𝟔, −𝟒/𝟑)
d) (6, 4/3)

12) The set of all values of x for which x 2 − 3x + 2 > 0

a) (-∞, 1)
b) (2, ∞)
c) (-∞, 2)∩ (1, ∞)
d) (-∞, 1) ∪ (2, ∞) (ISI 2007)

13) If 2-3x – 2x2≥ 0, then

a) x ≤ −2
𝟏
b) -2 ≤ 𝐱 ≤
𝟐
c) x≥2
1
d) x≤
2

14) What are the real values of x that satisfy the inequalities 5x +7 – 2x2> 0?

a) (-1, -7/2)
b) (-1, 7/2)
c) (1, -7/2)
d) None of these

15) What are the real values of x that satisfy the inequalities 6 +x – x2 > 0?

a) (-1, 2)
b) (-2, 3)
c) (-2, -1)
d) None of these

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 39

 RSG CLASSES

16) If 2 -3x – 2x2 ≥ 0, then?

a) x ≤ −2
𝟏
b) -2≤ 𝐱 ≤
𝟐
c) x ≥ −2
1
d) x≤
2

x−7
17) If > 4, (x ≠ −8) then the range of the real value of x is?
x+8

a) (-13, -8)
b) (-13, 8)
c) (-8, 13)
d) (8, 13)

x2 +5x+4
18) If ≤ 0 (where x ≠ 3, 4) then range of x?
x2 −7x+12

a) (-4, 1) ∪ (−4, −3)

b) (-1, 4) ∪ (−4, 3)
c) [−𝟒, −𝟏] ∪ {𝟑, 𝟒}
d) [-4, -1]∪[3, 4]

19) Find the number of integers satisfying the inequality

(x2 + 5x - 6) (x2 – 6x – 7) < 0?

a) 3
b) 6
c) 9
d) 12
5x 1
20) If − < 0, then the range of x is?
x+2 2x

a) (-2, 0)
𝟏
b) (-2, -2/5) ∪ (𝟎, )
𝟐
c) (2/5, 2)

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 40

 RSG CLASSES

d) None of these

1 3
21) If ( ) > where x > 0, find the range of x?
2x−1 x

a) (-3/ 5, ∞)
b) (0, ∞)
𝟏
c) (-3/5, 0) ∪ ( , ∞)
𝟐
d) None of these

22) If |3x+2|< 1, then x belongs to the interval

a) (-1, -1/3)
b) [-1, -1/3]
c) (-∞, −1)
d) (-1/3, ∞)

23) The solution set of the in-equation |2x-3|< |x + 2|, is

a) (-∞, −1/3)
b) (1/3, 5)
c) (5, ∞)
d) (-∞, −1/3) ∪ (5, ∞)

24) The solution set for the in equation |x - 1| + |x + 2| < 2 is?

a) An empty set
b) (1, ∞)
c) (0, ∞)
d) None of these

25) The set of all values of x for which the inequality |x - 3| + |x + 2| < 11
holds is

a) (-3, 2)
b) (-5, 2)
c) (-5, 6)
d) None of these (ISI 2006)

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 41

 RSG CLASSES

26) If |x-1|+|x|+|x+1|≥ 6, then x belongs to

a) (-∞, 2]
b) (-∞, 2] ∪ [𝟐, ∞)
c) R
d) ∅

27) If |x-1|+|x-2|+|x-3|≥ 6, then x belongs to

a) [0, 4]
b) (-∞, -2) ∪ [4, ∞)
c) (-∞, 0) ∪ [𝟒, ∞)
d) None of these

28) The solution set of the inequality | | x | - 1 | < 1 – x is

a) ( - ∞, 0 )
b) ( - ∞, ∞ )
c) ( 0, ∞ )
d) ( - 1, 1) [ISI 2004]

2
29) The solution set of the in-equation > 1, x ≠ 4 is
|x−4|

a) (2, 6)
b) (2, 4) ∪ (𝟒, 𝟔)
c) (-∞, 2)∪ (6, ∞)
d) None of these

1 1
30) The solution set of the in-equation | < , is
x|−3 2

a) (−∞, −5) ∪ (5, ∞)

b) (-3, 3)
c) (−∞, −𝟓) ∪ (-3, 3)∪ (𝟓, ∞)
d) None of these

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 42

 RSG CLASSES
2x−1
31) The solution set of the in-equation | | > 2, is
x−1

a) (3/4, 1)∪ (𝟏, ∞)

b) (3/4, ∞)
c) (-∞, 3/4)
d) None of these
|x−2|
32) The solution set of the in-equation < 0, is
x−2

a) (2, ∞)
b) (-∞, 2)
c) R
d) (-2, 2)
3
33) The solution set of the in-equation | + 1| > 2, is
x

a) (0, 3]
b) [-1, 0)
c) (-1, 0) ∪(0, 3)
d) None of these
1
34) The solution set of the in-equation 0< |3x + 1| < , is
3

a) (-4/9, -2/9)
b) [-4/9, -2/9]
c) (-4/9, -2/9)- {-1/3}
d) [-4/9, -2/9] - {-1/3}
1
35) The solution set of the in-equation |x+ | > 2, is
x

a) R- {0}
b) R- {-1, 0, 1}
c) R- {1}
d) R- {-1, 1}

36) The set of values of x satisfying the in-equation |x-1|≤ 3 & |x − 1| ≥ 1, is

a) [2, 4]
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 43
 RSG CLASSES

b) (-∞, 2) ∪ [4, ∞)
c) [-2, 0] ∪ [𝟐, 𝟒]
d) None of these

37) The solutions set of the |x 2 -10|≤ 6, is

a) (2, 4)
b) (-4, -2)
c) (-4, -2)∪ (2, 4)
d) [-4, -2]∪ [𝟐, 𝟒]

38) The solution set of x 2 + x + |x| + 1 < 0, is

a) (0, ∞)
b) (-∞, 0)
c) R
d) ∅

x2 +6
39) If | | ≥ 1, then x belongs to
5x

a) (-∞, −3)
b) (-∞, −3) ∪ (3, ∞)
c) (-∞, −𝟑) ∪ [−𝟐, 𝟎) ∪ (𝟎, 𝟐](𝟑, ∞)
d) R

40) If |x-3| ≤ 9 and |4-x| < 5 then the values of x is

a) (0 < x < 10)

b) (-1< x < 9]
c) (-1< x < 9)
d) [-1< 𝑥 < 9]

41) If |x| ≥ |6 – x2| then find the range of x that satisfies the given equation?

a) (−3, −2) ∪ (2, 3)

b) [−3, −2] ∪ (2, 3)
c) [−𝟑, −𝟐] ∪ [𝟐, 𝟑]

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 44

 RSG CLASSES

d) None of these

42) If |3x + 7| > 12, then the range of the real values of x is?

a) (-∞, 19/3) ∪ (−5/3, ∞)

b) (-∞, -19/3) ∪ (𝟓/𝟑, ∞)
c) (-∞, -19/3) ∪ (5/3, ∞)
d) None of these

43) For what values of x, does the inequality |x - 5| > x2 – 4x + 1 hold true?

a) (-1, -4)
b) (-1, 4)
c) (1, 4)
d) None of these

44) The range of f(x) = |x| + |x + 7|is?

a) (-∞, -7)
b) (-∞, 7)
c) (7, ∞)
d) [7, ∞)

45) If|x + 3| + 7 > 2|x − 4|, the range of x is?

−2
a) ( < 𝑥 < −18)
3
−𝟐
b) ( < x < 18)
𝟑
2
c) (−18 < x < )
3
d) None of these

46) The solution set of the in-equation |x|-1< 1 − x, is

a) (-1, 1)
b) (0, ∞)
c) (-1, ∞)
d) None of these

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 45

 RSG CLASSES

2x+1
47) Solve | |≥2
3x−8

−15 −17
a) [ , ]
8 4

−15 17
b) [ , ]
8 4

−17 15
c) [ , ]
4 8

𝟏𝟓 𝟏𝟕
d) [ , ]
𝟖 𝟒

48) What are the real values of x, that satisfy the in equation
2x2 + 10x + 17 < 0?

a) 0
b) 1
c) 2
d) 3

x−7
49) If > 3 and x ≠ -5, then x ∈?
x+5

a) (-11,-5)
b) (-11, 5)
c) (-5, 11)
d) (5, 11)

2x2 +5x−3
50) The solution set for the inequalities ≤ 0 is?
x2 −3x+2

a) (-3, 1/2) ∪ (1, 2)

b) [-3, 1/2] ∪ (𝟏, 𝟐)
c) [-3, 1/2] ∪ (1, 2]
d) [-3, 1/2] ∪ [1, 2]

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 46

 RSG CLASSES
x2 −5x+6
51) Find the number of integer values of x satisfying the inequality <0
x2 +5x−6
and x≠6, x≠1?

a) 2
b) 4
c) 6
d) 4

52) For which of the following range of the values of x is x 3 – 8 < x2 – 2x?

a) (-∞, -2)
b) (-∞, 2)
c) (2, ∞)
d) None of these

53) Solve (x2 + x + 1)x > 1?

a) (-∞, -1)
b) (-∞, 1)
c) (0, ∞)
d) (1, ∞)

1 2 1
54) Find the value of y satisfying the in equation(y − 1) + y 3 − 13 ≤ 0 ?
3

a) (−27 ≤ y ≤ −64)
b) (−64 ≤ y ≤ 27)
c) (−𝟐𝟕 ≤ 𝐲 ≤ 𝟔𝟒)
d) None of these
x+4
55) The solution set of the in-equation ≤ 2, is
x−3

a) (-∞, 3) ∪ (10, ∞)
b) (3, 10]
c) (-∞, 𝟑) ∪ [𝟏𝟎, ∞)
d) None of these

3(x−2) 5(2−x)
56) If ≥ , x belongs to which of the following interval
5 3

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 47

 RSG CLASSES

a) (2, ∞)
b) [2, ∞)
c) (-∞, 2]
d) None of these
2x+4
57) The solution set of the in-equation ≥ 5, is
x−1

a) (1, 3)
b) (1, 3]
c) (-∞, 1)∪ [3, ∞)
d) None of these

4x+3
58) The solution set of the in-equation < 6, is
2x−5

a) (5/2, 33/8)
b) (-∞, 5/2)∪ (𝟑𝟑/𝟖, ∞)
c) (5/2, ∞)
d) (33/8, ∞)
x+2 1
59) The number of integral solutions of > is
x2 +1 2

a) 4
b) 5
c) 3
d) None of these
x+2 1
60) The number of integral solutions of > is
x2 +1 4

a) 1
b) 2
c) 5
d) None of these

61) The number of integral solutions of 2(x+2)> x 2 + 1, is

a) 2

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 48

 RSG CLASSES

b) 3
c) 4
d) 5

62) The number of integral solutions of x 2 − 3x − 4 < 0, is

a) 3
b) 4
c) 6
d) None of these

63) If x is a possible integer satisfying x 2 − 6x + 5 ≤ 0 and x 2 − 2x ≥ 0, then

the possible values of x is

a) 3
b) 4
c) 2
d) Infinite

x2 −3x+4
64) The solution set of the in-equation > 1, x ∈ R, is
x+1

a) (3, ∞)
b) (-1, 1) ∪ (3, ∞)
c) [-1, 1] ∪ [3, ∞)
d) None of these

65) The solution set of 5x − 1 ≤ (x + 1)2 ≤ 7x − 3, is

a) ∅
b) {1}
c) {2}
d) {3}

66) The greatest negative integer satisfying x 2 − 4x − 77 < 0 & x 2 > 4 is

a) -4

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 49

 RSG CLASSES

b) -6
c) -7
d) None of these

67) The solution set of the in-equation x 2 + (a + b)x + ab < 0, a < 𝑏, is

a) (a, b)
b) (-∞, a) ∪ (b, ∞)
c) (-b, -a)
d) (-∞, −b) ∪ (−a, ∞)

68) If 3x/2 + 2x > 25, then x belongs to

a) [4, ∞)
b) (4, ∞)
c) (-∞, 4]
d) [0, 4]

69) If (log 5 x)2 + (log 5 x) < 2, then x belongs to the interval

a) (1/25, 5)
b) (1/5, 1/√5)
c) (1, ∞)
d) None of these
2x 1
70) If S is the set of all real number such that > , then S is equal to
2x2 +5x+2 x+1

a) (-2, -1)
b) (-2/3, 0)
c) (-2/3, -1/2)
d) (-2, -1)∪ (-2/3, -1/2)

8x2 +16x−51
71) If S is the set of all real number such that (2x−3)(x+4) < 3, then S is equal to

a) (3/2, 5/2)
b) (-4, -3)
c) (-4, -3) ∪ (3/2, 5/2)
d) None of these
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 50
 RSG CLASSES

72) If x, y, z are real numbers, then which of the following is always true?

a) Max{x, y}<max{x, y, z}
b) Max{x, y}>max{x, y, z}
𝐱+𝐲+|𝐱−𝐲|
c) Max {x, y}=
𝟐
d) None of these (ISI 2011)

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 51

 RSG CLASSES

CHAPTER-4
Relation and Function
x−1
1) If f(x)= , f(2x) is
x+1

f(x)+1
a)
f(x)+3
𝟑𝐟(𝐱)+𝟏
b)
𝐟(𝐱)+𝟑
f(x)+3
c)
f(x)+1
f(x)+3
d)
3f(x)+1

2) Which of the following functions f : ℜ→ℜ satisfies the relation f(x + y) =

f(x) + f(y)?
a) f(z) = z2
b) f(z) = az for some real number a
c) f(z) = log z
d) f(z) = ez [ISI 2009]

3) If f(x+2y, x-2y)=xy, f(x, y) equals

𝐱 𝟐 −𝐲 𝟐
a)
𝟖
x2 −y2
b)
4
x2 +y2
c)
4
x2 −y2
d)
2
4) The function f : R → R satisfies f(x + y) = f(x) + f (y) Ɐ x,y∈R, where R is
the real line and f(1) = 7. Then ∑nr=1 f(r) equals
7n
a)
2

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 52

 RSG CLASSES
7(n+1)
b)
2
𝟕𝐧(𝐧+𝟏)
c)
𝟐
d) 7n(n + 1) [ISI 2015]

1
5) If f(x)=x- , x ≠ 0, f(x 2 ) =
x

a) f(x)+f(-x)
b) f(x).f(-x)
c) f(x)- f(-x)
d) none of these

6) Suppose X is the set of all integers greater than or equal to 8. Let f : X → ℜ.

And f (x+y)=f(xy)

For all x,y ≥ 4. If f(8) = 9, then f(9)=

a) 8
b) 9
c) 64
d) 81 [ISI 2009]

1 1
7) The polynomial function f(x) satisfies the condition f(x)f( )=f(x)+f( ).
x x
If f(10)=1001, then f(20)=

a) 2002
b) 8008
c) 8001
d) None of these

8) Let f (x) = Ax2 + Bx + C, where A,B,C are real numbers. If f(x) is an integers
whenever x is an integer, then
a) 2 A and A + B are integers, but C is not an integers
b) A + B and C are integers, but 2 A is not an integers

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 53

 RSG CLASSES

c) 2 A, A + B and C are all integers

d) None of these

9) If f(x) is a real valued function such that

2f(x) + 3f(−x) = 55 − 7x
For every x∈ ℜ, then f(3) equals
a) 40
b) 32
c) 26
d) 10 [ISI 2009]

10) If f(-x)= - f(x), then f(x) is

a) Even function
b) Odd function
c) Neither even nor odd
d) Periodic function

1+x
11) The function f(x)=log10( ) satisfies the equation
1−x

a) f(x+2)-2f(x+1)+f(x)=0
b) f(x+1)+f(x)=f(x(x+1))
c) f(x1)f(x2)=f(x1+ x2)
𝐱𝟏 +𝐱𝟐
d) f(x1)+f(x2)=f( )
𝟏+𝐱𝟏 𝐱𝟐

12) Let f(x) = |x-1|. Then

a) f(x 2 )= [f(x)]2
b) f(|x|)=|f(x)|
c) f(x+y)=f(x)+f(y)
d) none of these

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 54

 RSG CLASSES

13) Let f(x)=x+1 and g(x)= x-2. Then the value of x satisfying the
|f(x)+g(x)|=|f(x)|+|g(x)| are

a) (-∞, 1]
b) [2, ∞)
c) (-∞, −2)
d) [1, ∞)

14) If a function f(x) is defined for x ∈ [0, 1], then the function f(2x+3), is
defined for?

a) x ∈ [0, 1]
b) x ∈ [-3/2, -1]
c) x∈R
d) x ∈ [-3/2, 1]

15) The values of the b and c for which the identity f(x+1)- f(x)=8x+3 is
satisfied, where f(x)=bx 2 +cx+d

a) b = 2, c =1
b) b = 4, c = -1
c) b = -1, c =4
d) b = -1, c = 1

x+√3
16) let f(x)= , then the value of f[f(x)] is
1−√3x

𝐱−√𝟑
a)
𝟏+√𝟑𝐱
x+√3
b)
1−√3x
x+√3
c)
1−√3x
d) None of these (ISI 2016)

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 55

 RSG CLASSES

17) If f(x)=(a − x n )1/n, where a > 0 and n ∈ N, then fof(x) is equal to

a) a
b) x
c) xn
d) an

1+x 3x+x3
18) Given f(x)=log( ) and g(x)=( ), fog(x) equals
1−x 1+3x2

a) –f(x)
b) 3f(x)
c) [f(x)]3
d) none of these

19) If f(x)= ax+b and g(x)= cx+d, then f[g(x)] and g[f(x)] is equivalent to

a) f(a)=g(c)
b) f(b)=g(b)
c) f(d)=g(b)
d) f(c)=g(a)

20) Consider the function f mapping points of the plane into the plane,
defined by f(x,y) = (x–y, x+ y). The range of this function is.

a) The 45 degree line

b) A ray through the origin but not the 45 degree line.
c) The entire plane
d) The first and third quadrant [DSE 2011]

21) Let f : R→ R and g : R→ R be defined by f(x)= x- [x] and g(x)=[x] for all x ∈
R, then f [g(x)] equals

a) x

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 56

 RSG CLASSES

b) 0
c) f(x)
d) g(x)

ax+b
22) let f(x)= . Then fof(x)=x provided that
cx+d

a) d= -a
b) d=a
c) a=b=c=d=1
d) a=b=1

23) If f(x)=x n , n ∈ N and gof(x)= n.g(x), then g(x) is

a) n |x|
b) 3x1/3
c) ex
d) 𝐥𝐨𝐠 |𝐱|

24) Let f : ℜ→ℜ and g : ℜ → ℜ be defined as

1
−1 if x < −
2
1 1
f(x) = − fx<− <𝑥 <0
2 2
0 ifx = 0
{ 1 if x > }
And g(x) = 1 + x – [x], where [x] is the largest integer not exceeding x.
then f(g(x)) equals
a) – 1
1
b) −
2
c) 0
d) 1 [ISI 2010]

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 57

 RSG CLASSES

25) If f is real valued function and a1 f(x) + a2 f(−x) = b1 − b2 x for all x with
b
a1 ≠ a2 and b2 ≠ 0. Then f ( 1 ) equals
b2
a) 0
𝟐𝐚𝟐 𝐛𝟏
b) − ( ),
𝐚𝟐𝟏 −𝐚𝐚𝟐
2a2 b1
c)
a21 −aa2
b
d) More information is required to find the exact value of f( 1 )
b2
[ISI 2010]

26) A function is defined by the equation y= -3x-4 and its domain is defined by
1 ≤ x ≤ 5. What would be the minimum value of the range of the function?

a) -19
b) 19
c) 20
d) -20

27) If f(x) is defined on [0, 1], then the domain of f(3x 2 )

a) [0, 1/√3]
b) [-1/√𝟑, 1/√𝟑]
c) [-√3, √3]
d) None of these

28) The domain of definition of real function f(x)=√log12 x 2 of the real

variable x is

a) x> 0
b) |x|≥ 𝟏
c) |x|≥ 4
d) x≥4

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 58

 RSG CLASSES
x2
29) Range of the function f(x)= is
1+x2

a) [0, 1)
b) (0, 1)
c) [0, 1]
d) (0, 1] (ISI 2010)

30) The range of the function f(x) = 4x + 2x+ 4-x + 2-x + 3, where x∈ (-∞,∞),
is
3
a) ( , ∞)
4
3
b) [ , ∞)
4
c) (7, ∞)
d) [𝟕, ∞) [ISI 2015]

31) What is the domain of the function f(x) = |x − 1| ?

a) (0, 1)
b) (1, 2)
c) R
d) None of these

√−x
32) What is the domain of the function f(x) = (x−3)(x+5) ?
a) (−∞, −5) ∪ (5, ∞)
b) (0, 5)
c) (5, ∞)
d) None of these

1
33) What is the range of the function f(x) = | |?
(x−3)
a) R-3
b) (0, ∞)

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 59

 RSG CLASSES

c) ( -∞, 0)
d) None of these

x
34) What is the range of the function f(x) = |x|
?
a) (0,1)
b) (-∞, 1)∪ (1, ∞)
c) {-1, 1 }
d) None of these

35) What is the domain of the function f(x) = √5|x| − x 2 − 6 ?

a) [-3, -2] ∪ [𝟐, 𝟑]
b) (-3, -2) ∪ (2, 3)
c) (−∞, −2) ∪ (2, ∞)
d) None of these

1−|x|
36) What is the domain of the real function f(x) =√ ?
2−|x|
a) [-1, 1]
b) (−∞, −𝟐) ∪ (𝟐, ∞) ∪ [−𝟏, 𝟏]
c) (−∞, −2) ∪ (2, ∞)
d) None of these

37) Find the domain of the function f(x) given by

f(x) = log 4{log 5(log 3(18x − x 2 − 77)}

a) (0, 1)
b) R-(0, 1)
c) R-(8, 10)
d) (8, 10)

38) The domain of definition of function

f(x)= {log10 (1 − log10 (x 2 − 5x + 16)}

a) (1, 3)
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 60
 RSG CLASSES

b) (2, 3)
c) [2, 3]
d) None of these

39) For any real number x, let [x] be the largest integer not exceeding x. the
−1
domain of definition of the function f (x) = (√|[|x| − 2]| − 3) is
a) [-6,6]
b) (−∞, −6) ∪ (+6, ∞)
c) (−∞, 𝟔] ∪ [+𝟔, ∞)
d) None of these [ISI 2010]

40) The domain of definition of function

f(x)= log10 {(log10x)2 −5log10x + 6)}

a) (0, 102 )
b) (103 , ∞)
c) (102 , 103 )
d) (0, 𝟏𝟎𝟐 ) ∪ (𝟏𝟎𝟑 , ∞)

3x−1
41) The domain of definition of function f(x)=log 0.5{− log 2 ( )} , is
3x+2

a) (-∞, −1/3)
b) (-1/3, ∞)
c) (1/3, ∞)
d) [1/3, ∞)

42) The domain of the function f(x) = log |x| ?

a) R – {0}
b) R
c) R-{1}
d) None of these

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 61

 RSG CLASSES

43) The domain of function f(x)=log|log e x|

a) (0, ∞)
b) (1, ∞)
c) (0, 1)∪ (𝟏, ∞)
d) (-∞, 1)

x2 −x
44) The range of the function f(x) = ?
x2 +2x

a) {-1/2 , 1}
b) (0, 1)
c) R – {-1/2 , 1}
d) R-{0, 1}

x+2
45) The range of the function f(x)= , is
x2 −8x−4

1 1
a) (-∞, − ] ∪ [− , ∞)
4 20
𝟏 𝟏
b) (-∞, − ) ∪ (− , ∞)
𝟒 𝟐𝟎
1 1
c) (-∞, − ] ∪ (− , ∞)
4 20
d) None of these

46) If f : R→ R is defined by f(x)=2x-2[x] for all x∈ R, then the range of f(x) is

a) [0, 1]
b) (0, 1]
c) (0, ∞)
d) (-∞, 0)

|x−4|
47) The Domain and range of the function f(x) = ?
x−4
a) Domain = R , range = {-1, 𝟏}
b) Domain = R , Range = (-1, 1)

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 62

 RSG CLASSES

c) Domain = R , Range = R
d) None of these
1
48) The domain of the function f(x)= is
√|x|−x
a) R
b) (0, ∞)
c) (-∞, 0)
d) None of these

49) What is the domain and range of the function f(x) = 1- |x − 3| ?

a) Domain = R , Range = (−∞, 1)

b) Domain = R- {0,1} , Range = (−∞,0)
c) Domain = R , Range = (−∞, 𝟏]
d) None of these

50) Y= |x − 1| + |x − 2| + |x − 3|. Find the domain and range of the following

function?

a) Domain = R, Range =(1, ∞)

b) Domain = R, Range =(2, ∞)
c) Domain = R, Range =[1, ∞)
d) Domain = R, Range =[2, ∞)

x2 + 1 , x < 1
51) Y={ x−1
, x≥1
x+1

What is the range of the function?

a) Range = R-(0, 1)
b) Range = R-(1, ∞)
c) Range = (1, ∞)
d) None of these

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 63

 RSG CLASSES

√(x+3)
52) The domain of definition of function f(x)= is
(x2 +5x+4)

a) (-∞, ∞)\{-1, -4}

b) (-0, ∞)\{-1, -4}
c) (-1, ∞ )\{-4}
d) None of these (ISI 2011)

53) Y = √−(3 − x)2

What is the domain and range of the following function?

a) Domain =R , Range = R
b) Domain = doesn’t exist , Range = doesn’t exist
c) Domain = R , Range = (0, ∞)
d) None of these

54) Y = √5 + |x| +√3 − |x| + √8 − |x| ?

What is the domain of the following function?

a) Domain = R
b) Domain = (-∞, −3) ∪ (3, ∞)
c) Domain = (-3 , 𝟑)
d) None of these

55) The domain for x for which the following function

f(x)=√x + √3 − x + √x 2 − 4x is real is

a) [0, 3]
b) (0, 3)
c) {0}
d) None of these (ISI 2014)

56) Y= √x 2 + 5x + 15 ?

What is the domain and range of the following function?

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 64

 RSG CLASSES

a) Domain = R , Range = (-1 ,0)

b) Domain = R-(0, ∞), Range = (-1, 1)
c) Domain = R , Range = (0, ∞)
d) None of these

57) The domain of the function f(x)=√x 2 − 1 − log(√1 − x) , x ≥ 0

a) (-∞,-1)
b) (-1, 0)
c) Null set
d) None of these (ISI 2015)

58) Y= |x − 5| + √x 2 − 3x + 2 ?

What is the domain of the following function?

a) Domain = (1, 2)
b) Domain = (1, 2]
c) Domain = [1, 2)
d) Domain = [1, 2]

ex −e−x
59) Y= ?
ex +e−x

What is the range of the following function?

a) Range = (-1, 1)
b) Range = (0, 1)
c) Range = [0,1]
d) Range = [-1, 1]

5x−x2
60) The domain of the function f(x)= √log10( ) is
4

a) [1, 4]
b) (1, 4)

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 65

 RSG CLASSES

c) (0, 5)
d) [0, 5]

61) The domain of the function

f(x)=√log10(log10x) − log10(4 − log10 x) − log103 is

a) (103 , 104 )
b) [103 , 104 ]
c) [𝟏𝟎𝟑 , 𝟏𝟎𝟒 )
d) (103 , 104 ]

62) The domain of the function f(x)=log10(√x − 4 + √6 − x) , is

a) [4, 6]
b) (-∞, 6)
c) (2, 3)
d) None of these
log0.3 |x−2|
63) The domain of the function f(x)=√ , is
|x|

a) [1, 2) ∪ (𝟐, 𝟑]
b) [1, 3]
c) R-[1, 3]
d) None of these

3
64) Domain of definition of function f(x)= + log10(x 3 − x), is
4−x2

a) (-1, 0)∪ (𝟏, 𝟐) ∪ (𝟐, ∞)

b) (1, 2)
c) (-1, 0)∪ (1, 2)
d) (1, 2) ∪ (2, ∞)

1
65) Y= + log(1+x 2 ) then, what is the domain of the function?
ln(x2 −5x+6)

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 66

 RSG CLASSES
−5 5
a) Domain = (−∞, 2) ∪ (3, ∞) − { , )
2 2
b) Domain = (−∞, 𝟐) ∪ (𝟑, ∞)
𝟓+√𝟓 𝟓−√𝟓
c) Domain = (−∞, 𝟐) ∪ (𝟑, ∞) − { , )
𝟐 𝟐
5+√5 5−√5
d) Domain = (−∞, 2) ∪ (3, ∞) + { , )
2 2

3 2x+1
66) The domain of the function f(x)= √ , is
x2 −10x−11
a) (0, ∞)
b) (-∞, 0)
c) R-{-1, 11}
d) R

x+1 x+1
67) The domain of continuity of function f(x)= √x + − is
x−1 x2 +1

a) [0, 1)
b) (1, ∞)
c) [0, 1)∪ (1, ∞)
d) None of these (ISI 2008)

68) For any real number x, [x] be the largest integer exceeding x. The domain
of definition of the function f(x)=(√|[|x| − 2]| − 3)−1 is

a) [-6, 6]
b) (-∞, −6) ∪ (6, ∞)
c) (-∞, −𝟔] ∪ [𝟔, ∞)
d) None of these (ISI 2010)

69) The range of value of x for which the inequality log (2−x)(x − 3) ≥ −1
holds is

a) (2, 3)
b) Greater than 3

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 67

 RSG CLASSES

c) Less than 2
d) None of these (ISI 2008)

70) The number of onto functions from A={p, q, r, s} to B={p, r} is

a) 16
b) 2
c) 8
d) 14 (ISI 2011)

71) The number of onto functions from set A with elements m > 2 to a set B
with 2 elements?

a) 2m
b) 2m -1
c) 2m-1 -2
d) 2m -2 (ISI 2016)

72) Let f : N→ N be defined by f(x)=x 2 + x + 1, then f is

a) One One onto

b) Many one onto
c) One one but not onto
d) None of these

73) Let f : R→ R be defined by f(x)=(x-1)(x-2)(x-3), is

a) One-one but not onto

b) Onto but not one-one
c) Both one-one and onto
d) Neither one-one nor onto

74) Consider the functions f(x)= x 2 and g(x)= 4x 3 + 7 defined on the real
line. Then
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 68
 RSG CLASSES

a) f(x) is one-one and onto but not g(x)

b) g(x) is one-one and onto but not f(x)
c) both f(x) and g(x) is one-one and onto
d) none of the above (ISI 2007)

75) Consider two functions f : {a1 , a2 , a3 } → {b1 b2b3b4 }and g ∶ {b1b2 b3b4 } →
{c1c2c3 }. The function defined by f(a1 ) = b1 , f(a2 ) = b2 and f(a3 ) =
b3 and the function g is defined by g(b1) = c1, g(b2) = c2 , g(b3 ) =
g(b4) = c3 . Then the mapping is

a) a composite and a one-one function but not an onto function

b) a composite and a onto function but not a one-one function
c) a composite and one-one and onto function
d) not a function. (ISI 2008)

76) Let f : R→ R be defined by f(x)=√−1 + x the Inverse function is

1
a)
√x−1
𝟐
b) 𝐱 + 𝟏
c) √x − 1
d) None of these (ISI 2008)

77) If the f n f:R→ R defined by f(x)=x 2 − 3. Find the inverse of f(x)?

a) f −1(x) = √x + 3
b) 𝐟 −𝟏 (𝐱) = √𝐱 − 𝟑
c) f −1(x) = √x − 3
d) f −1(x) = √x + 3

78) If the f n f:R→ R defined by f(x)=x 3 + 5. Find the inverse of f(x)?

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 69

 RSG CLASSES

a) (x + 5)1/3
b) (𝐱 − 𝟓)𝟏/𝟑
c) (5 − x)1/3
d) 5-x

1
79) Let f : R→ R be defined by f(x)= , x > 0 is
1+x

a) 1+x
1+x
b)
x
𝟏−𝐱
c)
𝐱
x
d) (ISI 2010)
1+x

80) Let f : R→ R be defined by f(x)=3x-4. Then, find f −1(x)?

𝐱+𝟒
a)
𝟑
x
b) − 4
3
c) 3x + 4
d) None of these

ex −e−x
81) If f:R→ (0, 2)defined by f(x)= +1 is invertible, find f −1(x) ?
ex +e−x

𝐱 𝟏/𝟐
a) 𝐟 −𝟏 (𝐱) = 𝐥𝐨𝐠 𝐞 ( )
𝟐−𝐱
1/2
−1 ( √x
b) f x) = log e ( )
2−√x
x 1/2
c) f −1(x) = log e ( )
2+x
1
−1 ( √x 2
d) f x) = log e ( )
2+√x

82) Consider f: R+ → [5, ∞) given by f(x)=9x 2 + 6x − 5. Find f −1(x)?

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 70

 RSG CLASSES

√x+6−1
a)
3+x
√x+6+1
b)
3
√𝐱+𝟔−𝟏
c)
𝟑
√x+6+1
d)
3+x

1
83) If F: [1, ∞) → [2, ∞) is given by f(x)= x+ , then f −1(x) ?
x
𝐱+√𝐱𝟐 −𝟒
a) 𝐟 −𝟏 (𝐱) =
𝟐
x−√x2 −4
b) f −1(x) =
2
x+√x2 +4
c) f −1(x) =
2
d) None of these

ex −e−x
84) The inverse of the function f:R→{x ∈ R: x < 1} is given by f(x)= ?
ex +e−x

𝟏 𝟏+𝐱
a) 𝐟 −𝟏 (𝐱)= 𝐥𝐨𝐠
𝟐 𝟏−𝐱
−1 1 1−x
b) f (x)= log
2 1+x
1+x
c) f −1(x)= 2log
1−x
−1 1−x
d) f (x)= 2log
1+x

10x −10−x
85) If f : R→ (-1, 1)defined by f(x) = . Find the inverse of
10x +10−x
f(x)?

a) 𝐟 −𝟏 (𝐱) = 𝟏𝟐 𝐥𝐨𝐠 𝟏𝟎 (𝟏+𝐱

𝟏−𝐱
)
b) f −1 (x) = 12 log10 (1−x
1+x
)
c) f −1 (x) = 12 log10 (1−x
x
)
d) f −1 (x) = 12 log10 (2−x
2x
)

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 71

 RSG CLASSES

86) Let A = {x ∈ R: x ≥ 1}. The inverse of the function f:A→ A given

by f(x)=2x(x−1)?

1
a) f −1(x) = {√1 + 4 log 2 x}
2
−1 ( 1
b) f x) = {2 + √1 + 4 log 2 x}
2
1
c) f −1(x) = {1 + √4 log 2 x}
2
−𝟏 ( 𝟏
d) 𝐟 𝐱) = {𝟏 + √𝟏 + 𝟒 𝐥𝐨𝐠 𝟐 𝐱}
𝟐

87) Let A = {x ∈ R: x ≤ 1}. The inverse of the function f:A→ A given

by f(x)=x(2-x)

a) 1+ √1 − x
b) 1- √𝟏 − 𝐱
c) √1 − x
d) 1± √1 − x

88) Let f : R→ R be defined by f(x)=x – [x], where [x] denotes the greatest
integer less than or equal to x, then f −1(x) =

a) 1/x-[x]
b) [x]-x
c) Not defined
d) None of these

89) Let f : R→ R be defined by f(x)=x 2 + 1, then the value of

f −1(17) and f −1(−3) respectively are

a) ∅, {4, −4}
b) {3, −3}, ∅
c) {𝟒, −𝟒}, ∅
d) {4, - 4}, {2, -2}

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 72

 RSG CLASSES

90) Let f : N→ N be defined by f(n)=2n+3, is

a) Surjective
b) Injective
c) Bijective
d) None of these

x2
91) If the function f : R→ A given by f(x)= is a surjective , then A =
x2 +1

a) R
b) [0, 1]
c) (0, 1]
d) [0, 1)

92) Let f : R→R, g : R→R be two functions given by f(x)=2x-3, g(x)= x 3 + 5.

Then (fog)−1(x) is

x+7 1/3
a) ( )
2
7
b) (x − )1/3
2
x−2 1/3
c) ( )
7
𝟏
𝐱−𝟕 𝟑
d) ( )
𝟐

3x+2
93) If f(x)= , then
5x−3

a) 𝐟 −𝟏 (𝐱) = 𝐟(𝐱)
b) f −1(x) = −f(x)
c) (fof)(x)= -x
1
d) f −1(x) = − f(x)
19

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 73

 RSG CLASSES

94) Which of the following functions is inverse of itself?

𝟏−𝐱
a) f(x)=
𝟏+𝐱
logx
b) g(x)=5
c) h(x)= 2x(x−1)
d) none of these

95) f(x)=x7+5x5+2x-2 then g'(-2)? Where g(x) is the inverse of f(x)

a) ¼
b) ½
c) 1/6
d) None

1 1
96) f(x)= x 3 √4 − x 2 has an inverse function g. Compute g`( √3)
3 3
a) -1
b) 2
c) 3
d) None of these

97) Consider the function f defined by f(x)= x 6 + 5x 4 + 2 for all x ≥ 0. The

derivative of its inverse function evaluated at f(x)= 8, that is, (f −1) ‘(8)
equals
a) 1/7

b) 1/15

c) 1/26

d) 1/20
98) Let f : R → R be a strictly increasing function. Let g be the inverse of the
function f. If f′(1) = g(1) = 1, then g′(1) equals to

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 74

 RSG CLASSES

a) 0.
b) 1 2.
c) −1.
d) 1. [ISI 2016]

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 75

 RSG CLASSES

CHAPTER-5
Binomial theorem
1) If A & B are coefficients of x r & x n−r respectively in the expansion of
(1 + x)n , then

a) A=B
b) A+B=0
c) A = rB
d) A = nB

3 3
2) Coefficient of x −4 in ( − 2 )10 is
2 x

a) 405/226
b) 504/289
c) 450/263
d) None of these

1
3) The coefficient of x −10 in (x 2 − 3 )10, is
x

a) -210
b) 210
c) -120
d) 120

4) The number of terms in expansion of (1 + 2x + x 2 )20 , when expanding in

descending power of x, is

a) 20
b) 21
c) 40
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 76
 RSG CLASSES

d) 41
5) The total numbers of terms in the expansion of (x + y)100 + (x − y)100, is

a) 50
b) 51
c) 52
d) None of these

6) If the coefficient of the three consecutive terms in the expansion of

(1 + x)n are in the ratio of 1:7:42, then the value of n is

a) 60
b) 70
c) 55
d) None of these

7) The number of terms in the expansion of (2x + 3y − 4z)n , is

a) n+1
b) n+3
(𝐧+𝟏)(𝐧+𝟐)
c)
𝟐
d) None of these

8) If the 2nd, 3rd and 4th term in the expansion of (x + a)n are 240, 720 and
1080, then the value of n is

a) 20
b) 15
c) 10
d) 5

9) The number of terms in the expansion of (1 + 5√2x)9 + (1 − 5√2x)9 , is

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 77

 RSG CLASSES

a) 5
b) 7
c) 9
d) 10

10) If the coefficient of r th , (r + 1)th , (r + 2)th terms in the expansion of

(1 + x)14 are in AP, then the value of r, is

a) 5, 9
b) 6, 9
c) 7, 9
d) None of these

11) If the coefficients of the 2nd , 3rd and 4th terms in the expansion of (1 + x)n
are in AP, then the value of n is

a) 2
b) 7
c) 6
d) 8

12) If the coefficients of x 7 and x 8 in the expansion of (2 + x/3)n are equal,

then n =

a) 56
b) 55
c) 45
d) 16

13) The number of terms in the expansion of (x + y + z)10 , is

a) 11
b) 33

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 78

 RSG CLASSES

c) 66
d) 1000

14) The number of non – zero terms in the expansion of

(1 + 3√2x)9 + (1 − 3√2x)9 , is

a) 9
b) 0
c) 5
d) 10

15) Given positive integers r > 1, n > 2 and the coefficients of (3r)th &
(r + 2)th terms in the binomial expansion of (1 + x)2n are equal. Then,

a) n = 2r
b) n = 3r
c) n = 2r + 1
d) none of the above

16) In the expansion of (1 + x)2n , the coefficients of (p + 1)th and (p + 3)th

term are equal, then

a) p = n-2
b) p = n-1
c) p = n+1
d) p = 2n-2

17) If the coefficient of r th and (r + 1)th terms in the expansion of (3 + 7x)29

are equal, then r =

a) 14
b) 15
c) 21
d) None of these
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 79
 RSG CLASSES

18) If the coefficient of (2r + 4)th & (r − 2)th terms in the expansion of
(1 + x)18 are equal, then the value of r, is

a) 5
b) 6
c) 7
d) 9

19) If (r + 1)th term is the 1st negative term in the expansion of (1 + x)7/2,
then the value of r, is

a) 4
b) 5
c) 6
d) 7

x 2 10
20) If the r th term in the expansion of ( − ) contains x 4 , then r =
3 x2

a) 2
b) 3
c) 4
d) 5

1
21) If the 3rd term in the binomial expansion of (1 + x)m is − x 2 , then the
8
rational value for m is

a) 2
b) ½
c) 3
d) 4

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 80

 RSG CLASSES

22) If the ratio of the 7th term from the beginning to the 7th term from the end
3 1
in the expansion of ( √2 + 3 )x is 1/6, then x is
√3
a) 9
b) 6, 15
c) 12, 9
d) None of these

23) If the coefficient of 2nd , 3rd and 4th terms in the expansion of the (1 + x)2n
are in AP, then

a) 2n2 + 9n + 7 = 0
b) 2𝐧𝟐 − 𝟗𝐧 + 𝟕 = 𝟎
c) 2n2 − 9n − 7 = 0
d) None of these

24) If the r th , (r + 1)th & (r + 2)th coefficients of (1 + x)n are in AP, then n is a
root of the equation

a) 𝐱𝟐 − 𝐱(𝟒𝐫 + 𝟏) + 𝟒𝐫 𝟐 − 𝟐 = 𝟎
b) x 2 + x(4r + 1) + 4r 2 − 2 = 0
c) x 2 + x(4r + 1) + 4r 2 + 2 = 0
d) None of these

25) If the coefficient of the middle term in the expansion of the (1 + x)2n+2 is p
and the coefficient of the middle term in the expansion of (1 + x)2n+1 are q
and r, then

a) p + q =r
b) p + r =q
c) p=q+r
d) p+q+r=0

26) If the coefficient of x 5 in the expansion of (1 + x 2 )5 (1 + x)4 , is

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 81

 RSG CLASSES

a) 30
b) 40
c) 50
d) 60

1 20
27) The greatest term in the expansion of √3(1 + ) , is
√3

a) 24840/9
b) 25840/9
c) 26840/9
d) None of these

1
28) The middle term in the expansion of (x + )10 , is
x

1
a) 10C1
x
b) 𝟏𝟎𝐂𝟓
c) 10C6
d) 10C7 x

29) If [x] denotes the greater than or less than equal to x, then
[(6√6 + 14)2n+1],

a) Is an even integer
b) Is an odd integer
c) Depends on n
d) None of these

30) If the coefficient of (r + 1)th term in the expansion of (1 + x)2n be equal to

that of (r + 3)th term, then

a) n – r + 1 = 0

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 82

 RSG CLASSES

b) n – r – 1= 0
c) n + r +1 = 0
d) none of these

31) The interval in which x must lie so that the numerically greatest term in
the expansion of (1 − x)21 has numerically greatest coefficient, is

a) [5/6, 6/5]
b) (5/6, 6/5)
c) (4/5, 5/4)
d) [4/5, 5/4]

32) If n > 1, then (1 + x)n − nx − 1 is divisible by

a) 2x
b) 𝐱𝟐
c) x3
d) x4

1 4 1
33) The term independent of x in the expansion of (x − ) (x + )3, is
x x
a) -3
b) 0
c) 1
d) 3

1
34) The term independent of x in the expansion of (1 − x)2 (x + )10 , is
x

a) 𝟏𝟏𝐂𝟓
b) 10C5
c) 10C4
d) None of these

35) The ratio of the coefficient of x15 to the term independent of x in

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 83
 RSG CLASSES
2
(x 2 + )15, is
x

a) ¼
b) 1/16
c) 1/32
d) 1/64

36) The positive value of a so that the coefficients of x 5 and x15 are equal in
a
the expansion of (x 2 + 3 )10
x

𝟏
a)
𝟐√𝟑
1
b)
√3
c) 1
d) 2√3

3
37) The coefficient of x 3 in (√x 5 + )6, is
√x3

a) 0
b) 120
c) 420
d) 540

38) The coefficient of x 5 in the expansion of (2 − x + 3x 2 )6 , is

a) -4692
b) 4692
c) 2346
d) -5052

39) The coefficient of x 7 in the expansion of (x − 2x 2 )−3, is

a) 67485

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 84

 RSG CLASSES

b) 67548
c) 67584
d) 67845

1
40) If the binomial expansion of (a + bx)−2 is − 3x + ⋯, then (a, b)=
4

a) 2, 12
b) 2, 8
c) -2, -12
d) None of these

41) The coefficient of y in the expansion of (y 2 + c/y)5, is

a) 29c
b) 10c
c) 𝟏𝟎𝐜 𝟑
d) 20c 2

42) The expression [x + (x 3 − 1)1/2]5 + [x − (x 3 − 1)1/2]5 is a polynomial of

degree

a) 5
b) 6
c) 7
d) 8

43) The largest term in the expansion of (3 + 2x)50 where x = 1/5 is

a) 5th and 6th

b) 51st
c) 6th and 7th
d) 7th and 8th

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 85

 RSG CLASSES

44) In the expansion of (1 + x)50 , the sum of coefficients of odd powers of x is

a) 0
b) 𝟐𝟒𝟗
c) 250
d) 251

45) In the expansion of (1 + x)30, the sum of coefficients of odd power of x is

a) 230
b) 231
c) 0
d) 29

46) If x = 1/3, then the greatest term in the expansion of (1 + 4x)8, is

a) 3rd
b) 6th
c) 5th
d) 4th

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 86

 RSG CLASSES

Chapter=6
Permutation and combination

1) Everybody in a room shakes hand with everybody else. The total number
of handshakes is 66. The total number of persons in the room is

a) 11
b) 12
c) 13
d) 14
2) The number of possible permutations of the integers 1 to 7 such that the
number 1 and 2 always precede the number 3 and the numbers 6 and 7
always succeed the number 3 is.
a) 720;
b) 168;
c) 84;
d) None of these [ISI 2007]

3) In a football championship, 153 players were played. Every team played

one match with one another. The number of teams participating in the
championship is

a) 17
b) 18
c) 9
d) None of the above

4) There are 4 married couples in a club. A 3-member committee must be

formed from among them, such that no married couple is part of the
committee. The number of ways in which this committee can be formed is

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 87

 RSG CLASSES

a) 16
b) 44
c) 32
d) 56 [DSE 2009]

5) Three boys and two girls are to be seated in a row for a photograph. It is
desired that no two girls sit together. The number of which ways in which
they can be so arranged is
a) 𝟒𝐏𝟐 × 𝟑!
b) 3P2 × 2!
c) 2! × 3!
d) None of the above [ISI 2012]

6) Five boys and four girls are to be seated in a row for a photograph. It is
desired that no two girls sit together. The number of ways in which they
can be so arranged is
a) 𝟔𝐏𝟒 𝐱 ⌊𝟓
b) 4P2 x ⌊5
c) ⌊4x ⌊5
d) None of these [ISI 2004]
7) There are four letters and four directed envelops. The number of ways in
which the letters can be put into the envelopes so that every letter is in a
wrong envelope is
a) 9;
b) 12;
c) 16;
d) 64 [ISI 2004]

8) 7 women and 7 men are to sit round a circular table such that there is a
man on either side of every women; the number of sitting arrangements is

a) (7!)2
b) (6!)2
c) 𝟕! × 𝟔!
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 88
 RSG CLASSES

d) 7!

9) Four persons board a lift on the ground floor of a seven-storey building.

The number of ways in which they leave the lift, such that each of them gets
down at different floors, is
a) 360
b) 60
c) 120
d) 240 [ISI 2011]

10) 12 persons are to be arranged to a round table. If two particular persons

among them are not to be side by side, the total number of arrangements
is

a) 9(𝟏𝟎)!
b) 2(10)!
c) 45(8)!
d) 10!

11) Consider a combination lock consisting of 3 buttons that can be pressed

in any combination (including multiple buttons at a time), but in such a
way that each number is pressed exactly once. Then the total number of
possible combination locks with 3 buttons is
a) 6
b) 9
c) 10
d) 13 [ISI 2005]

12) The number of ways 4 boys can be seated around a round table in 4 chairs
of different colors is

a) 24
b) 12

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 89

 RSG CLASSES

c) 23
d) 64

13) The number of ways in which 6 men and 5 women can dine at a round
table if no two women are to be sit together is given by

a) 7! × 5!
b) 𝟔! × 𝟓!
c) 30
d) 5! × 4!

14) In how many ways can three persons, each throwing a single die once,
make a score of 8?
a) 5
b) 15
c) 21
d) 30 [ISI 2009]

15) A man invites a party to (m + n) friends to dinner and places m at a round

table and n at another. The number of ways of arranging the guests is

(m+n)!
a)
m!n!
(m+n)!
b) (m−1)!(n−1)!
c) (m − 1)! (n − 1)!
d) None of the above

16) A student is browsing in a second-hand bookshop and finds n books of

interest. The shop has m copies of each of these n books. Assuming he
never wants duplicate copies of any book, and that he selects at least one
book, how many ways can he make a selection? For example, if there is one
book of interest with two copies, then he can make a selection in 2 ways.
a) (𝐦 + 𝟏)𝐧 − 𝟏
b) mn

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 90

 RSG CLASSES

c) 2nm– 1
mm!
d) (m!)(nm−m)!
− 1 [ISI 2009]

17) Let A and B be disjoint sets containing m and n elements, respectively,

and let C = A ∪ B. The number of subsets S of C that contain k elements and
that also have the property that S ∩ A contains i elements id
m
a) ( ) ;
i
n
b) ( ) ;
i
m n
c) ( )( );
k−i i
𝐦 𝐧
d) ( ) ( ) ; [ISI 2006]
𝐢 𝐤−𝐢

18) The number of committees of 5 persons consisting of at least one female

member, that can be formed from 6 males and 4 females, is

a) 246
b) 252
c) 256
d) None of the above

19) All the letters of the word ‘EAMCET’ are arranged in all possible ways. The
number of such arrangement in which no two vowels are adjacent to each
other is

a) 360
b) 144
c) 72
d) 54
20) Consider 5 boxes, each containing 6 balls labelled 1,2,3,4,5,6. Suppose
one ball is drawn from each of the boxes. Denote by b i, the label of the ball
drawn from the i - th. Box, i = 1,2,3,4,5. Then the number of ways in which
the balls can be chosen such that b 1<b2<b3<b4<b5 is
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 91
 RSG CLASSES

a) 1
b) 2
c) 5
d) 6 [ISI 2010]

21) There are 10 lamps in a hall. Each one of them can be switched on
independently. The number of ways in which the hall can be illuminated is

a) 102
b) 𝟏𝟎𝟐𝟑
c) 210
d) 10!

22) The number of parallelograms that can be formed from a set of four
parallel lines intersecting another set of three parallel lines is

a) 6
b) 18
c) 12
d) 9

23) A committee consisting of 3 men and 2 women is to be formed out of 6

men and 4 women. In how many ways this can be done if Mr. X and Mrs. Y
are not to be included together?
a)120
b) 140
c) 90
d) 60 [ISI 2011]

24) The number of ways in which six letters can be placed in six directed
envelopes such that exactly four letters are placed in correct envelopes and
exactly two letters are placed in wrong envelopes is
a) 1
b) 15

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 92

 RSG CLASSES

c) 135
d) None of these [ISI 2008]

25) The greatest possible numbers of points of intersection of 8 straight lines

and 4 circles is

a) 32
b) 64
c) 76
d) 104

26) The number of diagonals that can be drawn by joining the vertices of an
octagon is

a) 28
b) 48
c) 20
d) None of the above

27) The sum of the digits in the unit place of all the numbers formed with the
help of 3, 4, 5, 6 taken all at a time is

a) 432
b) 108
c) 36
d) 18
28) A “good” word is any seven letter word consisting of letters from
{A,B,C}(some letters may be absent and some letter can be presented more
than once), with the restriction that A cannot be followed by B, B cannot be
followed by C, and C cannot be followed by A. how many good words are
there?
a) 192
b) 128
c) 96

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 93

 RSG CLASSES

d) 64 [ISI 2014]

29) In an examination there are three multiple choice questions and each
question has 4 options, now tell the number of ways in which a student
can fail to get all answers correct is

a) 11
b) 12
c) 27
d) 63

30) There are 10 points in a plane, out of these 6 are collinear. The number of
triangles formed by joining these points is

a) 100
b) 120
c) 150
d) None of the above

31) The number of ways in which 6 pencils can be distributed between two
boys such that each boy gets at least one pencil is
a) 30
b) 60
c) 62
d) 64 [ISI 2011]

32) Rajesh has 6 friends. In how many ways can he invite one or more of them
at a dinner?

a) 61
b) 62
c) 63
d) 64

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 94

 RSG CLASSES

33) We are required to form different words with the help of the word
INTEGER. Let x be the number of words in which I and N are never
together and y be the number of words which began with I and end with R,
then the ratio x/y is

a) 42
b) 30
c) 6
d) 1/30

34) In a college examination, a candidate is required to answer 6 out of 10

questions which are divided into 2 sections in which each section
containing questions. Further the candidate is not permitted to more than
4 questions in each of the section. The number of ways in which he can
make up a choice of 6 questions, is

a) 200
b) 150
c) 100
d) 50

35) A student is to answer 10 out of 13 questions in an examination such that

he must choose at least 4 from the first five questions. The number of
choices available to him is

a) 346
b) 140
c) 196
d) 280

36) The number of all the possible selections which a student can make for
answering one or more questions out of eight questions in a paper, when
each question has an alternative is

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 95

 RSG CLASSES

a) 256
b) 6560
c) 6561
d) None of the above [DSE 2012]

37) An n – gon is a regular polygon with n equal sides. Find the number of
diagonals (edges of an n – gon are not considered as diagonals) of a
10 – gon

a) 20 diagonals
b) 25 diagonals
c) 35 diagonals
d) 45 diagonals

38) In a group of boys, two boys are brothers and in this group, 6 more boys
are there. In how many ways they can sit if the brothers are not sit along
with each other:

a) 4820
b) 1410
c) 2830
d) None of the above

39) Sita has 5 coins each of different denomination. The number of different
sums of money she can form is:

a) 32
b) 25
c) 31
d) None of the above

40) The number of ways in which 5 boys and 3 girls can be seated in a row so
that each girl is b/w two boys is

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 96

 RSG CLASSES

a) 2880
b) 1880
c) 3800
d) 2800

41) The number of 4 – digit even numbers that can be formed using 0, 1, 2, 3,
4, 5, 6 without repetition is

a) 120
b) 300
c) 420
d) 20

42) The number of ways in which n ties can be selected from a rack displaying
3n different ties is

3n!
a)
2n!
b) 3 × n!
c) (3n)!
𝟑𝐧!
d)
𝐧! 𝟐𝐧!

43) The maximum number of points of intersection of 8 circles is

a) 16
b) 24
c) 28
d) 56

44) The maximum number of points into which 4 circles and 4 straight lines
intersect is

a) 26
b) 50

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 97

 RSG CLASSES

c) 56
d) 72

45) In a cricket championship ‘IPL’, there are 36 matches to be played. Now,

tell the total number of teams if each team plays one match with other

a) 8
b) 9
c) 10
d) None of the above

46) The total numbers of number greater than 100 and divisible by 5, that can
be formed by the digits 3, 4, 5, 6 if no digit is repeated is

a) 24
b) 48
c) 30
d) 12

47) The number of numbers of four different digits that can be formed from
the digits of the number 12356 such that the number is divisible by 4 is

a) 36
b) 48
c) 12
d) 24

48) How many numbers greater than 24000 that can be formed by using the
digits 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 when no digit is repeated, is

a) 36
b) 60
c) 84
d) 120

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 98

 RSG CLASSES

49) The number of times the digit 5 will be written when listing the integer
from 1 to 1000, is

a) 271
b) 272
c) 300
d) None of the above

50) How many numbers lying b/w 999 and 10000 can be formed with the
help of the digits 0, 2, 3, 6, 7, 8 when the digits are not repeated?

a) 100
b) 200
c) 300
d) 400

51) The total number of words that can be formed out of the letters of the
word ‘MOBILE’ when constant always occupy the odd places is

a) 20
b) 36
c) 30
d) 72

52) The number of words that can be formed out of the letters of the word
“ARTICLE” so that vowels occupy even places is

a) 574
b) 36
c) 754
d) 144

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 99

 RSG CLASSES

53) How many different committees of 5 can be formed from 6 men and 4
women on which exactly 2 men and 2 women serve?

a) 6
b) 20
c) 60
d) 120

54) In how many ways 5 different beads can be arranged to form a necklace?

a) 12
b) 120
c) 60
d) 24

55) The number of ways that 8 beads of different colors be strung as a

necklace is

a) 2520
b) 2880
c) 5040
d) 4320

56) Let I1and I2 be two lines intersecting at P. If A1, B1 , C1 are points on I1;
A2 , B2 , C2 , D2 , E2 are the points on I2 and if none of these coincides with P,
then the number of triangles formed by these 8 points is

a) 56
b) 55
c) 46
d) 45

57) The number of ways in which 9 players can be divided into three equal
parts

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 100

 RSG CLASSES

a) 1680
b) 840
c) 560
d) 280

58) A dictionary is printed consisting of 7 lettered words only that can be

made that can be made with the help of letters of the word “CRICKET.” If
the words are printed in the alphabetical order, as in the ordinary
dictionary, then the number of words before the word “CRICKET ” is

a) 530
b) 480
c) 531
d) 481

59) Let n be a positive integer. what is the value of the expression

n

∑ kC(n, k)
k=1
Where C(n,k) denotes the number of ways to choose k out of n objects?
a) n2n-1
b) n2n-2
c) 2n
d) n2n [ISI 2014]

60) The number of different words that can be formed from the letter of the
word ‘PENCIL’ so that no two vowels are together, is

a) 120
b) 260
c) 240
d) 480

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 101

 RSG CLASSES

61) How many four digit numbers that can be formed using digits 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
such that at least one of the number is repeated?

a) 44 − 5!
b) 45 − 4!
c) 54 − 4!
d) 𝟓𝟒 − 𝟓!

62) If r> 𝑝 > 𝑞, the number of different selections of (p + q) things taking r at

a time, where p things are identical and q other things are identical, is

a) p+q−r
b) 𝐩+𝐪−𝐫+𝟏
c) r−p−q+1
d) None of the above

63) A shopkeeper sells 3 varieties of perfumes and he has a large number of

bottles of the same size of each variety in his stock. There are 5 places in a
row in his showcase. The number of different ways of displaying the three
varieties of perfumes in the show case is

a) 6
b) 50
c) 150
d) None of the above

64) In a test, there are n questions. In the test 2n−i students gave wrong
answers to at least i questions, where i = 1, 2, … , n. If the total number of
wrong answers given is 2047, then n is

a) 12
b) 11
c) 10
d) None of the above

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 102

 RSG CLASSES

65) Four couples decided to form a committee of four members. The number
of different committees that can be formed in which no couple finds a
place

a) 12
b) 12
c) 14
d) 16

66) The numbers of integers which lie b/w 1 and 106 and which have the sum
of the digits equal to 12, is

a) 8550
b) 5382
c) 6062
d) 8055

67) Three dice are rolled. The number of possible outcomes in which at least
one die shows 5 is

a) 215
b) 36
c) 125
d) 91

68) The number of 2 × 2 matrices having elements 0 and 1, is

a) 8
b) 16
c) 4
d) None of the above

69) There are n different books and p copies of each. The number of ways in
which a selection can be made from is

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 103

 RSG CLASSES

a) np
b) pn
c) (𝐩 + 𝟏)𝐧 − 𝟏
d) (n + 1)p − 1

70) At an election there are 5 candidates and 3 members to be elected, and an

elector may vote for any number of candidates not greater than the
number to be elected. Then the number of ways in which a elector may
vote is

a) 25
b) 30
c) 32
d) None of the above

71) There are 4 balls of different colors and 4 boxes of colors, same as those of
the balls. The number of ways in which the balls, one each in a box, could
be placed such that a ball does not to a box of its own color

a) 9
b) 24
c) 12
d) None of the above

72) Number of ways in which Rs. 18 can be distributed amongst four persons
such that nobody receives less than Rs. 4 is

a) 42
b) 24
c) 4!
d) None of the above

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 104

 RSG CLASSES

73) A student is allowed to select at most n books from the collection of

(2n +1) books. If the total number of ways in which he can select a book is
63, then the value of n is

a) 6
b) 3
c) 4
d) None of the above

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 105

 RSG CLASSES

CHAPTER-7
Sequence and series
1) The sequence < −4−n >, n=1, 2, .. is

a) Unbounded and monotone increasing

b) Unbounded and monotone decreasing
c) Bounded and convergent
d) Bounded but not convergent (ISI 2012)

1
2) The sequence (−1)n (1 + ) for positive integer n
n

a) Has limit point 1

b) Has limit point -1
c) Has limiting points 1 and -1
d) Has no limiting points (DSE 2010)

3) Let < an > 𝑎𝑛𝑑 < bn >, for n = 1, 2, .. be two different sequences, where <
an > is convergent and < bn > is divergent. Then the sequence < an +
bn > is

a) Convergent
b) Divergent
c) Undefined
d) None of these (ISI 2012)

4) The set ∩∞ −1 −1
n=1 (−1 − n , 1 + n ) is identical to

a) (-1, 1]
b) [-1, 1)
c) (-1, 1)

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 106

 RSG CLASSES

d) [-1, 1] (DSE 2007)

5) The set ∪∞ −1 −1
n=1 (−1 + n , 1 − n ) is identical to

a) (-1, 1]
b) [-1, 1)
c) (-1, 1)
d) [-1, 1] (DSE 2007)

6) If pth, qth and rth terms of a GP are x, y, z respectively, then x q−r y r−p zp−q is
equal to

a) 0
b) 1
c) -1
d) None of these

7) If a, b, c are in AP, then the value of (a+2b-c)(2b+c-a)(a+2b+c) is

a) 16abc
b) 4abc
c) 8abc
d) 3abc

8) If pth, qth and rth and sth terms of a AP are in GP, then p-q, q-r, r-s are in

a) AP
b) GP
c) HP
d) None of these

a 1 2
9) If a, b, c are in AP, then , , are in
bc c b

a) AP
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 107
 RSG CLASSES

b) GP
c) HP
d) None of these

1 1 1
10) If a, b, c are in AP, then a + ,b + ,c + are in
bc ca ab

a) AP
b) HP
c) GP
d) None of these

1 1 1 1 1 1
11) If a( + ), b( + ) , c( + ) are in AP, then
b c c a a b

a) a, b, c are in AP
𝟏 𝟏 𝟏
b) , , are in AP
𝐚 𝐛 𝐜
c) a, b, c are in HP
1 1 1
d) , , are in GP
a b c

1 1 1
12) If , , are in AP, then
b+c c+a a+b

a) a, b, c are in AP
b) 𝐚𝟐 , 𝐛𝟐 , 𝐜 𝟐 are in AP
1 1 1
c) , , are in AP
a b c
d) None of these

13) If a, b, c, d are in GP, then (a3 + b3 )−1, (b3 + c 3)−1, (c 3 + d3 )−1 are in

a) AP
b) GP
c) HP
d) None of these (ISI 2004)

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 108

 RSG CLASSES

14) If a, b, c are in AP as well as in GP, then

a) a=b≠c
b) a≠b=c
c) a≠b≠c
d) a=b=c

x+y y+z 1
15) If , y, be in AP, then x, , z are in
1−xy 1−yz y

a) AP
b) GP
c) HP
d) None of these

16) If x, 1, z are in AP and x, 2, z are in GP, then x, 4, z are in

a) AP
b) GP
c) HP
d) None of these

17) If x, y, z are in GP and x+3, y+3, z+3 are in HP, then

a) y=2
b) y=3
c) y=1
d) y=0

18) If a, b, c are in GP, then a + b, 2b, b + c are in

a) AP
b) GP
c) HP

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 109

 RSG CLASSES

d) None of these

19) If a, b, c are in GP and a+ x, b+ x, c+ x are in HP , then the value of x is

a) c
b) b
c) a
d) none of these

20) Consider a GP series whose first term is 1 and the common ratio is a
positive integer r( > 1). Consider an AP series whose first term is 1 and
whose (r + 2)th term coincidences with the third term of the GP series.
Then the common difference of the AP series is
a) r – 1,
b) r,
c) r + 1,
d) r + 2. [ISI 2010]

21) If a, b, c are in AP, b, c, d are in GP and c, d, e are in HP; then a, c, e are in

a) AP
b) GP
c) HP
d) None of these

1 1
22) If a, b, c are in HP, then + =
b−a b−c

1 1
a) +
a b
𝟏 𝟏
b) +
𝐚 𝐜
1 1
c) +
b c
d) None of these

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 110

 RSG CLASSES

23) If a, b, c, d are in HP, then ab+ bc+ cd=

a) ad
b) 2ad
c) 3ad
d) None of these

x−y
24) If x, y, z are positive numbers as well as in HP, then equals
y−z
a) x/y
b) y/z
c) x/z
d) none of these (ISI 2011)

25) The set of all possible values of x for which 13 is the AM of

1+x
5 and 51−x , is

a) {5, 1/5}
b) {-1, 1}
c) {0, 1}
d) None of these

26) If x, |x+1|, |x-1| are first three terms of an AP, then the sum of first 20
terms is

a) 360, 180
b) 350, 180
c) 150, 100
d) None of these

27) If the sum of 1st n terms of a series be 5n2 + 2n, then its 2nd term would
be

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 111

 RSG CLASSES

a) 56/15
b) 27/14
c) 17
d) 16

28) An infinite geometric series has 1st term 1 and sum 4. Its common ratio
is

a) ½
b) ¾
c) 1
d) 1/3 (ISI 2009)

29) Sum of infinite number of terms of a GP is 20 and the sum of their

squares is 100. The common ratio of the GP is

a) 5
b) 3/5
c) 8/5
d) 1/5

1
30) In a sequence the first term is . The second term equals the first term
3
divided by 1 more than the first term. The third term equals the second
term divided by 1 more than the second term, and so on. Then 500 th
term is
a) 1/503
b) 1/501
c) 1/502
d) None of these [ISI 2015]

1 1 1
31) The following consecutive terms , , of a series are in
1+√x 1−x 1−√x
a) HP
b) GP
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 112
 RSG CLASSES

c) AP
d) None of these

32) If a, b, c are in GP, and log c a , log b c , log a b are in AP, then the common
difference of the AP is

a) 3
b) 3/2
c) ½
d) 2/3

33) If 1, log 9 (31−x + 2) , log 3(4. 3x − 1) are in AP, then x is

a) log 3 4
b) 1-𝐥𝐨𝐠 𝟑 𝟒
c) 1-log 4 3
d) log 4 3

34) The 1st term of an AP is a and the common difference is d ∈ (0, 1).
Suppose the k-th term of this AP equals the sum of the infinite geometric
progression whose 1st term is a and common ratio is d. If a>2 is a prime
number, then which of the following is a possible value of d?

a) ½
b) 1/3
c) 1/5
d) 1/9 (ISI 2014)

35) Consider a GP series whose 1st term is 1 and the common ratio is a
positive number. Consider an AP whose 1st term is 1 and whose (r + 2)th
term coincides with the 3rd term of the GP series. Then the common
difference of the AP series is

a) r-1

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 113

 RSG CLASSES

b) r
c) r+1
d) r+2

36) If the roots of an equation x 3 − 12x 2 + 39x − 28=0 are in AP; then
their common difference will be
a) ±1
b) ±2
c) ±𝟑
d) ±4

1
37) Given the two sequences an = and
n
1 (an −bn )2
bn = ,the sum, ∑99
n=1 ,is
n+1 an bn
a) 1;
1
b) 1 − ;
99
𝟗𝟗
c) ;
𝟏𝟎𝟎
d) None of these [ISI 2004 ]

38) Three non-zero real numbers form an AP and the squares of these
numbers taken in the same order form an GP. Then, the number of all
possible common ratios of the GP is

a) 1
b) 2
c) 3
d) None of these

39) If the sum of the infinite GP be 3 and the sum of their squares of its
term is also 3, then its 1st term and common ratio are

a) 3/2, ½
b) ½, 3/2

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 114

 RSG CLASSES

c) 1, ½
d) None of these

40) The sum of an infinitely decreasing GP is 3, and the sum of their

squares is 9/2, the sum of the cubes of the terms is

a) 105/13
b) 108/13
c) 729/8
d) None of these

41) For any positive number k, let Sk denote the sum of the infinite
(k−1)
geometric progression whose 1st term is and common ratio is 1/k .
k!
The value of the expression ∑∞
k=1 Sk is

a) e
b) 1+e
c) 2+e
d) e2 (ISI 2014)

42) Sum of three numbers in GP be 14. If one is added to the 1 st and 2nd and
1 is subtracted from the 3rd, the new numbers are in AP. The smallest of
them is

a) 2
b) 4
c) 6
d) 8
1 1 1
43) Sum of n terms of the series + + + ⋯ , is
1.2.3.4 2.3.4.5 3.4.5.6
n3
a)
3(n+1)(n+2)(n+3)
n3 +6n2 −3n
b)
6(n+2)(n+3)(n+4)

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 115

 RSG CLASSES
15n2 +7n
c)
4n(n+1)(n+5)
𝐧𝟑 +𝟔𝐧𝟐 +𝟏𝟏𝐧
d)
𝟏𝟖(𝐧+𝟏)(𝐧+𝟐)(𝐧+𝟑)
44) The nth term of a sequence 4, 14, 30, 52, 80, 114, .. is

a) n2 +n+2
b) 3n2 +n
c) 3 n2 -5n+2
d) (n+1)2

45) If the sum of 1st n natural numbers is 1/5 times the sum of their
squares, then the value of n is

a) 5
b) 6
c) 7
d) 8

3+5+7+..+n terms
46) If = 7, then the value of n is
5+8+11+..+10 terms

a) 35
b) 36
c) 37
d) 40

47) If 2× 22 + 3 × 23 + 4 × 24 + ⋯ + n × 2n = 2n+10, then n is

a) 510
b) 512
c) 513
d) 508

48) The sum of 1st n terms of the series

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 116

 RSG CLASSES
n(n+1)2
12 + 2. 22 + 32 + 2. 42 + 52 + 2. 62+. . is , when n is even. When n is
2
odd the sum

n(n+1)
a)
2
(𝐧+𝟏)(𝐧)𝟐
b)
𝟐
n(n+1)2
c)
2
n(n+1) 2
d) { }
2

49) The sum of the series (1+2)+(1+2+22 )+(1+2+22 + 23 )+.. upto n

terms is

a) 𝟐𝐧+𝟏 − 𝐧 − 𝟒
b) 2(2n − 1)-n
c) 2n+1 − n
d) 2n+1 − 1
3 7 15 31
50) Find the sum of the infinite series: 1+ + + + +..
4 16 64 256

a) 2/3
b) 4/3
c) 8/3
d) None of these
1 2
51) The maximum sum of the series 20+19 + 18 +.. is
3 3

a) 310
b) 300
c) 320
d) None of these

2
52) General Term an = 5 − ?
n

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 117

 RSG CLASSES

a) Convergence
b) Divergence
c) Oscillatory
d) None of the Above

n2 −1
53) General Term an = ?
n
a) Convergence
b) Divergence
c) Oscillatory
d) None of the Above
3n
54) General Term an =
√2n2 −1
a) Convergence
b) Divergence
c) Oscillatory
d) None of the Above

(−1)n
55) General Term an = 1 +
n
a) Convergence
b) Divergence
c) Oscillatory
d) None of the Above

56) General term an = √n + 1 − √n

a) Convergence
b) Divergence
c) Oscillatory
d) None of the Above

57) General term an = (−1)n

a) Convergence
b) Divergence
c) Oscillatory
d) None of the Above

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 118

 RSG CLASSES
101 n
58) Series ∑∞
n=1 ( ) ?
100
a) Convergence
b) Divergence
c) Oscillatory
d) None of the Above
1
59) Series ∑∞
n=1 ?
√n
a) Convergence
b) Divergence
c) Oscillatory
d) None of the Above

1+n
60) Series ∑∞
n=1 ?
4n−3

a) Convergence
b) Divergence
c) Oscillatory
d) None of the Above

1
61) ∑∞
n=1 n1.00000001

a) Convergence
b) Divergence
c) Oscillatory
d) None of the Above
1 1 1
62) The series + + + ... is
1.2 2.3 3.4
a) Convergence
b) Divergence
c) Oscillatory
d) None of the Above

1+2n
63) Find the value of the series ∑∞
n=1 3n−1

a) 2/15

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 119

 RSG CLASSES

b) 2/7
c) 15/2
d) 7/2

np
64) For what value of p does the series ∑∞
n=1 converge?
2+n3
a) p=2
b) p> 2
c) p< 2
d) none of these

65) If |a| < 1, |b| < 1, then the value of the series a(a+b)+a2 (a2 + b2) + ⋯
would be

a2 ab
a) ( + )
1−a2 1−ab
a2 ab2
b) ( + )
1−a2 1−ab2
𝐚𝟐 𝐛𝟐 𝐚𝐛
c) ( + )
𝟏−𝐚𝟐 𝐛𝟐 𝟏−𝐚𝐛
d) None of these (ISI 2013)

1.2+2.3+..+n.(n+1)
66) Does the sequence
n3

a) Convergent
b) Divergent
c) undefined
d) None of these

1 1 1
67) The value of 100[ + +. . + ]
1.2 2.3 99.100

a) 99
b) 100
c) 101
d) None of these (ISI 2010)

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 120

 RSG CLASSES

12 +22 +..+n2
68) Does the series
n3
a) Convergent
b) Divergent
c) undefined
d) None of these

69) Consider the series i) and ii) given below:

1 2 3 4
i) + + +
2 22 23 24
1 1 1 1
ii) + + +
2 22 23 24

Then, which of the following is true?

a) The first series converges but the second series does not converge.
b) The second series converges but the first series does not converge.
c) Both Converges.
d) Both diverges (ISI 2004)

1 1 1 1 1 1 1
70) The series 1. + . + . + ⋯ + . +..
2 2 3 3 4 n n+1

a) Converges to 1
b) Converges to a number b/w 0 and 1
c) Converges to a number greater than 2
d) None of these (ISI 2004)

n!
71) Does the series∑∞
n=1(−1)
n
πn

a) Convergent
b) Divergent
c) undefined
d) None of these

72) The sequence (−1)n (1 + n−1)

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 121

 RSG CLASSES

a) Converges to 1
b) Converges to -1
c) Converges to 1 and -1
d) Converges to neither 1 nor -1 (DSE 2007)

(−1)n +n
73) Consider the sequence defined by an = , then
(−1)n −n
a) Convergent
b) Divergent
c) Undefined
d) None of these

1
74) Does the series ∑∞
n=1(−1)
n
√n2 +1
a) Convergent
b) Divergent
c) Undefined
d) None of these

(−1)k−1
75) What is the value of the following infinite series: ∑∞
n=1 log e 3k
k2

a) log e 2
b) 𝐥𝐨𝐠 𝐞 𝟐𝐥𝐨𝐠 𝐞 𝟑
c) log e 6
d) log e 5 (ISI 2014)

3n
76) For the following function ∑∞
n=1 4n +4

a) Convergent
b) Divergent
c) undefined
d) None of these

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 122

 RSG CLASSES
n3 x3n
77) Does the series ∑∞
n=1 n4 +1

a) Convergent
b) Divergent
c) Undefined
d) None of these

n!(n+ 1)!
78) Does the series ∑∞
n=1 (3n)!

a) Convergent
b) Divergent
c) undefined
d) None of these

n2 +1
79) Does the sequence
2n2 +3

a) Diverges
b) Converges to 1/3
c) Converges to ½
d) Neither converges nor diverges (ISI 2017)

n3
80) Does the series ∑∞
n=1 n5 +3

a) Convergent
b) Divergent
c) Undefined
d) None of these

n+5
81) Does the series ∑∞
n=1 n√n+3

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 123

 RSG CLASSES

a) Convergent
b) Divergent
c) undefined
d) None of these

n
82) Does the series ∑∞
n=1 2n

a) Convergent
b) Divergent
c) Undefined
d) None of these

83) The function sin(log x), where x > 0

a) Is increasing
b) Is bounded and converges
c) Is bounded and does not converges
d) None of the above (ISI 2017)

84) If the positives numbers x1 , … . . , xn are in AP, then

1 1 1
+ + ⋯…..+ equals
√x1 +√x2 √x2 +√x3 √xn−1 +√xn
n
e) ,
√xl +√xn
1
f) ,
√x1 +√xn
2n
g) ,
√x1 +√xn

h) None of these. (ISI 2011)

85) If the positive number x, y, z are in HP, then log(x+z)+log(x-2y+z)
a) 4log(x-z)
b) 3log(x-z)

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 124

 RSG CLASSES

c) 2log(x-z)
d) Log(x-z) (ISI 2015)
r
86) Find the value of (1+31)(1+32)(1+34)(1+38) - (1 + 32 )

r+1
a) (32 − 1) /2
2r +1
b) (3 − 1)⁄2
r
c) (32 )/2
𝐫+𝟏
d) (𝟑𝟐 − 𝟏) /𝟐

87) If a1 = 1 and a1 + a2 + ⋯ + an = n2 for all natural numbers n > 1, find

a10

𝟏
a)
𝟓𝟓
b) 55
1
c)
110
d) 110

88) The sum of the first three terms of a GP is 7 and sum of their squares is
21. The 4th, 5th and 6th terms of this series are

I.) 8, 16, 32
1 1 1
II.) , ,
2 4 6

III.) 4, 2, 1

a) Either (I) or (III)

b) Only (II)
c) Either (I) or (II)
d) Only (I)
89) If the sum of the first p, q and r terms of AP are a, b and c respectively,
then

c a b
a) (q − r) + (r − p) + (p − q) = 0
p q r

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 125

 RSG CLASSES
𝐚 𝐛 𝐜
b) (𝐪 − 𝐫) + (𝐫 − 𝐩) + (𝐩 − 𝐪) = 𝟎
𝐩 𝐪 𝐫
a b c
c) (r − p) + (q − r) + (p − q) = 0
p q r
d) None of these
90) If p, q, r, s are distinct non-zero real numbers such that

(p2 + q2 + r 2 )x 2 − 2(pq + qr + rs)x + (q2 + r 2 + s 2 ) ≤ 0, then p, q, r, s are

a) In AP
b) In HP
c) In GP
d) pq = rs

91) The sum of the series: 1-3+5-7+9-11+ … to n terms is

a) –n, when n is even

b) 2n, when n is even
c) –n, when n is odd
d) 2n, when n is odd
6 66 666
92) Find the sum of the series: 1 + + + (17)3 … … … … ∞
17 (17)2

a) 350/289
b) 107/56
c) 107/51
d) None of the previous choices

93) The sum of the series 12 − 22 + 32 − 42 + 52 − 62 + ⋯ − 20082 +

20092 is

a) 2019045
b) 1005004
c) 2000506
d) None of these

94) The sum of the series: 13 − 23 + 33 − 43 + ⋯ + 93 is

a) 425

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 126

 RSG CLASSES

b) -425
c) 475
d) -475
1 1 1 1
95) + + +⋯ =9
√x+√x+1 √x+1+√x+2 √x+2+√x+3 √x+98+√x+99

Find which of the following is a possible value of x ?

a) 2
b) 1
c) 4
d) 3
1 1 1 1
96) The sum of the series: + + +⋯
√1+√2 √2+√3 √3+√4 √n2 −1+√n2

2n+1
a)
√n
√n+1
b)
√n+√n−1
n+√n2 −1
c)
2√n
d) n-1

97) The sum of the 10 terms of the series √2 + √6 + √18 + ⋯ is

a) 121(√6 + √2)

b) 243(√𝟑+1)
121
c)
√3−1

d) 242(√3-1)
1 1 1 1
98) The value of + + + ⋯+
loga X log√a X1/4 log 3 X1/9 log 20 X15/400
√a √a

a) 𝐥𝐨𝐠 𝐱 𝐚𝟐𝟏𝟎
b) x 20 + a

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 127

 RSG CLASSES

c) log e x
d) log a x 44

1 1 (an −bn )2
99) Given two sequences an = and bn = , the sum, ∑99
n=1 , is
n n+1 an bn

a) 1
99
b) 1-
100
𝟗𝟗
c)
𝟏𝟎𝟎

d) None of these (ISI 2004)

100) Let a and b the roots of the equation x 2 − px + q = 0. Define the

sequence xn = an + bn . Then xn+1 is given by
a) p𝐱𝐧 − 𝐪𝐱𝐧−𝟏
b) pxn + qxn−1
c) qxn − pxn−1
d) qxn + pxn−1 (ISI 2005)
1 1 1
101) The value of the expression + + ⋯+ is
√1+√2 √2+√3 √99+√100
a) A rational number lying in the interval (0, 9)
b) An irrational number lying in the interval (0,9)
c) A rational number lying in the interval (0, 10)
d) An irrational number lying in the interval (0, 10) (ISI 2005)

102) In a sequence the 1st term is 1/3. The 2nd term equals the 1st term
divided by 1 more the 1st term. The 3rd term equals the 2nd term divided by
one more than the 2nd term and so on. Then the 500th term would be
a) 1/503
b) 1/501
c) 1/502
d) None of these (ISI 2015)

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 128

 RSG CLASSES

103) The first term of an arithmetic progression is a and common

difference is d∈ (0,1). Suppose the k-th term of this arithmetic
progression equals the sum of the infinite geometric progression whose
first term is a and common ratio is d. if a > 2 is a prime number, then
which of the following is a possible value of d?
a) 1/2
b) 1/3
c) 1/5
d) 1/9 [ISI 2014]

104) The function f: R→R satisfies f(x+y)=f(x)+f(y) for all x, y ∈R, where R
is the real line and f(1)=7. Then ∑nr=1 f(r) equals

a) 7n/2
b) 7(n+1)/2
c) 7n(n+1)/2
d) 7n(n+1) (ISI 2015)
1 n+1
105) Let an = (1 + ) , n = 1, 2, … . Then the sequence an ∞
n=1
n

a) Is an increasing sequence
b) First increases and then decreases
c) Is a decreasing sequence
d) First decreases and then increases

106) The sum of integers from 1 to 100 which are divisible by 2 or 5, is

a) 3000
b) 3010
c) 3150
d) 3050

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 129

 RSG CLASSES

107) If the first term of an AP is 2 and the common difference is 4, the sum
of the its 40 terms is
a) 3200
b) 1600
c) 200
d) 2800

1 1 1 1 1
108) If an = 1 + + + + + ⋯ + is
2 3 4 5 2n −1

a) 𝐚𝟏𝟎𝟎 < 100

b) a100 > 100
c) a200 < 100
d) None of these

3 7 15 31
109) The sum of n terms of the series: 1+ +. + + + ⋯, is
2 4 8 16
𝟏
a) 2(n-1)+( )
𝟐𝐧−𝟏
1
b) 2n-
2n
1
c) 2+
2n
1
d) 2n- 1 +
2n

110) If the sum of the series 2, 5, 8, 11, … is 60100, then n is equal to

a) 100
b) 200
c) 150
d) 250

1 1 1
111) x 2 . x 4 . x 8 … to ∞ is equal to

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 130

 RSG CLASSES

a) 0
b) 1
c) x
d) ∞

112) The sum of n terms of an AP series are in the ratio 2n+3:6n+5, then
the ratio of their 13th term is
a) 53:155
b) 27:87
c) 29:83
d) 31:89

113) The value of 91/3 × 91/9 × 91/27 × … ∞, is

a) 9
b) 1
c) 3
d) None of these

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 131

 RSG CLASSES

CHAPTER-8
Straight lines
1) The equations ax+ by+ c = 0 and dx+ ey + f = 0 represent the same line if
and only if

a b
a) =
d c
b) c = f
𝐚 𝐛 𝐜
c) = =
𝐝 𝐞 𝐟
d) a = d, c = e, b = f

2) The distance b/w the parallel lines y = 2x+4 and 6x = 3y+5 is

a) 17/√3
b) 1
c) 3/√5
d) 17√𝟓/15

3) The distance b/w the lines 4x+3y = 11 and 8x+6y = 15, is

a) 7/2
b) 4
c) 7/10
d) None of these

4) The foot of the perpendicular on the line 3x+y = λ drawn from the origin
is C. The line cuts the x-axis and y-axis at A & B respectively, then BC:CA is

a) 1:3
b) 3:1

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 132

 RSG CLASSES

c) 1:9
d) 9:1

5) If the line segment joining (2, 3) & (-1, 2) is divided internally in the ratio
of 3:4 by the line x+2y = λ, then λ is

a) 41/7
b) 5/7
c) 36/7
d) 31/7

6) If the line y = mx meets the lines x+2y-1=0 and 2x-y+3=0 at the same
point, then m is equal to

a) 1
b) -1
c) 2
d) -2

7) The line which is parallel to x – axis and crosses the curve y = √x at an

angle of 45 degree is

a) x=¼
b) y=¼
c) y=½
d) y=1

8) A line passes through (2, 2) and is perpendicular to the line 3x + y = 3. Its

y – intercept is

a) 1/3
b) 2/3
c) 1
d) 4/3

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 133

 RSG CLASSES

9) If the points (1, 2) and (3, 4) were to be on the same side of the line
3x – 5y + a = 0, then

a) 7< 𝑎 < 11
b) a=7
c) a=1
d) a < 𝟕𝐨𝐫 𝐚 > 11

10) The coordinates of the foot of the perpendicular from the point (2, 4) on
the line x + y = 1 are

a) (1/2, 3/2)
b) (-1/2, 3/2)
c) (4/3, 1/2)
d) (3/4, -1/2)

11) If the foot of the perpendicular from the origin to a straight line is at the
point (3, -4). Then the equation of the line is

a) 3x – 4y = 25
b) 3x – 4y + 25 = 0
c) 4x + 3y – 25 = 0
d) 4x – 3y +25 = 0

12) Two vertices of the triangle are (5, -1) and (-2, 3). If the orthocenter of the
triangle is at the origin, then coordinates of the 3 rd vertex is

a) (4, 7)
b) (-4, -7)
c) (-4, 7)
d) None of these

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 134

 RSG CLASSES

13) The vertices of a triangle (0, 3), (-3, 0) and (3, 0). The coordinates of its
orthocenter are

a) (0, 2)
b) (0, -3)
c) (0, 3)
d) (0, -2)

14) The orthocenter of the triangle formed by (0, 0), (8, 0) (4, 6) is

a) (4, 8/3)
b) (3, 4)
c) (4, 3)
d) (-3, 4)

15) The straight lines x+y-4 = 0, 3x+y -4 = 0, x+3y = 0 form a triangle which
is called as

a) Isosceles triangle
b) Right angled triangle
c) Equilateral triangle
d) None of these

16) A line passing through (2, 2) and is perpendicular to the line 3x + y = 3.

Its y-intercept is

a) 1/3
b) 2/3
c) 1
d) 4/3

17) The equation of the straight line such that it is perpendicular to y = x and
passes through (3, 2) will be given by

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 135

 RSG CLASSES

a) x – y=5
b) x+y=5
c) x+y=1
d) x–y=1

18) A point moves so that the ratio of its distance from the points (-a,0) and
(a,0) is 2:3. The equation of its locus is

a) x 2 + y 2 + 10ax + a2 = 0
b) 𝟓𝐱𝟐 + 𝟓𝐲𝟐 + 𝟐𝟔𝐚𝐱 + 𝟓𝐚𝟐 = 𝟎
c) 5x 2 + 5y 2 − 26ax + 5a2 = 0
d) x 2 + y 2 − 10ax + a2 = 0. [ISI 2004]

19) If the roots of the quadratic equation x 2 − 7x + 12 = 0 are the

intercepts of a line, the equation of the line can be

a) 3x − 4y = 12

b) 4x − 3y = 12

c) 𝟑𝐱 + 𝟒𝐲 = 𝟏𝟐

d) 4x + 3y = 1

20) The equation of a line passing through (1, 2) and whose sum of
intercepts is zero, is

a) x + y = 3

b) x - y +1= 0

c) 2 (x + y) = 3

d) 3(x – y) = 1

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 136

 RSG CLASSES

21) Find the distance from (3, 4) to the line 5x + 2y − 46 = 0 along the line
4x – 3y = 0

a) 6

b) 5

c) 7

d) 10

22) Consider a square that has sides of length 2 units. Five points are placed
anywhere inside this square. Which of the following statements is
incorrect?
a) There cannot be any two points whose distance is more than 2√2;
b) The square can be partitioned into four squares of side 1 unit each
such that at least one unit square has two points that lies on or
inside it.
c) At least two points can be found whose distance is less than √2.
d) Statements (A),(B) and (C) are all incorrect.

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 137

 RSG CLASSES

CHAPTER-9
CONIC SECITON
Parabola
1) If the focus and vertex of a parabola are the points (0, 2) and (0, 4)
respectively, then the equation of the parabola is

a) y 2 = 8x + 32
b) y 2 = −8x + 32
c) 𝐱𝟐 + 𝟖𝐲 = 𝟑𝟐
d) x 2 − 8y = 32

2) The equation of the directrix of the parabola x 2 − 4x − 3y + 10 = 0

a) y = -5/4
b) y = 5/4
c) y = -3/4
d) y=¾

3) If the vertex of the parabola is the point (-3, 0) and the directrix is the line
x + 5 = 0, then its equation is

a) 𝐲𝟐 = 𝟖(𝐱 + 𝟑)
b) x 2 = 8(y + 3)
c) y 2 = −8(x + 3)
d) y 2 = 8(x + 5)

4) The coordinates of the point on the parabola y 2 = 8x whose focal distance

is 4, are

a) (1/2, ±2)
b) (1, ±2√2)

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 138

 RSG CLASSES

c) (2, ±𝟒)
d) None of the above

5) The coordinates of the focus of the parabola x 2 − 4x − 8y − 4 = 0, are

a) (0, 2)
b) (2, 1)
c) (1, 2)
d) (-2, -1)

6) The equation to the line touching both the parabolas y 2 = 4x and x 2 =

−32y is

a) x + 2y + 4 = 0
b) 2x + y – 4 = 0
c) x – 2y – 4 = 0
d) x – 2y + 4 = 0

7) The slope of the normal at the point (at 2 , 2at) of the parabola y 2 = 4ax, is

a) 1/t
b) t
c) –t
d) -1/t

8) If the normal at (1, 2) on the parabola, y 2 = 4x, meets the parabola again
at the point (t 2 , 2t), then the value of t is

a) 1
b) 3
c) -3
d) -1
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 139
 RSG CLASSES

9) If 2x + y + k = 0 is a normal to the parabola y 2 = −8x, then the value of k

is

a) -16
b) -8
c) -24
d) 24

10) If y = 2x + k is a tangent to the curve x 2 = 4y, then k is equal to

a) 4
b) ½
c) -4
d) -1/2

11) If the vertex of the parabola y = x 2 − 8x + c lies on the x – axis, then the
value of c is

a) -16
b) -4
c) 4
d) 16

12) The equation of the tangent at the vertex of the parabola x 2 + 4x + 2y = 0

a) x = -2
b) x=2
c) y=2
d) y = -2

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 140

 RSG CLASSES

13) The Cartesian equation of the directrix of the parabola whose parametric
equation are x = 2t +1, y = t 2 + 2, is

a) y=2
b) y=1
c) y = -1
d) y = -2

14) The mid – point of the chord 2x + y – 4 = 0 of the parabola y 2 = 4x is

a) (5/2, -1)
b) (-1, 5/2)
c) (3/2, -1)
d) None of the above

15) The vertex of the parabola x 2 + 2y = 8x − 7 is

a) (4, 7/2)
b) (4, 9/2)
c) (9/2, 4)
d) (1, 0)

16) The equation of the tangent to the parabola y 2 = 8x which is

perpendicular to the line x – 3y + 8 = 0

a) 9x + 3y + 2 = 0
b) 3x + y + 2 = 0
c) 3x – y – 1 = 0
d) 9x – 3y + 2 = 0

Ellipse
(x+y−2)2 (x−y)2
1) The center of the ellipse + = 1 is
9 16

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 141

 RSG CLASSES

a) (0, 0)
b) (1, 1)
c) (1, 0)
d) (0, 1)

2) The center of the ellipse 4x 2 + 9y 2 + 16x − 18y − 11 = 0 is

a) (-2, -1)
b) (-2, 1)
c) (2, -1)
d) None of the above

3) The equation of the ellipse having vertex at (±5, 0) and foci (±4, 0) is

x2 y2
a) + =1
25 16
b) 𝟗𝐱𝟐 + 𝟐𝟓𝐲𝟐 = 𝟐𝟐𝟓
x2 y2
c) + =1
9 25
d) 4x 2 + 5y 2 = 20

4) The equation of the ellipse whose foci is (1, -1), directrix the line x – y = 3
and eccentricity ½, is

a) 𝟕𝐱𝟐 + 𝟐𝐱𝐲 + 𝟕𝐲𝟐 − 𝟏𝟎𝐱 + 𝟏𝟎𝐲 + 𝟕 = 𝟎

b) 7x 2 + 2xy + 7y 2 + 7 = 0
c) 7x 2 + 2xy + 7y 2 + 10x − 10y − 7 = 0
d) None of these

5) The equation of the ellipse which passes through the point (-3, 1) and
eccentricity √2/5, is

a) 3x 2 + 6y 2 = 33
b) 5x 2 + 3y 2 = 48
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 142
 RSG CLASSES

c) 3𝐱𝟐 + 𝟓𝐲𝟐 = 𝟑𝟐
d) None of these

6) The equation of the ellipse whose vertices are (- 4, 1) and (6, 1) and one of
the focal chord is x – 2y – 2 = 0, is

(𝐱−𝟏)𝟐 (𝐲−𝟏)𝟐
a) + =𝟏
𝟐𝟓 𝟗
(x+1)2 (y+1)2
b) + =1
25 9
(x−1)2 (y−1)2
c) + =1
16 25
(x+1)2 (y+1)2
d) + =1
16 25

7) The equation of the axes of the ellipse 3x 2 + 4y 2 + 6x − 8y − 5 = 0, are

a) x + 3, y = 5
b) x +3 = 0, y – 5 = 0
c) x – 1 = 0, y = 0
d) x + 1 = 0, y – 1 = 0

8) The eccentricity of the ellipse 9x 2 + 5y 2 − 30y = 0, is

a) 1/3
b) 2/3
c) ¼
d) None of these

9) The eccentricity of the conic 4x 2 + 16y 2 − 24x − 32y = 1 is

a) ½
b) √3
√𝟑
c)
𝟐

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 143

 RSG CLASSES

√3
d)
4

10) The foci of the ellipse, 25(x + 1)2 + 9(y + 2)2 = 225 are at,

a) (-1, 2) and (-1, -6)

b) (-2, 1) and (-2, 6)
c) (-1, -2) and (-2, -1)
d) (-1, -2) and (-1, -6)

11) The length of the axes of the conic 9x 2 + 4y 2 − 6x + 4y + 1 = 0, are

a) ½, 9
b) 3, 2/5
c) 1, 2/3
d) 3, 2

12) The distance between the foci of the ellipse 5x 2 + 9y 2 = 45, is

a) 2√2
b) 4
c) 4√2
d) 2

x2
13) The maximum area of an isosceles triangle inscribed in the ellipse +
a2
y2
= 1 with vertex at one end of the major axis is
b2

a) √3ab
𝟑√𝟑
b) 𝐚𝐛
𝟒
5√3
c) ab
4
d) None of these

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 144

 RSG CLASSES
x2 y2
14) If any tangent to the ellipse 2
+ = 1 makes intercepts P and Q on the
a b2
a2 b2
coordinate axes, then 2
+ =
p q2

a) 1
b) 2
c) 3
d) 4

Hyperbola

1) The eccentricity of the hyperbola 3x 2 − 4y 2 = −12 is

𝟕
a) √
𝟑
√7
b)
2
7
c) −√
3
√7
d) −
2

2) Equation of the hyperbola whose vertices are (±3, 0) and foci at (±5, 0), is

a) 16𝐱𝟐 − 𝟗𝐲𝟐 = 𝟏𝟒𝟒

b) 9x 2 − 16y 2 = 144
c) 25x 2 − 9y 2 = 225
d) 9x 2 − 25y 2 = 81

3) The equation of the tangent to the conic x 2 − y 2 − 8x + 2y + 11 = 0 at

(2, 1), is

a) x + 2 = 0
b) 2x + 1 = 0
c) x – 2 = 0

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 145

 RSG CLASSES

d) x + y +1 = 0

x2
4) The value for m for which y = mx + 6 is a tangent to the hyperbola −
100
y2
= 1, is
49

𝟏𝟕
a) √
𝟐𝟎

20
b) √
17

3
c) √
20

20
d) √
3

5) The equation of the tangent to the hyperbola 4y 2 = x 2 − 1 at the point

(1, 0), is

a) x=1
b) y=1
c) y=4
d) x=4

6) The equation of the common tangent to the hyperbola 3x 2 − y 2 = 3 and to

the parabola y 2 = 8x is

a) 2x – y – 1 = 0
b) x – 2y +1 = 0
c) 2x + y – 1 = 0
d) 2x + y +1 = 0

7) The equation of the chord of contact of tangents from (1, 2) to the

hyperbola 3x 2 − 4y 2 = 3 is

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 146

 RSG CLASSES

a) 3x – 16y = 3
b) 3x – 8y = 3
x y
c) − = 1
3 4
x y
d) − = 1
4 3

8) The mid – point of the chord intercepted by the hyperbola

9x 2 − 16y 2 = 144 on the line 9x – 8y – 10 = 0, is

a) (1, 2)
b) (-1, 2)
c) (-2, 1)
d) (2, 1)

9) The line 5x + 12y = 9 touches the hyperbola x 2 − 9y 2 = 9 at the point

a) (-5, 4/3)
b) (5, -4/3)
c) (3, -1/2)
d) None of these

x2 y2 x2 y2 1
10) The foci of the ellipse + 2
= 1 and the hyperbola − = coincide,
16 b 144 81 25
then the value of b2 is

a) 1
b) 5
c) 7
d) 9

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 147

 RSG CLASSES

Circle

1) The center of the circle passing through (0, 0), (a, 0) and (0, b) is

a) (a, b)
b) (a/2, b/2)
c) (-a/2, -b/2)
d) (-a, -b)

2) The circle x 2 + y 2 + 4x − 7y + 12 = 0 cuts an intercept on y – axis of

length

a) 3
b) 4
c) 7
d) 1

3) The area of the circle centered at (1, 2) and passing through (4, 6) is

a) 5π
b) 10π
c) 25𝛑
d) None of these

4) The equation of the circle passing through (4, 5) having the center at (2, 2)

a) x 2 + y 2 + 4x + 4y − 5 = 0
b) 𝐱𝟐 + 𝐲𝟐 − 𝟒𝐱 − 𝟒𝐲 − 𝟓 = 𝟎
c) x 2 + y 2 − 4x − 13 = 0
d) x 2 + y 2 − 4x − 4y + 5 = 0

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 148

 RSG CLASSES

5) The equation of a circle passing through (3, -6) and touching the axes is

a) 𝐱𝟐 + 𝐲𝟐 − 𝟔𝐱 + 𝟔𝐲 + 𝟗 = 𝟎
b) x 2 + y 2 + 6x − 6y + 9 = 0
c) x 2 + y 2 + 30x − 30y + 225 = 0
d) x 2 + y 2 + 30x + 30y + 225 = 0

6) Equation of the circle which touches 3x + 4y = 7 and passes through

(1, -2) and (4, -3) is

a) x 2 + y 2 − 94x + 18y + 55 = 0
b) 15𝐱𝟐 + 𝟏𝟓𝐲𝟐 − 𝟗𝟒𝐱 + 𝟏𝟖𝐲 + 𝟓𝟓 = 𝟎
c) 15x 2 + 15y 2 + 94x + 18y + 55 = 0
d) x 2 + y 2 − 94x − 18y + 55 = 0

7) The value of α for which the circle x 2 + y 2 + 2αx + 6y + 1 = 0 intersects

the circle x 2 + y 2 + 4x + 2y = 0 orthogonally, is

a) 11/8
b) -1
c) -5/4
d) 5/2

8) The equation of the pair of straight lines parallel to x – axis and touching
the circle x 2 + y 2 − 6x − 4y − 12 = 0, is

a) 𝐲𝟐 − 𝟒𝐲 − 𝟐𝟏 = 𝟎
b) y 2 + 4y − 21 = 0
c) y 2 − 4y + 21 = 0
d) y 2 + 4y + 21 = 0
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 149
 RSG CLASSES

9) If x = 1 is the radical axis of the two orthogonally intersecting circles. If

one of them is x 2 + y 2 = 4, then the other circle is

a) x 2 + y 2 − 4x + 4 = 0
b) 𝐱𝟐 + 𝐲𝟐 − 𝟖𝐱 + 𝟒 = 𝟎
c) x 2 + y 2 + 8x − 4 = 0
d) None of the above

10) The circles x 2 + y 2 + 6x + 6y = 0 and x 2 + y 2 − 12x − 12y = 0

a) Cut orthogonally
b) Touch each other internally
c) Intersect in two points
d) Touch each other externally

11) The equation of the circle passing through (0, 0) and belonging to the
system of circles of which (3, 1) and (-1, 5) are limiting points, is

a) x 2 + y 2 − x + 3y = 0
b) 𝐱𝟐 + 𝐲𝟐 − 𝟏𝟏𝐱 + 𝟑𝐲 = 𝟎
c) x2 + y2 = 1
d) None of the above

12) The number of circles belonging to the system of circles

2(x 2 + y 2 )+ αx − (1 + α2 )y − 10 = 0 and orthogonal to the
x 2 + y 2 + 4x + 6y + 3 = 0, is

a) 2
b) 1
c) 0
d) None of the above

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 150

 RSG CLASSES

13) Two circles, each of radius 5, and having their common tangent at (1, 1)
whose equation is 3x + 4y – 7 = 0. Then, their centres are

a) (4, -5) and (-2, 3)

b) (4, -3) and (-2, 5)
c) (4, 5) and (-2, -3)
d) None of the above

14) The number of integral values of “a” for which the radius of the circle
f(x) = x 2 + y 2 + ax + (1 − a)y + 5 = 0 can’t exceed 5

a) 14
b) 18
c) 16
d) None of the above

15) The number of circles that touch all the straight lines x + y – 4 = 0,
x – y + 2 = 0 and y = 2 is

a) 1
b) 2
c) 3
d) 4

16) The radius of the larger circle lying in the 1st quadrant and touching the
line 4x + 3y – 12 = 0 and the coordinate axes, is

a) 5
b) 6
c) 7
d) 8

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 151

 RSG CLASSES

17) The equation of the circle which has a tangent 2x – y – 1 = 0 at (3, 5) on it

and with the centre on x + y = 5, is

a) 𝐱𝟐 + 𝐲𝟐 + 𝟔𝐱 − 𝟏𝟔𝐲 + 𝟐𝟖 = 𝟎
b) x 2 + y 2 − 6x + 16y − 28 = 0
c) x 2 + y 2 + 6x + 6y + 28 = 0
d) x 2 + y 2 − 6x − 6y + 28 = 0

18) The number of points on the circle 2(x 2 + y 2 ) = 3x which are at a distance
2 from the point (-2, 1) is

a) 2
b) 0
c) 1
d) None of the above

19) Given that the circles x 2 + y 2 − 2x + 6y + 6 = 0 and

x 2 + y 2 − 5x + 6y + 15 = 0 touches, then the equation to their common
tangent is

a) x=3
b) y=6
c) 7x – 12y – 21 = 0
d) 7x + 12y + 21 = 0

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 152

 RSG CLASSES

CHAPTER-10
MATRICES AND DETERMINANTS
1) If A is an orthogonal matrix, then A−1equals
a) A
b) 𝐀𝐓
c) A2
d) None of these

2) If A is an orthogonal matrix, then

a) |A| = 0
b) |𝐀| = ± 𝟏
c) |A| = ±0
d) None of these

3) If A is a square matrix such that ATA=I=AAT , then A is

a) Symmetric matrix
b) Skew-symmetric matrix
c) Diagonal matrix
d) Orthogonal matrix

4) The inverse of a symmetric matrix is

a) Symmetric
b) Skew-symmetric
c) Diagonal matrix
d) None of these

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 153

 RSG CLASSES

5) The inverse of a diagonal matrix is

a) Symmetric
b) Skew-symmetric
c) Diagonal matrix
d) None of these

6) If A is a skew-symmetric matrix and n is a positive integer, then An is

a) Symmetric
b) Skew-symmetric
c) Diagonal matrix
d) None of these

7) If A is a symmetric matrix and n∈ N, then An is

a) Symmetric
b) Skew-symmetric
c) Diagonal matrix
d) None of these

8) If A is a skew-symmetric matrix and n is a even positive integer, then An is

a) Symmetric
b) Skew-symmetric
c) Diagonal matrix
d) None of these

9) If A is a skew-symmetric matrix and n is a odd positive integer, then An is

a) Symmetric
b) Skew-symmetric
c) Diagonal matrix
d) None of these

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 154

 RSG CLASSES

10) If A is a skew-symmetric matrix of even order, then |A|

a) Is a square
b) Is not a square
c) Is always zero
d) None of these

11) If all the elements in a square matrix A of order 3 are equal to 1 or -1,
then |A|, is
a) an odd number
b) an even number
c) an imaginary number
d) a real number

12) If B is a non singular matrix and A is a square matrix, then Det(B −1AB)
is equal to

a) Det(B)
b) Det(A)
c) Det(B −1)
d) Det(A−1)

13) Let A be a non singular square matrix. Then, |adj A| is equal to

a) |A|n
b) |𝐀|𝐧−𝟏
c) |A|n−2
d) None of these

14) If A is an invertible matrix, then which of the following is correct

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 155

 RSG CLASSES

a) A−1 is multivalued
b) A−1 is singular
c) (A−1)T ≠ (AT )−1
d) |A|≠ 𝟎

15) Consider an n x n real matrix A with n> 4. Interchanging the positions

of two columns

a) Will change the sign of det A

b) Will not change the sign of det A
c) May or may not change the sign of det A, depending on the value of n
d) May or may not change the sign of det A, depending on the positions of
the two columns [DSE 2008]

ab
16) The square matrix of the matrix | | is a null matrix if and only if
c0
a) a=b=c=0
b) a=c=0, b is any non zero real number
c) a=b=0, c is any non zero real number
d) a=0 and either b =0 or c=0 (ISI 2015)

17) The rank of a null matrix

a) 0
b) 1
c) Does not exist
d) None of the above

18) If A is a skew-symmetric matrix, then trace of A is

a) 1
b) -1
c) 0
d) None of these

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 156

 RSG CLASSES

1 −5 7
19) If A=[ 0 7 9], then trace of matrix A is
11 8 9

a) 17
b) 25
c) 3
d) 12
123
20) The determinant of the matrix |4 5 6| is
789
a) 21
b) -16
c) 0
d) 14 (ISI 2012)

21) For an m x n matrix A and an mL vector b. A condition that ensures the

existence of a solution (an n – vector x) of the equation Ax = b is

a) det A ≠ 0
b) m=n
c) the columns of A are linearly independent
d) the rows of A are linearly independent [DSE 2008]

3 0 1 2
1 0 −1 8
22) Evaluate the determinant of the following: A [ ] is
2 0 5 6
−1 0 −11 2
a) 0
b) 1
c) 2
d) 3
12 22 32
23) The value of ∆= |22 32 42 | is
32 42 52
a) 8

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 157

 RSG CLASSES

b) -8
c) 400
d) 1

x34
24) The equation |1 2 1|=0 is satisfied by
181
a) x=1
b) x=3
c) x=4
d) none of these (ISI 2007)

x+a b c
25) If | a x + b c | = 0, then x equals
a b x+c

a) a+ b+ c
b) -(a+ b+ c)
c) 0, a+ b+ c
d) 0, -( a+ b+ c)

26) Let M, A, B, C be respectively four matrices below:

47 11 12 11
( ),( ),( ),( )
79 11 34 45
Then M=xA+ yB+ zC,
a) But x, y, z are not unique
b) z= -1
c) z= -1 or z= -2 both can held
d) x, y, z are unique but z=2 (DSE 2014)

27) If an matrix A is such that 3A3 + 2A2 + 5A + I = 0, then A−1 is equal to

a) –(3A2 + 2A + 5)

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 158

 RSG CLASSES

b) (3A2 + 2A + 5)
c) 3A2 − 2A − 5
d) None of these

28) Let M be a 3× 3 matrix such that M2 = M. Which one of the following

must be true?

a) M is invertible
b) det(M)=0
c) det(𝐌 𝟓 )= det(M)
d) none of the above (DSE 2014)

1 −1
29) If A=[ ] , then A100 + A5 is
2 −2

𝟎𝟎
a) ( )
𝟎𝟎

1 −1
b) ( )
2 −2

−1 1
c) ( )
−2 2

d) none of these (ISI 2005)

1 2
30) Let A = [ ] and A−1 = xA + yI, then the value of x & y are
−5 1

a) x=-1/11, y=2/11
b) x=-1/11, y=-2/11
c) x=1/11, y=2/11
d) x=-1/11, y=-2/11

3 4 −2 −2
31) If A= [ ],B = [ ], Then (A + B)−1 equals
2 4 0 −1

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 159

 RSG CLASSES

a) Is a skew symmetric matrix

b) A−1 + B−1
c) doesn′ t exist
d) none of these

32) Consider a n × n matrix A with real entries. A is non singular if and

only if:

a) The determinant of A is not equal to zero

b) The column vectors of A are linearly independent
c) The row vectors of A are linearly independent
d) Any of the three conditions satisfied (DSE 2006)

33) Consider a singular n × n matrix A with real entries. Interchanging the

positions of a pair of adjacent columns of A is

a) Does not change the value of determinant of A

b) Changes the sign of determinant
c) Increases the value of determinant
d) Decreases the value of determinant (DSE 2006)

34) Consider a n × n matrix A with real entries. If matrix B is derived by

adding the 1st column to the last column of A, then

a) Det(A)<Det(B)
b) Det(A)>Det(B)
c) Det(A)=Det(B) (DSE 2007)
d) Signs are opposite of the value of determinant of both A and B
respectively.

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 160

 RSG CLASSES
ab 11
35) If the matrix A=[ ] is commutative with the matrix B = [ ], then
cd 01
a) a=0, b=c
b) b=0, c=d
c) c=0, d=a
d) d=0, a=b

36) Let A be a n×n matrix whose entry on the i-th row and j-th
column is min(i,j). The determinant of A is:
a) n
b) 1
c) n!
d) 0 [ISI 2016]

37) Consider a 3 × 3 nonsingular matrix A with real entries. If the matrix B

is derived from A by interchanging the 1 st and last column of A, then the
determinant of B, denoted by det (B), is equal to

a) det(A)
b) -det(A)
c) 0
d) 1/ det(A) (DSE 2010)

2 4
38) I is the identity 2 × 2 matrix and A = ( ), For what value of λ is the
1 −1
matrix (A − λI) not invertible is
a) -1, 2
b) -2, 3
c) -3, 4
d) None of these

39) Suppose A & B are two square matrices that satisfy AB+BA=0, Where
0 is a square matrix of zeroes. Then it must be that

a) 𝐀𝟐 𝐁 𝟑 = 𝐁 𝟑 𝐀𝟐
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 161
 RSG CLASSES

b) A2 B3 = B2 A3
c) A2 B3 = BA4
d) None of these (DSE 2011)

12x 1 −2 y
40) If A=[0 1 0] and B = [0 1 0] and AB = I3 , Then x+y equals
001 0 0 1
a) 0
b) -1
c) 2
d) None of these

2 5
41) Suppose A is 2× 2 matrix given as [ ]. Then the matrix A2 − 3A −
3 1
13I, Where I is a 2× 2 identity matrix, equals

a) I
𝟎𝟎
b) [ ]
𝟎𝟎
1 5
c) [ ]
3 0
d) None of the above (ISI 2013)

C2
42) If X=[ ] &| X 7 | = 128, then the value of C
1C
a) ±5
b) ±1
c) ±𝟐
d) None of these (ISI 2011)

43) Let A be an n× n matrix whose entry on the i-th row and j-th column
is min(i, j). the determinant of A is:
a) n
b) 1
c) n!

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 162

 RSG CLASSES

d) 0 (ISI 2016)

a b α β
44) If A=[ ] and A2 = [ ], then
b a β α

a) α = a2 + b2, β = ab
b) 𝛂 = 𝐚𝟐 + 𝐛𝟐 , 𝛃 = 𝟐𝐚𝐛
c) α = a2 + b2, β = a2 − b2
d) α = 2ab , β = a2 + b2

3 −4
45) If X=[ ] , then the value of X n is
1 −1

3n −4n
a) [ ]
n −n

2+n5−n
b) [ ]
n −n

n
3n (−4)
c) [ n ]
1 (−1)n

d) None of these

a00
46) Let A=[0 a 0] , then An is equal to
00a

an 0 0
a) [ 0 an 0]
0 0 a

an 0 0
b) [ 0 a 0]
0 0a

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 163

 RSG CLASSES

𝐚𝐧 𝟎 𝟎
c) [ 𝟎 𝐚𝐧 𝟎 ]
𝟎 𝟎 𝐚𝐧

na 0 0
d) [ 0 na 0 ]
0 0 na

a a2 − 1 −3
47) 2
For what values of a is(a + 1 2 a + 4) symmetric is
−3 4a −1
a) 1
b) 2
c) -2
d) None of these
48) Let a and p be positive integers. Consider the following matrix
p 1 1
A=[0 p a ]. If determinant of A=0, then the possible value of p is
0 a 2

a) 1
b) 2
c) 4
d) None of these (ISI 2014)

49) Suppose the non-zero n×1 column matrix x solves the system of
equations Ax=b, where A is an m× n matrix whose column are the vector
a1 , a2 , …, an , and b is a m×1column vector. The set of vectors { a1 , a2 , …, an
} is

a) Linearly independent
b) Linearly dependent
c) Linearly dependent if and only if { a1 , a2 , …, an } are linearly
independent
d) Linearly dependent (DSE 2011)

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 164

 RSG CLASSES

50) For a system of linear equations Ax=b with m equations and n

variables, where m>n and b is a given vector, the following is true.

a) It can never have an unique solution

b) It always have a set of at least one solution
c) It always have at least a one-dimensional solution space
d) If Rank (A)=n and a solution exist, it must be an unique solution (DSE
2011)

51) If A is an invertible matrix and B is a matrix, then

a) Rank(AB)= Rank(A)
b) Rank(AB)= Rank(B)
c) Rank(AB)> Rank(A)
d) Rank(AB) >Rank(B)

1 2 3 0
2 4 3 2
52) The rank of the matrix [ ]
3 2 1 3
6 8 7 5
a) 1
b) 2
c) 3
d) 4
1 1 0 0
0 0 1 1
53) The rank of the matrix [ ] is
1 0 1 0
0 1 0 1
a) 1
b) 2
c) 3
d) 4 (ISI 2013)

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 165

 RSG CLASSES

1 2 −1 4
54) Find the rank of the matrix: [ 2 4 3 5]
−1 −2 6 −7
a) 0
b) 1
c) 2
d) 3

55) Let a, b, c be positive real numbers. The following system of equations

in x, y, z.
x2 y2 z2 x2 y2 z2 x2 y2 z2
+ 2 − 2 = 1, 2 − 2 + 2 = 1, − 2 + 2 + 2 = 1 has
a2 b c a b c a b c
a) No solution.
b) Unique solution.
c) Infinitely many solutions.
d) None of these.
x x2 1 + x3
56) If x, y, z are all distinct and |y y 2 1 + y 3 | = 0, then find the value of xyz
z z2 1 + z3
is
a) 1
b) -1
c) 2
d) -2
xa2
57) For what value of a does the following equation |2 x 0|=0 have a
211
unique solution?
a) 0
b) 1
c) 2
d) 4 (ISI 2009)

a a+d a + 2d
2 2
58) If | a (a + d (a + 2d)2 | = 0, then
)
2a + 3d 2(a + d) 2a + d
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 166
 RSG CLASSES

a) d=0
b) a+ d=0
c) d=0 or a+ d=0
d) none of these

10 4 3 4 x+5 3
59) If ∆1= |17 7 4| , ∆2= | 7 x + 12 4| such that ∆1 + ∆2= 0, then the
4 −5 7 −5 x − 1 7
value of x is

a) 5
b) 0
c) x has no real value
d) none of these

7 x 2 x 2 7
60) If ∆1= |−5 x + 1 3| , ∆2= |x + 1 3 −5| such that ∆1 + ∆2= 0, then
4 x 7 x 7 4
the value of x is
a) 2
b) 0
c) Any real number
d) None of these

x + 2 x + 3 x + 2a
61) If a, b, c are in AP, then the value of determinant |x + 3 x + 4 x + 2b|
x + 4 x + 5 x + 2c
2
a) b − 4ac
b) ab+bc+ca
c) 2b-a-c
d) 3b+a+c (ISI 2010)

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 167

 RSG CLASSES

62) If a> 0, b> 0, c> 0 are respectively the pth , qth and rth terms of a GP,
log a p 1
then the value of determinant |log b q 1| is
log c r 1
a) 1
b) 0
c) -1
d) None of these

a a + b a + 2b
63) The value of ∆= |a + 2b a a + b | is equal to
a + b a + 2b a
2
a) 9a (a+ b)
b) 9𝐛𝟐 (a+ b)
c) a2 (a+ b)
d) b2(a+ b)

b+c a a
64) The value of | b c + a b |, is
c c a+b
a) 6abc
b) a+ b+ c
c) 4abc
d) abc

x+1 x+2 x+a

65) If a, b, c are in AP, then the value of determinant |x + 2 x + 3 x + b| is
x+3 x+4 x+c
a) 3
b) -3
c) 0
d) None of these
pa qb rc
66) If p+ q+ r=0=a+ b+ c, then the value of the determinant | qc ra pb| is
rb pc qa
a) 0
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 168
 RSG CLASSES

b) pa+ qb+ rc
c) 1
d) None of these

b+c c+aa+b abc

67) If |a + b b + c c + a | = k | c a b|, then find the value of k is
c+aa+bb+c bca

a) 1
b) -1
c) 2
d) -2

b2 + c 2 ab ac
68) If | ab c 2 + a2 bc | = ka2 b2c 2, then find the value of k is
ca cb a2 + b2
a) 1
b) 2
c) 4
d) 6

−12 0 δ
69) If | 0 2 −1| = −360, then the value of δ is
2 1 15

a) -1
b) -2
c) -3
d) 4

70) If a≠ b ≠c, are value of x which satisfies the

0 x−a x−b
equation| x + a 0 x − c | = 0 is
x+b x+c 0
a) x=0

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 169

 RSG CLASSES

b) x=c
c) x=b
d) x=a

a+x a−x a−x

71) If |a − x a + x a − x| = 0, then x is equal to
a−x a−x a+x

a) 0, 2a
b) a, 2a
c) 0, 3a
d) None of these

x 2 3 1 x 4 0 5 x
72) If |2 3 x | = | x 4 1| = |5 x 0| = 0, then the value of x
3 x 2 4 1 x x 0 5

a) 0
b) 5
c) -5
d) None of these
1 4 20
73) A root of the equation |1 −2 5 | = 0 are
1 2x 5x 2
a) -1, -2
b) -1, 2
c) 1, -2
d) 1, 2

3x − 8 3 3
74) One root of the equation | 3 3x − 8 3 | = 0, is
3 3 3x − 8
a) 8/3
b) 2/3
c) 1/3
d) 16/3

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 170

 RSG CLASSES

1+a 1 1
−1 −1 −1
75) If a +b +c = 0 such that [ 1 1+b 1 ] = δ, then the
1 1 1+c
value of δ is
a) 0
b) abc
c) –abc
d) None of these
abc
3
76) If x = 1, then ∆= |b c a|equals
cab

1 bc
2
a) (cx + bx + a) | x c a |
x2 a b

x bc
2
b) (cx + bx + a) | 1 c a |
x2 a b

x2 b c
c) (cx 2 + bx + a) | x c a |
1 ab

𝟏 𝐛𝐜
𝟐
d) (c𝐱 + 𝐛𝐱 + 𝐚) |𝐱𝟐 𝐜 𝐚 | (ISI 2006)
𝐱 𝐚𝐛

1 1 1
77) If 1+ + + = 0, then find the value of the determinant of
a b c
1+a 1 1
A=| 1 1 + b 1 | is
1 b 1+c
a) 0
b) abc
c) -abc

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 171

 RSG CLASSES

d) None of these

1+a 1 1
78) If a, b, c are all different from zero and ∆= | 1 1 + b 1 | = 0, then
1 b 1+c
1 1 1
find the value of + + is
a b c

a) abc
b) 1/abc
c) –a-b-c
d) -1
a 2b 2c
79) If a≠ b, b, c satisfy |3 b c |=0, then abc is
4 a b
a) a+ b+ c
b) 0
c) 𝐛𝟑
d) ab + bc

pbc
p q r
80) If a≠p, b≠q, c≠r, and | a q c| = 0, then find the value of + +
p−a q−b r−c
abr
is
a) 1
b) -1
c) -2
d) 2

81) If the points (x1, y1), (x2, y2), (x3, y3) are collinear, then the rank of the
following matrix
x1 y1 1
A = [x2 y2 1] will be less than
x3 y3 1
a) Less than 1
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 172
 RSG CLASSES

b) Less than 2
c) Less than 3
d) Less than 4
a b ax + b
82) The determinant ∆= | b c bx + c| is equal to zero, if
ax + b bx + c 0
a) a, b, c are in AP
b) a, b, c are in GP
c) a, b, c are in HP
d) none of the above

b c bα + c
83) The determinant | c d cα + d | is equal to zero if
bα + c cα + d aα3 − cα

a) b, c, d are in AP
b) b, c, d are in GP
c) b, c, d are in HP
d) α is a root of ax 3 + bx 2 − cx − d = 0

a b c q −b y
84) If A=| x y z| & B = |−p a −x|, then
p q r r −c z

a) A=2B
b) A=B
c) A= -B
d) None of these

85) The system of simultaneous equation

kx + 2y – z = 1
(k-1)y - 2z = 2
(k+2)z = 3

Has a unique solution if k equals

a) -2

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 173

 RSG CLASSES

b) -1
c) 0
d) 1

86) If a≠ b then the system of coefficient is

ax+ by+ bz = 0
bx+ ay+ bz = 0
bx+ by+ az = 0,

Will have non-trivial solution, if

a) a+ b = 0
b) a+ 2b = 0
c) 2a+ b = 0
d) a+ 4b = 0

87) If a, b, c are non-zero real numbers and if the equations

(a- 1) x=y+z, (b-1)y=z+ x, (c-1)z=x+y

Has a non trivial solution, then ab+ bc+ ca is equal to

a) a+ b+ c
b) abc
c) 1
d) None of these

88) The system of linear equations

x+ y+ z = 2
2x+ y- bz = 3
3x+ 2y+ kz = 4

Has a unique solution if,

a) k≠ 𝟎
b) -1< 𝑘 < 1
c) -2< 𝑘 < 2
d) k=0

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 174

 RSG CLASSES

89) If the system of coefficient is

x+ ay+ az = 0
bx+ y+ bz = 0
cx+ cy+ z = 0,

where a, b and c are non-zero non-unity will have non-trivial solution, then
a b c
find the value of + + is
1−a 1−b 1−c
a) -1
b) 1
c) -2
d) 2

90) The system of equations:

x+ y+ z = 6
x+ ay- z = 1
2x+ 2y+ bz = 0

Has a unique solution if,

a) a≠ 0
b) b≠ 0
c) ab ≠ 2a+b+2
d) none of these [ISI 2004]

91) The three vectors[0,1], [1,0] and [1000,1000] are

a) Dependent
b) Independent
c) Pairwise orthogonal
d) None of the above [ISI 2012]

92) Let p> 2 be a prime number. Consider the following set containing 2×
2 matrices of integers:
0a
TP ={A = [ ] : a, b ∈ {0, 1, . . , p − 1 }}
b0

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 175

 RSG CLASSES

A matrix A ∈ TP is p-special if determinant of A is not divisible by p. How

many matrices in TP are p-Special?

a) (𝐩 − 𝟏)𝟐
b) 2p − 1
c) p2
d) p2 -p+1 (ISI 2014)

93) The system of linear equations:

(4d-1)x+y+z=0
-y+z=0
(4d-1)z=0
Has a non zero solution if:

a) d=1/4
b) d=0
1
c) d≠
4
d) d=1 (ISI 2016)

94) Consider the system of equations:

Kx+y+z = 1
x+ky+z = 1
x+y+kz = 1

Find all values of k for which the system of equation has more than one
solution:
a) k=0, 1
b) k=1, 2
c) k=0, -1
d) k= -1, -2

95) Establish the conditions under which the following equations are
homogeneous:

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 176

 RSG CLASSES

ax1 + bx2 + cx3 = q − r

bx1 + cx2 + ax3 = r − q
cx1 + ax2 + bx3 = p − q

a) p=q=r
b) p=q≠ r
c) p≠ q ≠ r
d) none of the above

96) Examine for which values of λ the following system of equations has
non-trivial solutions:
5x + 2y + z = λx
2x + y = λy
x + z = λz

a) λ = 0,1
b) λ=0
c) 𝛌 = 𝟎, 𝟏, 𝟔
d) λ = 1, 6

97) Consider the equation Ax = 0 where A is an n x n matrix such that

aii ≠ 0 for every i ∈ {1, … , n} and aij = 0 whenever i > j. This equation
has

a) n distinct solutions
b) an n – 1 dimensional vector space of solutions
c) exactly one solution
d) an n dimensional vector space of solution [DSE 2008]

98) Find the value of k such that the following system of equation poses a
non-trivial solution:
x + ky + 3z = 0
2x + ky − 2z = 0
2x + 3y − 4z = 0
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 177
 RSG CLASSES

a) 0
b) 2
c) 4
d) None of these

99) Consider the system of equation in the unknowns x and y:

ax+ y=a2
x+ay=1

Sets of all values of a for which the following system has:

i)No solution ii) many solutions iii) unique solution respectively:
a) i) a< 1, ii) a > 1, iii) a = 1
b) i) a= −1, ii) a = 1, iii) a > 1
c) i) a= −𝟏, 𝐢𝐢) 𝐚 = 𝟏, 𝐢𝐢𝐢) 𝐚𝐥𝐥 𝐨𝐭𝐡𝐞𝐫 𝐯𝐚𝐥𝐮𝐞 𝐨𝐟 𝐚
d) i) a= −1, ii) a = 1, iii) − 1 < a < 1 (DSE 2009)

100) Consider the system of equations:

x- y+ z=1
3x +z=3
5x- 2y+ 3z=5

This system has

a) Unique solution at (x, y, z)=(1, 0, 0)
𝐳 𝟐𝐳
b) The solution set {(1- , , 𝐳)|𝐳 ∈ 𝐑}
𝟑 𝟑
z 2z
c) The solution set {(1- , , z)|z ≥ 0}
3 3
d) Multiple solutions, but not described by b) and c) (DSE 2009)

101) For a system of linear equations Ax= b with m equations and n

variables, where m >n and b is a given vector, the following is true.

a) It can never have a unique solution.

b) It always has at least one solution.

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 178

 RSG CLASSES

c) It has at least a one – dimensional solution space

d) If Rank (A) = n and a solution exists, it must be unique. (DSE 2011)

102) Consider the system of equations:

a1x+b1y+c1z=0
a2x+b2y+c2z=0
a3x+b3y+c3z=0
a1 b1 c1
If |a2 b2 c2| = 0, then the system has
a 3 b3 c 3
a) More than two solutions.
b) One trivial and one non-trivial solution
c) No solution
d) Only trivial solution (0, 0, 0)

103) If the system of equations:

bx+ ay=c, cx+ az=b, cy+ bz=a
Has a unique solution, then

a) abc=1
b) abc= -2
c) abc=0
d) none of these

104) If a, b, c are non-zero real numbers, then the system of equations:

(α + a)x + αy + αz = 0
αx + (α + b)y + αz = 0
αx + αy + (α + c)z = 0

Has a non-trivial solution, if

a) 𝛂−𝟏 = −(𝐚−𝟏 + 𝐛−𝟏 + 𝐜 −𝟏 )

b) α−1 = a + b + c
c) α + a + b + c = 1

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 179

 RSG CLASSES

d) None of these

105) Consider the system of equation

αx + βy = 0
μx + vy = 0

α, β, μ and v are i.i.d random variable. Each of them takes value 1 and 0
with equal probability.
Statement A: The probability that the system of equations has a unique
solution is 3/8.
Statement B: The probability that the system of equations has at least on
solution is 1.
a) Both the statements are correct
b) Both the statements are false
c) Statement A is correct but B is false
d) Statement B is correct but A is false [DSE 2012]

5 1
106) The Eigen – values of the matrix [ ] is
4 5

a) 2, 5
b) 3, 4, 7
c) 3, 7
d) -2, 6
0 1 2
107) The Eigen – values of the matrix [−4 1 4] is
−5 1 7
a) 3, 4, 7
b) -3, 0, 2
c) 1, 2, 5
d) 2, 4, 9
5 6 17
108) The Eigen – values of the matrix [0 −19 23] is
0 0 37
a) -19, 5, 37
b) 19, -5, -37
c) 2, -3, 7
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 180
 RSG CLASSES

d) 3, -5, 37

1 4 0 0
109) The Eigen – values of the matrix [0 2 0 0] is
5 3 1 1
4 7 2 2
a) 0, 1, 2, 3
b) 1, 2, 3, 4
c) 4, 3, 5, 7
d) None of the above

−4.5 8 −4 2
110) If [ −4 ] is a Eigen vector of [0 0 2 ], then the corresponding
1 0 −2 −4
Eigen values would be

a) 1
b) 4
c) - 4.5
d) 6

5 1
111) The Eigen – values of the matrix [ ] is
4 5

e) 2, 5
f) 3, 4, 7
g) 3, 7
h) -2, 6
0 1 2
112) The Eigen – values of the matrix [−4 1 4] is
−5 1 7
e) 3, 4, 7
f) -3, 0, 2
g) 1, 2, 5
h) 2, 4, 9

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 181

 RSG CLASSES

5 6 17
113) The Eigen – values of the matrix [0 −19 23] is
0 0 37
e) -19, 5, 37
f) 19, -5, -37
g) 2, -3, 7
h) 3, -5, 37

1 4 0 0
114) The Eigen – values of the matrix [0 2 0 0] is
5 3 1 1
4 7 2 2
e) 0, 1, 2, 3
f) 1, 2, 3, 4
g) 4, 3, 5, 7
h) None of the above

−4.5 8 −4 2
115) If [ −4 ] is a Eigen vector of [0 0 2 ], then the corresponding
1 0 −2 −4
Eigen values would be

e) 1
f) 4
g) - 4.5
h) 6

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 182

 RSG CLASSES

CHAPTER-11
Limits, continuity and
differentiability

1) If [x] denotes the greater integer less than or equal to x, then the value of
lim {1 − x + [x − 1] + [1 − x]} is
x→1

a) 0
b) 1
c) -1
d) None of these

2) The sequence (−1)n+1 has

a) No limit
b) 1 as the limit
c) -1 as the limit
d) 1 and -1 as the limit (ISI 2004)

3) The sequence (−1)n (1 + 1/n), for positive integers n,

a) Has limit point 1

b) Has limit point -1
c) Has limit points 1 and -1
d) Has no limit points (DSE 2010)

4) lim n√n =
n→∞

a) 0
b) 0.5
c) 1

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 183

 RSG CLASSES

d) 2 (DSE 2014)

5) The value of lim x1/x equals

x→∞
a) 0
b) 1
c) e
d) e−1
√x+5−3
6) lim
x→4 x−4

a) 1/6
b) 0
c) ¼
d) Not well defined (ISI 2009)

ex −(1+x)
7) The value of lim , is
x→0 x2

a) 0
b) ½
c) 2
d) e

8) lim (√x 2 + 2x − 1 − x)
x→∞

a) ∞
b) ½
c) 4
d) 1

1
9) lim { (√1 + x + x 2 − 1)} is
x→4 x

a) 0
b) 1
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 184
 RSG CLASSES

c) ½
d) Non-existent (ISI 2013)

1
x2 −5x−2
10) lim( ) equals
3
x→3 x−2

a) -2
b) - 4/3
c) (−4/3)1/3
d) (2/3)1/3 (DSE 2013)

x2 +6 x
11) The value of lim ( ) is given by
x→∞ x2 −6

a) 0
b) 1
c) -1
d) None of these

12)
lim (√n + 1 − √n)
n→∞

a) 1
b) 0
c) Does not exist
d) Depends on n (DSE 2012)

13)
1
lim x 2 cos ( )
x→0 x
a) -1
b) 0
c) 1

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 185

 RSG CLASSES

d) Limit does not exist (DSE 2014)

14) If lim {√x 2 − x + 1 − ax − b} = 0, then

x→∞

a) a=1, b=1/2
b) a=1, b= -1/2
c) a= -1, b=1/2
d) none of these

x3 +1
15) If lim | − (ax + b)| = 2, then
x→∞ x2 +1

a) a=1, b=1
b) a=1, b=2
c) a=1, b= -2
d) none of these

a−√a2 −x2 −x2 /4

16) let L=lim , a > 0. If L is finite, then
x→0 x4

a) a=2, L=1/64
b) a=1, L=1/64
c) a=3, L=1/32
d) a=1, L=1/32

Sin{√x}
17) lim , where {x} is the decimal part of x, is
x→0+ {√x}

a) 0
b) 1
c) Non-existent
d) None of the above (ISI 2015)

(1+x)α −1
18) Let α, β be any two positive real numbers. Then lim
x→0 (1+x)β −1

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 186

 RSG CLASSES

𝛂
a)
𝛃
α+1
b)
β+1
α−1
c)
β−1
d) 1 (ISI 2007)

2x +23−x −6
19) The value of lim , is
x→2 √2−x −21−x

a) 16
b) 8
c) 4
d) 2

1
20) lim (3x + 32x )x is
n→∞

a) 0
b) 1
c) e
d) 9 (ISI 2009)

x2 −2x+1 x
21) The value of lim ( ) , is
x→∞ x2 −4x+2
a) 𝐞𝟐
b) e−2
c) e6
d) None of these
1
1+5x2 x2
22) The value of lim ( ) , is
x→0 1+3x2
a) 𝐞𝟐
b) e
c) e−1
d) None of these
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 187
 RSG CLASSES

1 5n
23) lim (1 + ) equals
n→∞ 2n

a) e2
b) 𝐞𝟐.𝟓
c) ∞
d) e1.5 (DSE 2017)

ax −bx
24) The value of lim , is
x→0 x
a) log(a/b)
b) log(b/a)
c) log(ab)
d) –log(ab)

1
sinx x2
25) lim ( )
x→0 x
a) 0
b) 1
1
c) e−2
𝟏
d) 𝐞−𝟔 (ISI 2004)

sinx
26) lim− is equal to
x→0 √x
a) 0
b) 1
c) -1/2
d) None of these
x−1 x
27) The value of lim ( ) , is
x→∞ x+1
a) 0
b) e−1
c) 𝐞−𝟐
d) e−3

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 188

 RSG CLASSES

|x|
28) The value of lim is
x→0 x
a) 1
b) -1
c) 0
d) None of these

x+1
29) The value of lim is
x→−1 |x+1|
a) 1
b) -1
c) 0
d) None of the above (ISI 2014)

3x −x2
30) The value of lim , is
x→3 xx −32

log 3−1
a)
log 3+1
log 3+1
b)
log 3−1
c) 1
d) None of these

5x+1 −7x+1
31) The value of lim , is
x→∞ 5x −7x
a) 5
b) -5
c) 7
d) -7

1−x−2n
32) lim , x > 0 equals
x→∞ 1+x−2n

a) 1
b) -1

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 189

 RSG CLASSES

c) 0
d) Limit doesn’t exist (ISI 2008)

1 2 3 n
33) The value of lim [ + + +⋯+ ], is
n→∞ 3 21 91 n4 +n2 +1
a) 1
b) ½
c) 1/3
d) None of these

1 1 1 1
34) The value of 100[ + + +⋯+ ] is
1.2 2.3 3.4 99.100

a) 99
b) 100
c) 101
(100)2
d) (ISI 2010)
99

12 +22 +..+n2
35) The value of lim [ ], is
n→∞ n3
a) 0
b) 1/3
c) 1/6
d) 1 (ISI 2009)

1.2+2.3+..+n(n+1)
36) The limiting value of [ ] as n → ∞ is
n3

a) 0
b) 1
c) 1/3
d) 1/2

logx
37) The value of lim , n > 0 is
x→∞ xn

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 190

 RSG CLASSES

a) 0
b) 1
c) 1/n
d) 1/n2
r
loge ( ∑ xk )
lim k=0
38) Consider any finite integer r ≥ 2. Then [ xk
] equals
x→0 (∑∞
k=1 ! )
k

a) 0
b) 1
c) e
d) log e 2 (ISI 2010)

39) Let the function f : R ++ → R ++ be such that f(1)=3 and f ‘(1)=9, where
1
f(1+x) x
R ++ is the positive part of the real line. Then lim ( ) equals
x→0 f(1)

a) 3
b) e2
c) 2
d) 𝐞𝟑 (ISI 2011)

40) Let f : [−1,1] → R be twice differentiable at x=0 , f(0)=f ’(0)=0, and f

2f(x)−3f(2x)+f(4x)
”(0)=4. Then the value of lim is
x→0 x2

a) 11
b) 2
c) 12
d) None of these (ISI 2005)

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 191

 RSG CLASSES

41) Suppose the real valued continuous function f defined on the set of
non-negative real numbers satisfies the condition f(x)=xf(x), then f(2)
equals

a) 1
b) 2
c) 3
d) f(1) (ISI 2007)

42) Number of continuous functions characterized by the equation xf

(x) + 2 f (-x) = - 1, where x is any real number, is
a) 1
b) 2
c) 3
d) None of these [ISI 2011]

43) F: [0, 1]→ [0, 1] is continuous. Then,

a) f(0)=0, f(1)=1
b) f is differentiable only at x=1/2
c) f ’(x) is constant for all x ∈ (0, 1)
d) f(x)=x for at least one x ∈ [𝟎, 𝟏] (ISI 2015)

1
Sin ( ) , if x > 0
44) The function f(x)={ x
a , if x = 0
a) Is continuous or discontinuous at x=0, depending on the value of a
b) Is continuous at x=0
c) Is discontinuous at x=0
d) Is upper hemi-continuous at x=0 (DSE 2008)

4−x2
45) The function f(x)=
4x−x3
a) Discontinuous at only point
b) Discontinuous at exactly two points

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 192

 RSG CLASSES

c) Discontinuous at exactly three points

d) None of these

46) Let f(x)=|x| and g(x)=| x 3 |

a) f(x) and g(x) are both continuous at x=0

b) f(x) and g(x) are both differentiable at x=0
c) f(x) is differentiable but g(x) is not differentiable at x=0
d) f(x) and g(x) are both not differentiable at x=0

47) The value of f(0), so that the function

1
(27−2x)3 −3
f(x)= 1 (x ≠ 0)
9−3(243+5x)5
Continuous, is given

a) 2/3
b) 6
c) 2
d) 4

48) The value of f(0), so that the function

1
2−(256−7x)8
f(x)= 1 (x ≠ 0)
(5x+32)5 −2
is continuous everywhere, is given by

a) -1
b) 1
c) 26
d) None of these

49) The value of f(0), so that the function

√a2 −ax+x2 −√a2 +ax+x2
f(x)=
√a+x−√a−x
Become continuous for all values of x, given by

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 193

 RSG CLASSES

a) a3/2
b) a1/2
𝟏
c) −𝐚𝟐
3
d) – a2

x x
log(1+ )−log(1− )
p q
50) Let f(x)= , x ≠ 0. If f is continuous at x=0, then the
x
value of f(0) is

1 1
a) −
p q
b) p+q
𝟏 𝟏
c) +
𝐩 𝐪
d) None of these (ISI 2006)

log(1+ax)−log(1−bx)
,x ≠ 0
51) If f(x)={ x
k , x=0
and f(x) is continuous at x=0, then the value of k is

a) a-b
b) a+ b
c) log a + log b
d) none of these
|x2 −x|
, x ≠ 0,1
x2 −x
52) If f(x) is defined by f(x)={ 1 , x = 0
−1 , x = 1
Then f(x) is continuous for all

a) x
b) x except at x=0
c) x except at x=1
d) x except at x=0 and x=1

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 194

 RSG CLASSES

53) Let f be a real valued continuous function on [0,3]. Suppose that f(x)
takes only rational values and f(1) = 1. Then f(2) equals
a) 2
b) 4
c) 8
d) None of these [ISI 2010]

54) Let f : ℜ→ℜ be a function is not true for f?

a) f(x) = f (x‘) for all x,x’< 1
b) f(x) = 2f (1) for all x> 1
c) f is not differentiable at 1
d) the derivative of f at x = 2 is 2 [ISI 2014]

55) Suppose F is a cumulative distribution function of a random variable x

ax + b , x ≤ a
distributed in [0, 1] defined as follow: f(x)={ 2
x − x + 1 , otherwise
Where a ∈ (0, 1) and b is a real number. Which of the following is true?

a) F is continuous in (0, 1)
b) F is differentiable in (0, 1)
c) F is not continuous at x=a
d) None of the above (ISI 2016)

ax 2 + b, x < −1
56) If the derivative of the function f(x)={
bx 2 + ax + 4 , x ≥ −1
Is everywhere continuous, then

a) a=2, b=3
b) a=3, b=2
c) a= -2, b= -3
d) a= -3, b= -2

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 195

 RSG CLASSES

ax + b , x ≥ 0
57) If the derivative of the function f(x) ={ . For what values
sin 2x , x < 0
of a and b the function f(x) is continuous but not differentiable?

a) a=2, b=0
b) a=2, b=1
c) a=1, b=1
d) a=1, b=0 (ISI 2016)

58) Determine all values of constants A & B such that the following
function is continuous for all values of x such that f(x)=
Ax − b, if x < −1
2
{2x + 3Ax + B, if − 1 < x ≤ 1
4, ifx > 1
a) A=B=0
b) A=3/4, B= -1/4
c) A=1/4, B=3/4
d) A=B=1/2 (ISI 2009)

x 2 , if x ∈ Q
59) Consider the function f : R→ R defined by f(x)={ , where Q
0, otherwise
is the set of real numbers. Then f(x) is

a) Discontinuous at every x not equal to 0

b) Is continuous at all points in Q
c) Continuous at multiple points
d) Is discontinuous on a countable set of points (DSE 2011)

x 2 , if x ≤ c
60) A function f is defined as follows f(x)= { Here a, b and c
ax + b, if x > 𝑐
are constants. Find values of a and b such that f ’(c) exists.

a) a=2c, b= -𝐜 𝟐
b) a=c, b= -2c 2

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 196

 RSG CLASSES

c) a=3/2c, b= -1/c
d) a=1, b= ln c (DSE 2009)

61) Given that f is a real valued differentiable function such that f(x)f
’(x)<0 for all real x, it follows that

a) f(x) is an increasing function

b) f(x) is an decreasing function
c) |f(x)| is an increasing function
d) |f(x)| is an decreasing function (ISI 2007)

62) Let f(x)be a function differentiable at x=c. Then, lim f(x) equals
x→c

a) f ’(c)
b) f ’’(c)
c) 1/f(c)
d) None of these

[x]−1
,x ≠ 1
63) If f(x)={ x−1
0 ,x = 1
Then at x=1, f(x)is

a) Continuous and differentiable

b) Differentiable but not continuous
c) Continuous but not differentiable
d) Neither continuous nor differentiable

x+1 x+1
64) The domain of continuity of function f(x)= √x + − is
x−1 x2 +1

a) [0, 1)
b) (1, ∞)
c) [0, 1) ∪(1, ∞)
d) None of these (ISI 2008)
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 197
 RSG CLASSES

x−n −xn
65) The set of discontinuity of the function f(x) = lim , n ∈ Z is
n→∞ x−n +xn
a) {1}
b) {-1}
c) {-1, 1}
d) None of these

x
66) The function f(x)= , where x is any real number is,
1+|x|
a) Everywhere differentiable but the derivative has a point of discontinuity
b) Everywhere differentiable except x=0
c) Everywhere continuously differentiable
d) Everywhere differentiable but the derivative has 2 points of
discontinuity.(ISI 2011)

67) The set of points where the function f(x)=x |x| is differentiable is

a) (−∞, ∞)
b) (−∞, 0) ∪ (0, ∞)
c) (0, ∞)
d) [0, ∞]

68) Suppose the real valued continuous function f defined on the set of non-
negative real numbers satisfies the condition f(x) = xf(x), then f(2) equals
a) 1;
b) 2;
c) 3;
d) f(1).
2
69) The set of points where the function f(x)= √1 − e−x is differentiable is

a) (−∞, ∞)
b) (−∞, 𝟎) ∪ (𝟎, ∞)
c) (−1, ∞)

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 198

 RSG CLASSES

d) None of these

70) The derivative of f(x)=|x|2 at x=0 is,

a) -1
b) Non-existent
c) 0
d) ½ (ISI 2012)

71) The function f(x)=e−|x| is

a) Continuous everywhere but not differentiable at x=0

b) Continuous and differentiable everywhere
c) Not continuous at x=0
d) None of these

72) If f(x)=|log e x|, then

a) f ’(𝟏+ )=1, f ’(𝟏− )= -1

b) f ’(1− )= -1, f ’(1+)=0
c) f ’(1)=1, f ’(1−)=0
d) f ’(1)= -1, f ’(1+ )= -1

|x| 3
73) The function f(x)=x|x|+( ) is
x

a) Continuous but not differentiable at x=0

b) Differentiable at x=0
c) Not continuous at x=0
d) Continuously differentiable at x=0 (ISI 2007)

74) The function f(x)=x|x|e−x defined on the real line

a) Continuous but not differentiable at 0

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 199

 RSG CLASSES

b) Differentiable only at 0
c) Differentiable everywhere
d) Differentiable only at finitely many points (ISI 2008)

75) let f(x+y)=f(x)+f(y) and f(x)=x 2 g(x) for all x, y ∈R, where g(x) is a
continuous function. Then, f ’(x) is equal to

a) g ’(x)
b) g(0)
c) g(0)+g ’(x)
d) 0

76) Let f(x+y)=f(x)f(y) for all x, y ∈R. Suppose that f(3)=3, and f ’(0)=11,
then f ’(3) is equal to

a) 22
b) 44
c) 28
d) None of these

77) Let f(x+y)=f(x)f(y) for all x, y ∈R. Suppose that f(4)=4, and f ’(1)=2,
then f ’(4) is equal to

a) 4
b) 1
c) 1/2
d) 8

78) The set of points where the function is differentiable

√x+1−1
,x ≠0
f(x)={ √x
0 ,x = 0

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 200

 RSG CLASSES

a) R
b) [0, ∞)
c) (−∞, 0)
d) 𝐑 −{0}

79) Let f : R→ R be a function defined as follow: f(x)=|x-1|+(x-1).

Which of the following is true?

a) f(x)=f(x ’) for all x, x’< 1
b) f(x)=2 f (1) for all x > 1
c) f is not differentiable at 1
d) The derivative of f at x=2 is 2. (ISI 2014)

80) The real valued function f(x)= x+|x|+(x-1)+|x-1| is

a) Is differentiable everywhere except at x=0

b) Is not continuous at x=0
c) Is not differentiable at x=1
d) Is not continuous at x=1 (DSE 2012)

81) The value of derivative of f(x)=|x-1|+|x-3| at x=2 is

a) -2
b) 0
c) 2
d) None of these

82) If f(x)=|x-2|+|x-4|. Then f(x) is

a) Continuously differentiable at x=2

b) Differentiable but not continuously differentiable at x=2
c) f has both left and right derivatives at x=2
d) None of these (ISI 2015)

83) If f(x)=|x-1|+|x-2|+|x-3|, then f(x) is differentiable at

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 201
 RSG CLASSES

a) 0
b) 1
c) 2
d) 3 (ISI 2009)

84) The number of continuous functions f satisfying x f(y) + y f(x) =

(x + y) f(x) f(y), where x and y are any real numbers, is
a) 1
b) 2
c) 3
d) None of these [ISI 2011]

85) The function f(x)=|x|+|x-1|, is

a) Continuous at x=1, but not differentiable

b) Both differentiable and continuous at x=1
c) Not continuous at x=1
d) None of these

86) The function f(x)=|x-4|+|x-5|, is

a) f(x) is differentiable at all points

b) f(x) is differentiable at x=4, but not at x=5
c) f(x) is differentiable at x=5, but not at x=4
d) none of above (ISI 2013)

ax 2 − b, |x| < 1
87) If f(x)={ 1 is differentiable at x=1, then
, |x| ≥ 1
|x|

a) a=1/2, b= -1/2
b) a= -1/2, b= -3/2
c) a= b=1/2

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 202

 RSG CLASSES

d) a= b= -1/2

ax 2 + b, |x| < 1
88) If f(x)={ 1 is continuous and differentiable at any point,
, |x| ≥ 1
|x|
then

a) a=1/2, b= -3/2
b) a= -1/2, b= 3/2
c) a= 1, b= -1
d) none of these

89) Let f: R→ R be a function such that f(x)=2 if x ≤ 2 and f(x)=a2 −

3a if x > 2, where a is a positive integer. Then, which of the following is
true?

a) f is continuous everywhere for some value of a

b) f is not continuous
c) f is differentiable at x=2
d) none of the above (ISI 2014)

90) If f(x)= x(√x − √x + 1 )then,

a) f is continuous but not differentiable at x=0

b) f is differentiable at x=0
c) f is differentiable but not continuous at x=0
d) f is not differentiable at x=0

91) The function f(x)=x(√x+√x + 9)is

a) Continuously differentiable at x=0

b) Continuous but not differentiable at x=0
c) Differentiable but the derivative is not continuous at x=0
d) Not differentiable at x=0

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 203

 RSG CLASSES

92) Let h(x)= min{x, x 2 }, for every real number x. Then, which of the
following is not true?

a) h is continuous for all x

b) h is differentiable for all x
c) h’(x)=1, for all x > 1
d) h is not differentiable at two values of x

93) Let f, g and h be real valued functions defined as follow:

x
f(x)=x(1-x), g(x)= and h(x)=min.{f(x), g(x)} with 0≤ x ≤ 1. Then h(x) is
2

a) Continuous and differentiable

b) Is differentiable but not continuous
c) Is continuous but not differentiable
d) Neither continuous nor differentiable (ISI 2009)

94) The function Max{1, x, x 2 }, where x is any real number, has

a) Discontinuity at only one point

b) Discontinuity at only two points
c) Discontinuity at only three point
d) No point of discontinuity (ISI 2011)

xt −1
95) Consider the function f(x) = , (x > 0). The limit of the function as t
xt +1
tends to infinity;

a) Does not exist

b) Exists and continuous everywhere
c) Exists and is discontinuous at exactly one point
d) Exists and is discontinuous at exactly two points (ISI 2004)

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 204

 RSG CLASSES

96) Suppose f(x, y) where x and y are real, is a differentiable function

satisfying the following properties:

i) f(x+ k, y)=f(x, y)+ky;

ii) f(x, y+ k)=f(x, y)+kx;
iii) f(x, 0)=m, where m is a constant.

Then f(x, y) is given by

a) m+ xy
b) m+ x+ y
c) mxy
d) none of the above (ISI 2013)

97) Let f and g be differentiable functions for 0 < x < 1and f(0)=g(0)=0,
f(1)=6. Suppose that for all x ∈ (0, 1), the equality f ’(x)=2g’(x) holds.
Then g(1) equals

a) 1
b) 3
c) -2
d) -1 (ISI)

98) Suppose a function f : R→ R is differentiable at x. Consider the statements

f(x)−f(x−h)
Df(x)=lim , (1)
h→0 h
f(x+2h)−f(x+h)
Df(x)=lim (2)
h→0 2h

In general,
a) (1) is true and (2) is false
b) (1) is false and (2) is true
c) Both are true
d) Both are false (DSE 2010)

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 205

 RSG CLASSES

CHAPTER -12
DIFFERENTIATION

cosx
1) The derivative of tan−1 ( ) with respect to x is
1+Sinx

−x
a)
2

x
b)
2

c) ½

−𝟏
d)
𝟐

2) If f(x) = √x + √x + √x + √x + ⋯ , then f ′ (x) is

x
a)
2f(x)−1

𝟏
b)
𝟐𝐟(𝐱)−𝟏

1
c)
x√f(x)

1
d)
2f(x)+1

a+x a+b+2x
3) If f(x) = ( ) , a > 0, b > 0, then f ′ (0) equals
b+x

b2 −a2 a a+b−1
a) ( )( )
b2 b

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 206

 RSG CLASSES

𝐚 𝐛𝟐 −𝐚𝟐 𝐚 𝐚+𝐛
b) (𝟐 𝐥𝐨𝐠 ( ) + )( )
𝐛 𝐛𝐚 𝐛

a b2 −a2
c) 2 log ( ) +
b ab

b2 −a2
d) ( )
ba

4) If f(x) = √ex + √ex + √ex + ⋯ , then f ′ (x)equals to

f(x)−1
a) .
2f(x)+1

𝐟 𝟐 (𝐱)−𝐟(𝐱)
b)
𝟐𝐟(𝐱)−𝟏
2f(x)+1
c)
f2 (x)+f(x)
f(x)
d)
2f(x)+1

√x+5−3
5) lim
x→4 x−4
𝟏
a)
𝟔

b) 0
1
c)
4

d) Not well defined

dy 2
6) If (x − a)2 + (y − b)2 = c 2, then 1 + [ ] is independent of
dx

a) a
b) b
c) c
d) Both b and c.

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 207

 RSG CLASSES

7) If f(1) = 0, f’(x) > f(x) for all x > 1, then f(x) is

a) Positive value for all x > 1
b) Negative value for all x > 1
c) Positive value on (1,2) but negative value on [2, ∞)
d) None of these

8) The derivative of f(x) = |x|2 at x = 0 is,

a) -1
b) Non existent
c) 0
d) ½

9) Suppose f(x, y) where x and y are real, is a differentiable function

Satisfying the following properties:
(i) f(x + k, y) = f(x, y) + ky;
(ii) f(x, y + k) = f(x, y) + kx; and
(iii) f(x,0) = m, where m is a constant. Then f(x, y) is given by
a) m+xy
b) m+x+y
c) mxy
d) none of the above

10) Consider a function f: R → R, where R denotes the set of real

numbers. If f is strictly increasing and differentiable, then the derivative
of f
a) May be less than 0 or at some x ∈ R
b) May be infinite at some x ∈ R

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 208

 RSG CLASSES

c) Is greater than or equal to 0 at every x ∈ 𝐑.

d) Is greater than 0 at every x ∈ R.
11) Consider a strictly decreasing and differentiable function f: R→ R,
where R denotes the set of real numbers. Denote the derivative of f at
x ∈ Rby Df(x). Which of the following may be true about f?
a) Df(x) > 0 for some x ∈ R.
b) Df(x)=0 for some x ∈ 𝐑.
c) Df(x)=0 for every x ∈ (a, b) where a < 𝑏
d) Df(x) ≥ 0 for every x ∈ R

12) If f (1)= 0, f ‘ (x) >f (x) for all x> 1, then f (x) is
a) Positive valued for all x> 1,
b) Negative valued for all x> 1,
c) Positive valued on (1,2) but negative valued on [2,∞),
d) None of these [ISI 2010]

|xi −yi |
13) For x,y ∈ Rn , let d(x,y)=max.{ = I, … , n}. Which of the
i
following relation holds for all x, y, z ∈ Rn ?
a) D(x, z)= d(x,y)+d(y,z)
b) D(x, z)> 𝑑(x, y) + d(y, z)
c) D(x, z)≥ d(x, y) + d(y, z)
d) D(x, z)≤ 𝐝(𝐱, 𝐲) + 𝐝(𝐲, 𝐳)
a) a=1, b= lnc

14) suppose the function f: R→ R is differentiable at x. consider the

statements:
f(x)−f(x−h)
Df(x)=lim
h→0 h

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 209

 RSG CLASSES
f(x+2h)−f(x+h)
Df(x)=lim
h→0 2h

In general
a) 1st is true and 2nd is false
b) 1st is false and 2nd is true
c) Both are true
d) Both are false

15) Consider a twice differentiable function f:R → R and a,b ∈ R such

that a< 𝑏, f(a)=0=f(b) and D2 f(x) + Df(x) − 1 = 0 for every x ∈ [a, b].
Then
a) F has a maximum but not a minimum over the open interval (a, b).
b) F has a minimum but not a maximum over (a, b).
c) F has neither a maximum nor a minimum over (a, b).
d) F has a maximum and a minimum over (a, b).

16) Consider f as described in the previous question. Then

a) F(x)≤ 𝟎 for every x ∈ [𝐚, 𝐛]
b) F(x)≥ 0 for every x ∈ [a, b]
c) F(x)=0 for every x ∈ [a, b]
d) F must take positive and negative values on the interval [a, b]

17) Suppose f : [0,1] → [0, 1] is a continuous non decreasing function

with f(0)=0 and f(1)=1. Define g: [0,1] → [0,1] by g(y) = min
{x ∈ [0,1]} f(x) ≥ y. Then
a) G is non decreasing
b) If g is continuous, then f is strictly increasing
c) Neither a) nor b) is true

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 210

 RSG CLASSES

d) Both a) and b) are true

18) Suppose f: [0, 1] → R is a twice differentiable function that

satisfies D2 f(x) + Df(x) = 1 for every x ∈ (0, 1) and f(0)=0=f(1). Then

a) F does not attain positive values over (0,1)

b) F does not attain negative values over (0, 1)

c) F attains positive and negative values over (0, 1)

d) F is constant over (0, 1)

19) Let
f(x) g(x) h(x)
y=| l m n |
a b c
dy
Where l,m,n,a,b,c are non-zero numbers. Then equals
dx
f′(x) g′(x) h′(x)
a) | 0 0 0 |
0 0 0
′( )
f x g x h′ (x)
′( )

b) | 0 0 0 |
a b c
𝐟′(𝐱) 𝐠′(𝐱) 𝐡′(𝐱)
c) | 𝐥 𝐦 𝐧 |
𝐚 𝐛 𝐜
f′(x) g′(x) h′(x)
d) |l − a m − b n − c| [ISI 2009]
1 1 1

20) Let f and g be two differentiable functions on (0,1) such that f(0)
= 2, f(1) = 6, g(0)=2. The there exists θ ∈ (0,1) such that f ‘ (θ) equals
1
a) g′(θ)
2

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 211

 RSG CLASSES

b) 𝟐𝐠′(𝛉)
c) 6g′(θ)
1
d) g′(θ)
6

21) If f(x)=log e (log e x),then f ’(x)at x=e is

a) 0
b) 1
c) 1/e
d) e/2

d2 y
22) If ey + xy = e, then the value of at x=0 equals
dx2

a) 1/e
b) 1/𝐞𝟐
c) 1/e3
d) e

d2 y
23) If √x + y + √y − x = c, then equals
dx2

a) 2/c
b) -2/c 2
c) 2/𝐜 𝟐
d) -2/c
∞
x xtill
xx dy
24) If y=x , then x(1- y log x)
dx

a) x 2
b) 𝐲𝟐
c) xy 2

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 212

 RSG CLASSES

d) xy

1 1 dy
25) If x 2 + y 2 = t − and x 4 + y 4 = t 2 + , then x 3 y equals
t t2 dx

a) 0
b) 1
c) -1
d) None of these

dy
26) If 2x + 2y = 2x+y , then equals
dx

2x +2y
a)
2x −2y
2x +2y
b)
1+2x+y
𝟐𝐲 −𝟏
c) 𝟐 𝐱 − 𝟐𝐲 ( )
𝟏−𝟐𝐱
2x+y −2x
d)
2y

27) Let f(x)= 22x−1 and g(x)= −2x + 2x log2. The set of points satisfying
f ’(x)>g ’(x), is

a) (0, 1)
b) [0, 1)
c) (0, ∞)
d) [0, ∞)

28) Let f(x) and g(x) are defined and differentiable for x≥ x0 and f(x0 )=g(x0 ),
f ’(x) > g ′ (x)for x> x0

a) f(x)<g(x) for some x> x0

b) f(x)=g(x) for some x> x0
c) f(x)>g(x) for some x> 𝐱𝟎

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 213

 RSG CLASSES

d) none of these

29) If f: R → R is an even function which is twice differentiable on R and

f ”(π)= 1, then f "(−π)

a) -1
b) 0
c) 1
d) 2

dy
30) If 2x 2 − 3xy + y 2 + x + 2y − 8 = 0, then is
dx

𝟑𝐲−𝟒𝐱−𝟏
a)
𝟐𝐲−𝟑𝐱+𝟐
3y+4x+1
b)
2y+3x+2
3y−4x+1
c)
2y−3x−2
3y−4x+1
d)
2y+3x+2

31) If f(x) = 10 cos x + (13 + 2x) sin x, then f ”(x) + f(x)

a) cos x
b) 4 cos x
c) sin x
d) 4 sin x

32) If for all x, y ∈ R, the function f is defined by

f(x) + f(y) + f(x)f(y) = 1 and f(x) > 0, then

a) 𝐟 ′ (𝐱) = 0 for all x ∈ 𝐑

b) f ′ (0) < f ′ (1)
c) f ′ (x) does not exist
d) None of the above

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 214

 RSG CLASSES

1 dy
33) If 8 f(x) + 6 f( ) = x + 5 and y = x 2 f(x) then the value of at x = -1 is
x dx

a) 0
b) 1/14
c) -1/14
d) 1/7

dy
34) If x√1 + y + y + √1 + x = 0, then is
dx

1
a) (1+x)2
𝟏
b) − (𝟏+𝐱)𝟐
1
c)
1+x2
1
d)
1−x2

dy
35) If y = cex(x−a), then is
dx

a) a(x − a)2
𝐚𝐲
b) − 𝟐
(𝐱−𝐚)
c) a (x − a)2
2

d) a(x − a)

2 1
36) If f(x) = 3ex , then f ′ (x) − 2xf(x) + f(0) − f ′ (0) is equal to
3

a) 0
b) 1
2
c) (7/3) ex
2
d) ex

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 215

 RSG CLASSES

dy 1−y6
37) If √1 − x 6 + √1 − y 6 = a(x 3 − y 3 ) and = f(x, y)√ , then f(x, y)
dx 1−x6

y
a)
x
𝐱𝟐
b)
𝐲𝟐
2y2
c)
x2
y2
d)
x2

d2 y
38) If y 2 = ax 2 + bx + c where a, b and c are constants, then y 3
dx2

a) A constant
b) A function of x
c) A function of y
d) A function of x and y both

39) If f(x) = x + 2, then f ’{f(x)} at x = 4, is

a) 8
b) 1
c) 4
d) 5

d
40) The value of (|x − 1| + |x − 5|) at x = 3, is
dx

a) -2
b) 0
c) 2
d) 4

dy
41) If x p y p = (x + y)p+q , then is equal to
dx

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 216

 RSG CLASSES
𝐲
a)
𝐱
py
b)
qx
x
c)
y
qy
d)
px

42) The differential coefficient of f(log(x)) with respect to x, where

f(x) = log (x) is

x
a)
log x
b) (𝐱 𝐥𝐨𝐠 𝐱)−𝟏
log x
c)
x
d) x log x

43) The differential coefficient of f(x) = log(log x) with respect to x is

x
a)
log x
log x
b)
x
c) (𝐱 𝐥𝐨𝐠 𝐱)−𝟏
d) x log x

x2
44) Let f(x) = , x ≠ 0, ±1, then the derivative of f(x) with respect to x is
1−x2

𝟐𝐱
a)
(𝟏−𝐱 𝟐 )𝟐
1
b) (2+x2 )3
1
c)
(1−x2 )2
1
d)
(2−x2 )2

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 217

 RSG CLASSES

CHAPTER-13
Roots of polynomial and Lagrange
mean value theorem and rolle’s
Theorem and Intermediate value
theorem

1) If x, y, z are real and distinct, then x 2 + 4y 2 + 9z2 − 6yz − 3zx − 2xy is

always

a) Non-negative
b) Non-positive
c) 0
d) None of these

2) The number of times y=x 3 − 3x + 3 = 0 intersect the x − axis is

a) 0
b) 1
c) 2
d) 3

3) The maximum number of real roots of the equation x 2n − 1 = 0, is

a) 2
b) 3
c) n
d) 2n

4) The function defined by f(x)= x 5 + 7x 3 + 13x − 18

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 218

 RSG CLASSES

a) May have 5 real roots

b) Has no real root
c) Has 3 real root
d) Has exactly 1 real root

5) The number of real roots of the equation ex + x − 2 = 0

a) 1
b) 2
c) 3
d) 4

6) The number of real solutions of the equation 271/x + 121/x = 2. 81/x , is

a.1
b.2
c.0
d.Infinite

7) Let n be a positive integer and 0 <a < b <∞. The total number of real roots
of the equation (x-a)2n+1 + (x-b)2n+1 = 0 is

a.1
b.3
c.2n – 1
d.2n + 1 [ISI 2014]
8)The number of real roots of the equation 1+3x/2 = 2x , is

a.0
b.1
c.2
d.None of these

9)The number of the solutions of the equation log x−3(x 3 − 3x 2 − 4x + 8)=3

a.1
b.2
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 219
 RSG CLASSES

c.3
d.4

10)The product of real roots of the equation x 2 + 18x + 30 =

2√x 2 + 18x + 45, is

a.720
b.20
c.36
d.None of these

11)The equation 5x 3 − 5x 2 + 2x − 1 has

a.All roots b/w 1 and 2

b. All negative roots
c. A root b/w 0 and 1
d. All root greater than 2 (ISI 2008)

12)The number of positive real roots of x 4 − 4x − 1=0, is

a. 3
b.2
c.1
d.0

13)The number of real roots of the equation 2x 4 + 5x 2 + 3 = 0, is

a.4
b.1
c.0
d.3

14)The number of integral roots of the equation ex−8 + 2x − 17 = 0, is

a.1

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 220

 RSG CLASSES

b.2
c.4
d.8

15)The number of real solution of the equation e|x| − |x| = 0, is

a.0
b.1
c.2
d.None of these

16)The number of real solution of the equation 3−|x| − 2|x| = 0, is

a.0
b.1
c.2
d.None of these

17)The number of real solution of log 2 x + |x| = 0, is

a.0
b.1
c.3
d.None of these

18) The number of solutions of the equation 2x2 + | 4x – 9 | = 7 is?

a.0
b.2
c.3
d.4

19)The number of distinct solutions of the equation |x - |6x + 1| |= 9 is?

a.0
b.1
c.2
d.3

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 221

 RSG CLASSES

20)How many real values of x satisfy the equation x 2 - |6x + 3| = -6?

a.1
b.2
c.3
d.None of these

21)The total roots of the equation |x − x 2 − 1| = |2x − 3 − x 2 | is

a.1
b.2
c.0
d.None of these

22)For the equation |x|2 + |x| − 6 = 0

a.There is only one root

b.There are only two distinct roots
c.There are only three distinct roots
d.There are four distinct roots

23)The number of real roots of the equation x 2 − 3|x| − 10 = 0 is

a.2
b.1
c.0
d.3 (ISI 2012)

24)The real roots of |x|3 − 3x 2 + |x| − 2 = 0 are

a.0, 2
b.±1
c.±𝟐
d.1, 2

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 222

 RSG CLASSES

25)The number of real roots of the equation |x|2 − 3|x| + 2 = 0 is

a.4
b.3
c.2
d.1 (ISI 2004)

26)The sum of the real roots of the equation |x − 2|2 + |x − 2| − 2 = 0, is

a.4
b.3
c.2 l
d.10

27) The product of the real roots of the equation

|2x − 3|2 − 3|2x − 3| + 2 = 0, is

a.5/4
b.5/2
c.5
d.2
28)Real roots of the equation x 2 − 5|x| + 4 = 0 are

2
3
4
None of these (ISI 2010)

29) If a, b, c are positive real numbers, then the number of real roots of the
equation ax 2 + b|x| + c = 0 is

a. 2
b. 4
c. 0

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 223

 RSG CLASSES

d. None of these

30. The values of x satisfying the |x 2 + 4x + 3|+(2x+5) = 0 are

a. (−𝟒, −𝟏 + √𝟑)
b. (4, 1 + √3)
c. (−4, 1 − √3)
d. (−4, 1 + √3)

31. What is the number of non-negative integer solutions of the equation

x1+ x2 + x1 = 10?

a. 66
b. 55
c. 100
d.None of the above. [ISI 2016]

32. The roots of the equation |x 2 − x − 6| = x+ 2 are

a. -2, 1, 4
b. 0, 2, 4
c. 0, 1, 4
d. -2, 2, 4

33. If a<b<c<d, then the equation (x – a)(x – b) + 2 (x – c)(x – d) = 0 has

a. Both the roots in the interval [a, b],
b. Both the roots in the interval [c, d],
c. One root in the interval (a, b) and the other root in the interval (c,
d),

d. One root in the interval [a, b] and the other root in the interval [c,
d].
e. None of these
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 224
 RSG CLASSES

34. The equation √x + 1 − √x − 1 = √4x − 1 has

a. No solution
b. One solution
c. Two solutions
d. More than two solutions

35. The equation √4x + 9 − √11x + 1 = √7x + 4 has

a. No solution
b. One solution
c. Two solutions
d. More than two solutions

36. The number of irrational solutions of the equation √x 2 + √x 2 + 11 +

√x 2 − √x 2 + 11= 4, is

a. 0
b. 2
c. 4
d. 11

37. If [x]2 = [x + 6], [x] = the greater integer less than or equal to x, then x
must be such that

a. x = -3, 2
b. x ∈ [−2, −1)
c. x ∈ [3, 4)
d. x ∈ [−𝟐, −𝟏) ∪ [𝟑, 𝟒]
38. The number of solutions of
√3x 2 + 6x + 7 + √5x 2 + 10x + 14 = 4 − 2x − x 2

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 225

 RSG CLASSES

a. 1
b. 2
c. 3
d. 4

39. P(x) is a quadratic polynomial such that P(1) = -P(2). If one root of the
equation is -1, then the other root is

a. -4/5
b. 8/5
c. 4/5
d. -8/5 (ISI 2004)

40. P(x) is a quadratic polynomial such that P(1) = P(-1). Then

a. Two roots sum to zero

b. Two roots sum to one
c. One root is twice the other
d. None of the above (ISI 2012)

41. If one root of the equation 8x 2 − 6x − a − 3 = 0 is the square of the other,

then the values of a would be

a. 4, -24
b. 4, 24
c. -4, -24
d. -4, 24

42. The value of a for which one root of the quadratic equation
(a2 − 5a + 3)x 2 + (3a − 1)x + 2 = 0 is twice as large as other, is

a. -1/3
b. 2/3
c. -2/3
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 226
 RSG CLASSES

d. 1/3

43. If x 2 + ax + 10 = 0 & x 2 + bx − 10 = 0 have a common root, then a2 − b2

is equal to

a. 10
b. 20
c. 30
d. 40

44. If the sum of squares of root of the equation x 2 − (a − 2)x − (a + 1) = 0, is

least, then the value of a is

a. 0
b. 2
c. -1
d. 1

45. The set of possible values of a for which

x 2 − (a2 − 5a + 5)x + (2a2 − 3a − 4) = 0 has roots whose sum and
product are both less than 1 is

a. (-1, 5/2)
b. (1, 4)
c. [1, 5/2]
d. (1, 5/2)

46. For what values of a does the equation (x-1)(x 2 − 7x + a) = 0 have exactly
two unique roots
a. 6
b. 10
c. 12
d. None of these (ISI 2014)

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 227

 RSG CLASSES

47. If the roots of the equation x 3 − 12x 2 + 39x − 28 = 0 are in AP, then the
common difference is

a. ±1
b. ±2
c. ±𝟑
d. ±4

48. Consider the polynomial P(x)=ax3 + bx2 + cx + d, wherea,b,c,d∈{ 1,2,...,9}.

If P(10) = 5861, then the value of c is

a. 1
b. 2
c. 6
d. 5

49. If the roots of the equation ax 2 − 4x + a2 = 0 are imaginary and the sum
of the roots of the equation is equal to their product, then the value of a is

a. -2
b. 4
c.2
d. None of these

50. The quadratic equations x 2 + (a2 − 2)x − 2a2 = 0 and x 2 − 3x + 2 = 0 has

a. No common root
b. Exactly one common root
c. Two common root
d. None of these

51. Let α and β be the roots of the equation x 2 − px + q = 0. Define the

sequence xn = αn + βn . Then xn+1 is given by
a. pxn − qxn−1;

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 228

 RSG CLASSES

b. pxn + qxn−1;
c. qxn − pxn−1;
d. qxn − pxn−1; [ISI 2005]

52. The equation formed by decreasing each root of ax 2 + bx + c = 0 by 1 is

2x 2 + 8x + 2 = 0, then

a. a = -b
b. b = -c
c = -a
b = a+ c

53. The value of “a” for which the equations x 3 + ax + 1 = 0 and

x 4 + ax 2 + 1 = 0 have a common root is

a. 2
b. -2
c. 0
d. None of these

54. The number of real roots of the equation

2(x − 1)2 = (x − 3)2 + (x + 1)2 − 8 is

a. 0
b. 1
c. 2
d. 3 (ISI 2012)

55. If the sum of the roots of the equation

(a+1) x 2 + (2a + 3)x + (3a + 4) = 0 is -1, then the product of the root is

a. 0
b. 1
c. 2

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 229

 RSG CLASSES

d. 3

56. The value of p for which both the roots of the equation
4x 2 − 20px + (25p2 + 15p − 66) = 0 are less than 2, lies in the

a. (4/5, 2)
b. (-1, -4/5)
c. (2, ∞)
d. (-∞, -1)

57. The equations ax 2 + bx + a = 0 & x 3 − 2x 2 + 2x − 1 = 0 have 2 common

roots. Then, a+ b must be equal to

a. 1
b. -1
c. 0
d. None of these

58. If one root of x 2 − x − k = 0 is a square of the other, then k is

a. 2±√3
b. 3±√2
c. 2±√𝟓
d. 5±√2

59. The value of ‘k’ for which one of the roots of x 2 − x + 3k = 0, is double of
one of the roots of x 2 − x + k = 0 is

a. 1
b. -2
c. 2
d. None of these

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 230

 RSG CLASSES

60. If f(x) = 2x 3 + mx 2 − 13x + n and 2, 3 are the roots of the equation

f(x)=0, then the values of m and n respectively

a. -5, -30
b. -5, 30
c. 5, 30
d. None of these

61. The value of p for which the difference b/w the roots of the equation x 2 +
px + 8 = 0 is 2 are
a. ±2
b. ±4
c. ±𝟔
d. ±8

62. The number of positive integral roots of x 4 + x 3 − 4x 2 + x + 1 = 0 is

a. 0
b. 1
c. 2
d. 4

63.If the equations ax 2 + bx + c = 0 and x 3 + 3x 2 + 3x + 2 = 0 have two

common roots, then

a. a = b ≠ c
b. a = -b = c
c. a = b = c
d. none of these

64. Suppose the function f : ℜ → ℜ is given by f (x) = x3 – 3x + b. Find the

number of points in the closed interval [ -1, 1] at which f(x) = 0

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 231

 RSG CLASSES

a. None
b. At most one
c. One
d. At least one [DSE 2010]

65.If both the roots of the equation a𝑥 2 + 𝑏𝑥 + 𝑐 = 0 are zero, then

a. b = c = 0
b. b = 0, c≠ 0
c. b ≠ 0, c = 0
d. b ≠ 0, 𝑐 ≠ 0

66. If x ∈ R, then the expression 9𝑥 − 3𝑥 + 1 assumes

a. All real values

b. All real values greater than 0
c. All real values greater than ¾
d. All real values greater than ¼

67.If 𝛼, 𝛽 are roots of a𝑥 2 + 𝑏𝑥 + 𝑐 = 0, then the equation

a𝑥 2 − 𝑏𝑥 (𝑥 − 1) + 𝑐(𝑥 − 1)2 = 0 has roots

𝛼 𝛽
a. ,
1 −𝛼 1−𝛽
1−𝛼 1−𝛽
b. ,
𝛼 𝛽
𝜶 𝜷
c. ,
𝜶+𝟏 𝜷+𝟏
𝛼+1 𝛽+1
d. , (ISI2012)
𝛼 𝛽

2 2
68. The number of roots of the equation x- = 1− is
𝑥−1 𝑥−1

a. 1
b. 2

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 232

 RSG CLASSES

c. 0
d. Infinitely many

69. The number of positive pairs of integral values of (x, y)that solves the
2xy - 4𝑥 2 + 12𝑥 − 5𝑦 = 11 is

a. 4
b. 1
c. 2
d. None of these (ISI 2006)

70. If one root of the equation 𝑥 2 + 𝑝𝑥 + 12 = 0 𝑖𝑠 4, while the equation

𝑥 2 + 𝑝𝑥 + 𝑞 = 0 has equal roots, then the value of q is

a. 49/4
b. 4/49
c. 4
d. None of these

71. Suppose b is an odd integer and the following two polynomial equations
have a common root
𝑥 2 − 7𝑥 + 12 = 0, 𝑥 2 − 8𝑥 + 𝑏 = 0
The root of 𝑥 2 − 8𝑥 + 𝑏 = 0 that is not a root of 𝑥 2 − 7𝑥 + 12 = 0 is

a. 2
b. 3
c. 4
d. 5 (ISI 2009)

72. Suppose c is a given positive real number. The equation In x = cx 2 must

have a solution if

a. c < 1/(2e)
b. c < 1/e

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 233

 RSG CLASSES

c. c > 1/(2e)
d. c > 1/e

73. If the value of x = 2+ 22/3 + 21/3, then the value of 𝑥 3 − 6𝑥 2 + 6𝑥 is

a. 3
b. 2
c. 1
d. None of these

74. If one root of the equation 5𝑥 2 + 13𝑥 + 𝑘 = 0 is a reciprocal of the other,

then the value of k is

a. 0
b. 5
c. 1/6
d. 6

75. The roots of the equation 𝑙𝑜𝑔2 (𝑥 2 − 4𝑥 + 5) = (𝑥 − 2) 𝑎𝑟𝑒

a. 4, 5
b. 2, -3
c.2, 3
d. 3, 5

76. The number of real roots of the equation

(𝑥 − 1)2 + (𝑥 − 2)2 + (𝑥 − 3)2 =0 is

a. 1
b. 2
c. 3
d. None of these

77. The number of real roots of the equation (𝑥 − 𝑎)3 + (𝑥 − 𝑏)3 + (𝑥 − 𝑐)3 is

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 234

 RSG CLASSES

a. 3
b. 2
c. 1
d. 0 (ISI 2004)

78. If the equation 𝑥 3 − 3𝑥 + 𝑎 = 0 has distinct roots b/w 0 and 1, then the
value of a is

a. 2
b. ½
c. 3
d. None of these

79. A function f(x) is defined by f(x) = 2+(𝑥 − 1)2/3 on [0, 2]. Which of the
following is not correct?

a. f(x) is not derivable in (0, 2)

b. f(x) is not continuous in [0, 2]
c. f(0)=f(2)
d. Rolle’s theorem is applicable on [0, 2]

80. Let a, b be two distinct roots of a polynomial f(x). Then there exists at least
one root lying b/w a and b of the polynomial

a. f(x)
b. f ’(x)
c. f ’’(x)
d. none of these

81. If 2a+3b+6c=0, then at least one root of the equation a𝑥 2 +bx+ c=0 lies in
the interval

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 235

 RSG CLASSES

a. (0, 1)
b. (1, 2)
c. (2, 3)
d. None of these

82. The equation x𝑙𝑜𝑔𝑒 𝑥 = 3 − 𝑥 has in the interval (1, 3)

a. Exactly one root

b. At most one root
c. At least one root
d. No root

83. Let f(x) be differentiable for all x. If f(1)= -2 and f ’(x) ≥ 2 for all x ∈ [1, 6],
then

a. f(6) = 5
b. f(6) < 5
c. f(6) < 8
d. f(6) ≥ 𝟖

84. let f(x)=(x-4)(x-5)(x-6)(x-7) then

a. f ’(x) has 4 roots

b. three roots of f ’(x)=0 lie in (4, 5)∪ (𝟓, 𝟔) ∪ (𝟔, 𝟕)
c. the equation f ’(x)=0 has only one root
d. three roots of f ’(x)=0 lie in (3, 4)∪ (4, 5) ∪ (5, 6)

85. The value of k for which the equation 𝑥 3 − 3𝑥 + 𝑘=0 has two distinct
roots lying in the interval (0, 1) are

a. 3
b. 2
c. Infinitely

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 236

 RSG CLASSES

d. No value of k satisfy the requirement

86. If the function f(x)= 𝑥 3 − 6𝑥 2 + 𝑎𝑥 + 𝑏 defined on [1, 3] satisfies the

2√3+1
Rolle’s theorem for c = , then
√3

a. a = 11, b = 6
b. a = -11, b = 6
c. a = 11, b ∈ 𝑹
d. none of these

87. let f(x) and g(x) be defined and differentiable for x ≥ 𝑥0 & 𝑓(𝑥0 ) = 𝑔(𝑥0 ),
f ’(x) > 𝑔 ′(𝑥) for x > 𝑥0 , then

a. f(x) < g(x) for some x > 𝑥0

b. f(x)=g(x) for some x > 𝑥0
c. f(x) > g(x) for some x > 𝒙𝟎
d. none of these

88. Let f(x) and g(x) be differentiable for 0 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 1, such that f(0)=2, g(0)=0,
f(1)=6, g(1)=2, then in the interval (0, 1)

a. f ’(x)= 0 for all x

b. f ’(x)=2 g ’(x) for at least one x
c. f ’(x)=2 g ’(x) for at most one x
d. none of these

89. If 𝛼 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝛽(𝛼 < 𝛽) are two distinct roots of the equation ax 2 + bx+ c = 0,
then
b
a. α > −
2a
b
b. β < −
2a
𝐛
c. 𝛂 < − <β
𝟐𝐚

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 237

 RSG CLASSES
b
d. β < − <𝛼
2a

90.If x 2 + 2ax + 10 − 3a > 0 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝑙𝑙 𝑥 ∈ 𝑅, then a

a. (-5, 2)
b. Less than -5
c. Greater than 5
d. (2, 5)

91. If n is a positive integer. If the value of c prescribed in the Rolle’s theorem

for the function f(x) = 2x(x − 3)n on the interval [0, 3] is ¾, then the value
of n is

a. 5
b. 2
c. 3
d. 4

92. If 4a+2b+c = 0, then the equation 3ax 2 +2bx+c = 0 has at least one root
lying in the interval

a. (0, 1)
b. (1, 2)
c. (0, 2)
d. None of these

1
93. For the function f(x) = x+ , x ∈ [1, 3], the value of c for which the
x
Lagrange’s mean value theorem, is

a. 1
b .√𝟑
c. 2
d. None of these
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 238
 RSG CLASSES

94. The value of c in Rolle’s theorem when f(x) = 2x 3 − 5x 2 − 4x + 3,

x ∈ [1/3, 1], is

a. 2
b. -1/3
c. -2
d. 2/3

x(x+1)
95. The value of c in the Rolle’s theorem for the function f(x) =
ex
defined on [-1, 0] is

a. 0.5
1+√5
b.
2
𝟏−√𝟓
c.
𝟐
d. -0.5

96. The value of c in the Lagrange mean value theorem for the function
f(x) = x(x-2) when x ∈ [1, 2] is

a. 1
b. ½
c. 2/3
d. 3/2

97. The value of c in the Rolle’s theorem for the function f(x)=x 3 − 3x in the
interval [0, √3], is

a. 1
b. -1
c. 3/2
d. 1/3

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 239

 RSG CLASSES

98. Let a, b be integers and f(x) be a polynomial with integer coefficients

such that f(b)-f(a)=1. Then, the value of b-a is

a. 1
b. -1
c. 1, -1
d. None of these

99. What is the number of non-negative integer solutions of the equation

x1 +x2 + x3 = 10?

a. 66
b. 55
c. 100
d. None of these

100. Suppose f : ℜ→ℜ(i.e. it is a real-value function defined on the set of real

numbers). If f is differentiable, f(3) = 2, and 3 ≤ f ‘ (x) ≤ 4, for all x, then it
must be that f(5) lies in the following interval.

a. [8,10]
b. [0,8)
c. (10,∞)
d. [3,4] [DSE 2013]

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 240

 RSG CLASSES

CHAPTER-14
Application of derivatives

1) The curve x = y 2 and xy = k cut at right angles if

a) 2k2 = 1
b) 4k2 = 1
c) 6k2 = 1
d) 𝟖𝐤𝟐 = 𝟏

2) The equation of the normal to the curve y 4 = ax 3 at (a, a)is

a) x + 2y = 3a
b) 3x − 4y + a = 0
c) 𝟒𝐱 + 𝟑𝐲 = 𝟕𝐚
d) 4x − 3y = a

3) The angle b/w the curves y 2 = 4x + 4 and the curve y 2 = 36(9 − x) is

a) 30 degree
b) 45 degree
c) 60 degree
d) 90 degree

4) The point on the curve √x + √y = √a , the normal at which is parallel to

the x – axis is

a) (0, 0)
b) (0, a)
c) (a, 0)
d) (a, a)

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 241

 RSG CLASSES

5) The line which is parallel to the x – axis and crosses the curve y = √x at an
angle of 45 degree

1
a) y =
4
𝟏
b) 𝐲 =
𝟐
c) y = 1
d) y = 4

6) The normal to the parabola y 2 = 4ax at (at12 , 2at1 ) meets it again at

(at 22 , 2at 2 )

a) t1t 2 = −1
𝟐
b) 𝐭 𝟐 = −𝐭 𝟏 −
𝐭𝟏
c) 2t1 = t 2
d) None of the above

x y
7) The line + = 1 touches the curve y = be−x/a at the point
a b

a) (a, b/a)
b) (-a, b/a)
c) (a, a/b)
d) None of the above

8) The point p of the curve y 2 = 2x 3 such that the tangent at p is

perpendicular to the line 4x – 3y + 2 = 0 is given by

a) (2, 4)
b) (1, √2)
c) (1/2, -1/2)
d) (1/8, -1/16)

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 242

 RSG CLASSES

9) The equation of the tangents at the origin of the curve y 2 = x 2 (1 + x) are

a) 𝐲 = ±𝐱
b) x = ±y
c) y = ±2x
d) None of the above

10) The fixed point p on the curve y = x 2 − 4x + 5 such that the tangent at p is
perpendicular to the line x + 2y – 7 = 0 is given by

a) (3, 2)
b) (1, 2)
c) (2, 1)
d) None of the above

11) The number of points on the curve y = x 3 − 2x 2 + x − 2 where the

tangent is parallel to x – axis, is

a) 0
b) 1
c) 2
d) 3

12) The slope of the tangent to the curve y = √9 − x 2 at the point where the
ordinate and the abscissa are equal, is

a) 1
b) -1
c) 0
d) None of the above

13) The slope of the tangent to the curve y = x 2 − x at the point where the line
y = 2 cuts the curve in the 1 st quadrant is

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 243

 RSG CLASSES

a) 2
b) 3
c) -3
d) None of the above

14) The two curves x 3 − 3xy 2 + 2 = 0 and 3x 2 y − y 3 − 2 = 0 intersects at an

angle of

a) 45 degree
b) 60 degree
c) 90 degree
d) 30 degree

15) If y = 4x – 5 is a tangent to the curve y 2 = px 3 + q at (2, 3), then

a) p = 2, q = -7
b) p = -2, q = 7
c) p = -2, q = -7
d) p = 2, q = 7

16) The curve y − exy + x = 0 has a vertical tangent at the point

a) (1, 1)
b) At no point
c) (0, 1)
d) (1, 0)

17) If m denotes the slope of the normal to the curve y = −3log(9 + x 2 ) at the
point x ≠ 0, then

a) m ∈ [−1, 1]
b) m ∈ R − (−1, 1)

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 244

 RSG CLASSES

c) m ∈ R − [−1, 1]
d) m ∈ (−1, 1)

18) If m be the slope of the tangent to the curve e2y = 1 + 4x 2 , then

a) m<1
b) |𝐦| ≤ 𝟏
c) |m| > 1
d) None of the above

19) The points on the curve 12y = x 3 whose ordinate and abscissa change at
the same rate, are

a) (-2, -2/3), (2, 2/3)

b) (-2/3, -2), (2/3, 2)
c) (-2, -2/3) only
d) (2/3, 2) only

20) If the rate of change of area of the square plate is equal to that of the rate
of change of its perimeter, then the length of the side is

a) 1 unit
b) 2 units
c) 3 units
d) 4 units

21) The side of the square is equal to the diameter of a circle. If the side and
radius change at the same rate, then the ratio of the change of their areas

a) 1: π
b) π: 1
c) 𝟐: 𝛑
d) 1:2

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 245

 RSG CLASSES

22) The radius and the height of a cylinder are equal. If the radius of the
sphere is equal to the height of the cylinder, then the ratio of rates of
increase of the volume of the sphere and the volume of the cylinder is

a) 𝟒: 𝟑
b) 3: 4
c) 4: 3π
d) 3π: 4

23) The diameter of a circle is increasing at the rate of 1cm/sec. when its
radius is π, then the rate of increase of its area is

a) π cm2 /sec
b) 2π cm2 /sec
c) 𝛑𝟐 𝐜𝐦𝟐 /𝐬𝐞𝐜
d) 2π2 cm2 /sec

24) A man 2 meters tall walks away from a lamp post 5 meters height at a rate
of 4.8 km/hr. The rate of increase of the length of his shadow is

a) 1.6 km/hr.
b) 6.3 km/hr.
c) 5 km/hr.
d) 3.2 km/hr.

25) At an instant the diagonal of the square is increasing at the rate of

0.2cm/sec and the area is increasing at the rate of 6 cm2 /sec. At that
moment its side is

𝟑𝟎
a) 𝐜𝐦
√𝟐
b) 30√2 cm
c) 30 cm

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 246

 RSG CLASSES

d) 15 cm

26) A circular metal plate is heated so that its radius increases at the rate of
0.1 mm per minute. Then, the rate at which the plate’s area is increasing
when the radius is 50 cm is
a) 10π mm/minute
b) 𝟏𝟎𝟎𝛑 𝐦𝐦/𝐦𝐢𝐧𝐮𝐭𝐞
c) π mm/minute
d) −π mm/minute

27) A spherical balloon is being inflated so that its volume increases uniformly
at the rate of 40 cm3/minute. The rate of increase in its surface area when
the radius is 8 cm is

a) 10 𝐜𝐦𝟐 /𝐦𝐢𝐧𝐮𝐭𝐞
b) 20 cm2 /minute
c) 40 cm2 /minute
d) None of the above

28) The edge of a cube is equal to the radius of the sphere. If the rate at which
the volume of the cube is increasing is equal to α, then the rate of increase
of volume of the sphere is

𝟒𝛑𝛂
a)
𝟑
b) 4πα
α
c)
3
d) None of the above

29) The side of an equilateral triangle is ‘a’ units and is increasing at the rate of
α units/sec. The rate of increase of its area is

2
a) α. a
√3
b) √3 α. a
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 247
 RSG CLASSES

√𝟑
c) 𝛂. 𝐚
𝟐
d) None of the above

30) If there is an error of a % in measuring the edge of a cube, then % error in

its surface is

a) 2a %
a
b) %
2
c) 3a%
d) None of the above

31) If an error of k % is made in measuring the radius of a sphere, then %

error in its volume is

a) k%
b) 3k %
c) 2k %
d) k/3 %

32) The height of the cylinder is equal to its radius. If an error of α % is made
in the height, then % error in its volume is

a) α%
b) 2α%
c) 3𝛂%
d) None of the above

33) While measuring the side of an equilateral triangle in an error of k % is

made, the % error in its area is

a) k %
b) 2k %
c) k/2 %

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 248

 RSG CLASSES

d) 3k %

34) A sphere of radius 100 mm shrinks to radius 98 mm, then the approximate
decrease in its volume is

a) 12000 π mm3
b) 800 π mm3
c) 80000 𝛑 𝐦𝐦𝟑
d) 120 π mm3

35) If the ratio of base radius and height of a cone is 1:2 and % error in radius
is α %, then the error in its volume is

a) α%
b) 2α%
c) 3𝛂%
d) None of the above

36) The approximate value of (33)1/5 is

a) 2.0125
b) 2.1
c) 2.01
d) None of the above

37) The circumference of a circle is measured as 28 cm with an error of

0.01 cm. The percentage error in its area is

a) 1/14
b) 0.01
c) 1/7
d) None of the above

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 249

 RSG CLASSES

38) If there is an error of 0.01 cm in the diameter of a sphere, then the % error
in its surface area when the radius is 5 cm is

a) 0.005%
b) 0.05%
c) 0.1%
d) 0.2%

39) Using differentials, the approximate value of √401 is

a) 20.100
b) 20.025
c) 20.030
d) 20.125

40) Using differentials, the approximate value of (627)1/4

a) 5.002
b) 5.003
c) 5.004
d) 5.005

41) If f and g are two increasing functions such that fog is defined, then

a) gof is an increasing function

b) gof is a decreasing function
c) gof is neither increasing nor decreasing
d) None of the above

42) If f and g are two decreasing functions such that gof exists, then gof is

a) An increasing function
b) A decreasing function
c) Neither increasing nor decreasing

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 250

 RSG CLASSES

d) None of the above

43) If f is an increasing function and g is a decreasing function on an interval I

such that fog exists, then

a) fog is an increasing function on I

b) fog is an decreasing function on I
c) fog is neither increasing nor decreasing on I
d) none of the above

44) Let y = x 2 e−x, then the interval in which y is increasing with respect to x

a) (−∞, ∞)
b) (−2, 0)
c) (2, ∞)
d) (0, 2)

45) For all x,y∈ (0, ∞), a function f: (0,∞) →ℜ satisfies the inequality
|f(x) − f(y)| ≤ |x − y|3
Then f is
a) An increasing function,
b) A decreasing function
c) A constant function
d) None of these [ISI 2010]

46) The interval in which the function f(x) = xe2−x increases

a) (−∞, 0)
b) (2, ∞)
c) (0, 2)
d) None of the above

6. Suppose that f(x) is twice differentiable and strictly concave in x. Define,

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 251

 RSG CLASSES

f(c+t)−f(c+x)
47) G(x) =lim
t→x t−x

Where c is a constant. Then g(x) is

a) Decreasing function

b) Increasing function

c) Decreasing function when c > 0 and increasing function when c < 0

d) increasing function when c > 0 and decreasing function when c < 0

48) The set of values of a for which the function f(x) = x 2 + ax + 1 is an

increasing function on [1, 2]

a) (−𝟐, ∞)
b) (−4, ∞)
c) (−∞, −2)
d) (−∞, 2]

49) Given that f is a real-valued differentiable function such that f(x)f’(x) <0
for all
Real x, it follows that
a) F(x) is an increasing function
b) F(x) is an decreasing function
c) |f(x)| is an increasing function
d) |𝐟(𝐱)| is an decreasing function
50) Let f : ℜ→ℜ be defined by f(x)=(x − 1)(x − 2)(x − 3). Which of the
following is true about f?
𝟏 𝟏
− −
a) It decreases on the interval [𝟐 − 𝟑 , 𝟐 + 𝟑 ]
𝟐 𝟐

1 1
b) It increases on the interval [2 − 3−2 , 2 + 3−2 ]

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 252

 RSG CLASSES
1
c) It decreases on the interval (−∞, 2 − 3−2 )
d) It decreases on the interval [2,3]

2x
51) The function f(x) = log(1+x) − is increasing on
2+x

a) (𝟎, ∞)
b) (−∞, 0)
c) (−∞, ∞)
d) None of the above

52) On which of the intervals is the function f(x) = 2x 2 − log|x| , x ≠ 0

increaisng

a) (1/2, ∞)
b) (−∞, −1/2) ∪ (1/2, ∞)
1 1
c) (−∞, − ) ∪ (0, )
2 2
d) ( −𝟏/𝟐, 𝟎) ∪ (𝟏/𝟐, ∞)

53) If f(x) = kx 3 − 9x 2 + 9x + 3 is increasing on R, then

a) k<3
b) 𝐤>3
c) k≤3
d) None of the above

54) The value of x for which the function (a + 2) x 3 − 3ax 2 + 9ax − 1

decreases monotonically throught for all real x are

a) a < −2
b) a > −2
c) −3 < a < 0
d) −∞ < 𝑎 ≤ −3

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 253

 RSG CLASSES

e2x −1
55) The function f(x) = , is
e2x +1

a) An increasing function on R
b) A decreasing function on R
c) An even function on R
d) None of the above

56) Let f(x) = x 3 − 6x 2 + 15x + 3. Then

a) f(x) > 0 for all x ∈ R

b) f(x) > 𝑓 (x + 1)for all x ∈ R
c) 𝐟(𝐱) 𝐢𝐬 𝐢𝐧𝐯𝐞𝐫𝐭𝐢𝐛𝐥𝐞
d) None of the above

log x
57) The function f(x) = is increasing in the interval
x

a) (1, 2e)
b) (0, e)
c) (2, 2e)
d) (1/e, 2e)

58) The function f(x) = x√ax − x 2 , a > 0

a) Increases on the interval (0, 3a/4)

b) decreases on the interval (3a/4, a)
c) decreases on the interval (0, 3a/4)
d) Increases on the interval (3a/4, a)
a) None of the above

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 254

 RSG CLASSES
x2 +1 −t2
59) If f(x) = ∫x2 e dt, then f(x) increases on

a) (-2, 2)
b) (0, ∞)
c) (−∞, 𝟎)
d) None of the above

60) The function f(x) = x1/x is increasing in the interval

a) (e, ∞)
b) (−∞, e)
c) (-e, e)
d) None of the above

61) If f(x) = 2x 3 + 9x 2 + αx + 20 is a decreasing function of x in the largest

possible interval (-2, -1), then α is

a) 12
b) -12
c) 6
d) None of the above

62) For what value of a, f(x) = −x 3 + 4ax 2 + 2x − 5 decreasing for all x

a) (1, 2)
b) (3, 4)
c) R
d) No value of a

x
63) Let f1(x) = .Define fn(x) = f1(fn−1(x)) , where n ≥ 2. Then fn(x) is
x+1
a) Decreasing in n
b) Increasing in n
c) Initially decreasing in n and then increasing in n

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 255

 RSG CLASSES

d) Initially increasing in n and then decreasing n. [ISI 2008]

64) Let f : ℜ → ℜ be defined by f(x)=(x - 1)(x - 2)(x - 3). Which of the

following is true about f?
𝟏 𝟏
a) It decreases on the interval [𝟐 − 𝟑−𝟐 , 𝟐 + 𝟑−𝟐 ]
1 1
−2 −2
b) It increases on the interval [2 − 3 , 2 + 3 ]
1
c) It decreases on the interval [−∞, 2 − 3−2 ]
d) It decreases on the interval [2,3] [ISI 2009]

65) Let f,g : [0,∞) →[0,∞) be decreasing and increasing respectively. Define
h(x) = f (g(x))). If h (0) = 0, then h(x) – h (1) is
a) Non positive for x ≥ 1, positive otherwise
b) Always negative,
c) Always positive
d) Positive for x ≥ 1, non positive otherwise. [ISI 2011]

66) The function f(.) is increasing over [a,b].. Then [f (.)]n, where n is an odd
integer greater than 1, is necessarily
a) Increasing over [a,b]
b) Decreasing over [a,b]
c) Increasing over [a,b] if and only if f(.) is positive over [a,b]
d) None of the above [ISI 2012]

67) Suppose that f(x) is twice differentiable and strictly concave in x. define,
f(c + t) − f(c + x)
g(x) = lim
t→x t−x
Where c is a constant. Then g(x) is
a) Decreasing function [DSE 2012]
b) Increasing function
c) Decreasing function when c> 0 and increasing function when c< 0
d) Increasing function when c> 0 and decreasing function when c < 0

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 256

 RSG CLASSES

CHAPTER-15
Extreme value theorem
1 1 2
1) Find the stationary points for the function f(x) = x3 - x2 - x + 1
9 6 3

a) x = −1, −2
b) 𝐱 = −𝟏, 𝟐
c) x = −2, 1
d) x = 1, 2

6x3
2) Find the stationary points for the function f(x) =
x4 + x2 + 2

a) x = 0, √3
b) x = 0, − √3
c) 𝐱 = 𝟎, − √𝟑, √𝟑
d) None of the above

3) Find the stationary points for the function f(x) = x 2/3

a) x = 0
2
b) x =
3
1
c) x =
3
d) 𝐱 does not exist

x2 −3
4) Find the stationary points for the function f(x) =
x2 +1

a) 𝐱=𝟎
b) x=1
c) x=2
d) None of the above

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 257

 RSG CLASSES

5) Find the critical points for the function f(x) = x 3 + 3x2 – 9x + 1

a) 𝐱 = 𝟏, −𝟑
b) x = −1, 3
c) x = 1, 3
d) x = −1, −3

6) Find the critical points for the function f(x) = x 4- 6x2 –3

a) x = 0, √3
b) x = 0, − √3
c) 𝐱 = 𝟎, − √𝟑, √𝟑
d) None of the above

7) The function defined by f(x) = x(x – 10) (x – 20) (x – 30) has critical points
(i.e., points where f’(x) = 0)

a) At some x< 0 and some x> 30

b) At an x< 0 and at some x between 0 and 30
c) Between 0 and 10, 10 and 20, 20 and 30.
d) None of the above captures all the critical points.[DSE 2013]

8) The function x 4 − 4x 3 + 16x

a) A unique maximum but no minimum

b) A unique minimum but no maximum

c) A unique maximum and a unique minimum

d) Neither a maximum nor a minimum

9) Find the critical points for the function f(x) = (x + 2)1/3

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 258

 RSG CLASSES

a) 𝐱 = −𝟐
2
b) x = −
3
1
c) x =
3
d) x = 2

4 1
( ) ( )
10) Find the critical points for the function f(x) = (x 3 – 6x 3 )

4
a) x = 0,
3
1
b) x = 0,
3
2
c) x = 0,
3
𝟑
d) 𝐱 = 𝟎,
𝟐

11) Find the absolute maximum and minimum values for the function
f(x) = 4x2- 40x+ 80; [0, 8]

a) x = 0(absolute maximum) and x = 8(absolute minimum)

b) 𝐱 = 𝟎(𝐚𝐛𝐬𝐨𝐥𝐮𝐭𝐞 𝐦𝐚𝐱𝐢𝐦𝐮𝐦) 𝐚𝐧𝐝 𝐱 = 𝟓(𝐚𝐛𝐬𝐨𝐥𝐮𝐭𝐞 𝐦𝐢𝐧𝐢𝐦𝐮𝐦)
c) x = 5(absolute maximum) and x = 8(absolute minimum)
d) x = 5(absolute maximum) and x = 0(absolute minimum)

12) Consider a function f:R → R, where R denotes the set of real numbers. If
x is increasing, i.e. x ≥ y implies f(x)≥ f(y), then
a) F is concave
b) F is convex
c) F is quasi convex
d) F is continuous

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 259

 RSG CLASSES

13) Find the absolute maximum and minimum values for the function
f(x) = -2x – 1; [0,3]

a) x = 0(absolute maximum)and x = −2(absolute minimum)

b) x = −2(absolute maximum) and x = 3(absolute minimum)
c) x = 0(absolute maximum)and x = −2(absolute minimum)
d) 𝐱 = 𝟎(𝐚𝐛𝐬𝐨𝐥𝐮𝐭𝐞 𝐦𝐚𝐱𝐢𝐦𝐮𝐦)𝐚𝐧𝐝 𝐱 = 𝟑(𝐚𝐛𝐬𝐨𝐥𝐮𝐭𝐞 𝐦𝐢𝐧𝐢𝐦𝐮𝐦)

14) Let A ⊂R,f: A →R be a twice continuously differentiable function, and

∂f
x∗∈A be such that (x ∗) = 0
∂x
∂2 f
a) (x ∗ ) ≤ 0 is a sufficient condition for x ∗ to be a point of local
∂x2
maximum of f on A
𝛛𝟐 𝐟
b) (𝐱∗ ) ≤ 𝟎 is a necessary condition for 𝐱 ∗ to be a point of local
𝛛𝐱 𝟐
maximum of f on A
∂2 f
c) (x ∗ ) ≤ 0 is a necessary and sufficient condition for x ∗ to be a
∂x2
point of local maximum of f on A
∂2 f
d) (x ∗ ) ≤ 0 is neither necessary nor sufficient condition for x ∗ to
∂x2
be a point of local maximum of f on A [ISI 2016]

15) Find the absolute maximum and minimum values for the function
f(x) = x3 – 3x + 8; [-1, 2]

a) x = −1(absolute maximum)and x = [1, 2](absolute minimum)

b) x = [1, 2](absolute maximum)and x = −1(absolute minimum)
c) 𝐱 = [−𝟏, 𝟐](𝐚𝐛𝐬𝐨𝐥𝐮𝐭𝐞 𝐦𝐚𝐱𝐢𝐦𝐮𝐦)𝐚𝐧𝐝 𝐱 = 𝟏(𝐚𝐛𝐬𝐨𝐥𝐮𝐭𝐞 𝐦𝐢𝐧𝐢𝐦𝐮𝐦)
d) x = 1(absolute maximum)and x = [−1, 2](absolute minimum)

16) Find the absolute maximum and minimum values for the function
x2+1 1
f(x) = ; [ 2]
x 2,

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 260

 RSG CLASSES
1
a) x = −1(absolute maximum)and x = [ , 2] (absolute minimum)
2
1
b) x = [ , 2] (absolute maximum)and x = −1(absolute minimum)
2
𝟏
c) 𝐱 = [ , 𝟐] (𝐚𝐛𝐬𝐨𝐥𝐮𝐭𝐞 𝐦𝐚𝐱𝐢𝐦𝐮𝐦)𝐚𝐧𝐝 𝐱 = 𝟏(𝐚𝐛𝐬𝐨𝐥𝐮𝐭𝐞 𝐦𝐢𝐧𝐢𝐦𝐮𝐦)
𝟐
1
d) x = 1(absolute maximum)and x = [ , 2](absolute minimum)
2

17) Find the absolute maximum and minimum values for the function
f(x) = x5 – 5x3; ⌊−1, √5⌋

a) 𝐱 = √𝟑(𝐚𝐛𝐬𝐨𝐥𝐮𝐭𝐞 𝐦𝐚𝐱𝐢𝐦𝐮𝐦)𝐚𝐧𝐝 𝐱 = −√𝟑(𝐚𝐛𝐬𝐨𝐥𝐮𝐭𝐞 𝐦𝐢𝐧𝐢𝐦𝐮𝐦)

b) x = −1(absolute maximum)and x = −√3(absolute minimum)
c) x = −1(absolute maximum)and x = √5(absolute minimum)
d) x = −√3(absolute maximum)and x = −1(absolute minimum)

18) The maximum and minimum values of the function

1
F(x) = |x 2 + 2x − 3| + 1.5 log e x , over the interval [ , 4] are
2

a) (21 + log e 2 , −1.5 log e 2)

b) ( 21 +log e 1.5 , 0)

c) (21 +3𝐥𝐨𝐠 𝐞 𝟐 , 𝟎)

d) (21+log e 1.5 , −1.5 log e 2)

19) For the real valued function f(x)= x 4 − 4x 3 + 6x 2 − 4x + 1, the point

x=1is
a) A local minimum
b) A local maximum
c) A point of inflexion
d) None
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 261
 RSG CLASSES

20) If x and y are real numbers such that x2 + y2 = 1, then the maximum
value of |x| + |y| is
1
a)
2
b) √𝟐
1
c)
√2
d) 2 [ISI 2011]

21) Find the absolute maximum and minimum values for the function
f(x) = y = x 2 e−x ;[0,4]

a) x = 2(absolute maximum)and x = 0(absolute minimum)

b) x = 4(absolute maximum)and x = 0(absolute minimum)
c) x = 4(absolute maximum)and x = 2(absolute minimum)
d) 𝐱 = 𝟐(𝐚𝐛𝐬𝐨𝐥𝐮𝐭𝐞 𝐦𝐚𝐱𝐢𝐦𝐮𝐦)𝐚𝐧𝐝 𝐱 = 𝟒(𝐚𝐛𝐬𝐨𝐥𝐮𝐭𝐞 𝐦𝐢𝐧𝐢𝐦𝐮𝐦)

22) Find the absolute maximum and minimum values for the function
f(x) = x2 – 3x – 1; (-∞, +∞ )

a) x = ∞(absolute maximum)and x = −∞(absolute minimum)

b) x = −∞(absolute maximum)and x = ∞(absolute minimum)
3
c) x = (absolute maximum)and x = −∞(absolute minimum)
2
d) 𝐱 = 𝐧𝐨𝐭𝐨𝐜𝐜𝐮𝐫 (𝐚𝐛𝐬𝐨𝐥𝐮𝐭𝐞 𝐦𝐚𝐱𝐢𝐦𝐮𝐦)𝐚𝐧𝐝 𝐱 = 𝟎(absolute minimum)

23) Find the absolute maximum and minimum values for the function
x2
f(x) = ; (-5, -1)
x+1

a) x = −5(absolute maximum)and x = not occur(absolute minimum)

b) x = −2(absolute maximum)and x = not occur(absolute minimum)
c) 𝐱 = 𝟎(𝐚𝐛𝐬𝐨𝐥𝐮𝐭𝐞 𝐦𝐚𝐱𝐢𝐦𝐮𝐦)𝐚𝐧𝐝 𝐱 = 𝐧𝐨𝐭 𝐨𝐜𝐜𝐮𝐫 (absolute minimum)
d) x = −1(absolute maximum)and x = not occur(absolute minimum)

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 262

 RSG CLASSES

24) Find the absolute maximum and minimum values for the function
x6 + 5x3 −2x+8
f(x) = , for all xϵ[0,5]
x4 +10

a) 𝐱 = 𝟓(𝐚𝐛𝐬𝐨𝐥𝐮𝐭𝐞 𝐦𝐚𝐱𝐢𝐦𝐮𝐦)𝐚𝐧𝐝 𝐱 = 𝟎(𝐚𝐛𝐬𝐨𝐥𝐮𝐭𝐞 𝐦𝐢𝐧𝐢𝐦𝐮𝐦)

b) x = 3/2(absolute maximum)and x = 0(absolute minimum)
c) x = 5/2(absolute maximum)and x = 0(absolute minimum)
d) None of the above

25) Find the relative extreme of the function f(x) = x 3 + 5x – 2

5
a) Maximum in the interval (−√ , ∞) and minimum in the interval
3

5
(−∞, −√ )
3

5
b) Maximum in the interval (−∞, −√ ) and minimum in the interval
3

5
(−√ , ∞)
3
c) Neither maximum nor a minimum function
d) None of the above

26) Find the relative extreme of the function f(x) = x 4 - 2x2 + 7

a) Maximum at {-1} and minimum at {0, 1}

b) Maximum at {1} and minimum at {-1, 0}
c) Maximum at {0} and minimum at {-1, 1}
d) None of the above

x
27) Find the relative extreme of the function f(x) =
x+2

a) Maximum at {2} and minimum at {1}

b) Maximum at {1} and minimum at {2}
c) Maximum and minimum does not occur

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 263

 RSG CLASSES

d) None of the above

28) Find the points at which f(x) = x3 -3x2+6 assumes local maximum and
local minimum

a) Maximum at {0} and minimum at {2}

b) Maximum at {2} and minimum at {0}
c) Maximum at {0} and minimum at {3}
d) None of the above

1
29) Find the points at which f(x) = x+ , x ≠ 0 assumes local maximum and
x
local minimum

a) Maximum at {1} and minimum at {-1}

b) Maximum at {-1} and minimum at {1}
c) Maximum at {0} and minimum at {1}
d) None of the above

30) Find the points at which f(x) = x(x - 1)2 assumes local maximum and local
minimum

a) Maximum at {1/3} and minimum at {1}

b) Maximum at {1} and minimum at {1/3}
c) Maximum at {0} and minimum at {1}
d) Maximum at {1} and minimum at {0}

31) Let f be defined for all x by f(x)= (x2 - 1)2/3 , then find the local extreme
points of f(x).

a) Maximum at {0} and minimum at {-1, 1}

b) Maximum at {-1, 1} and minimum at {0}
c) Maximum at {0} and minimum at {1}
d) None of the above

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 264

 RSG CLASSES

1
32) The closest point on the parabola y = x 2 from a given point(0,b) on the
4
vertical axis, with b > 0, is the origin if and only is

a) b <3
b) b >3
c) b <2
d) b >2 [DSE 2011]

3
33) Consider the function f(x)= , then find all local maximum and
x4 − x2 +1
minimum points for f(x) and find the value of any global extreme points

1 1
a) Global Maximum at { } and local minimum at {− }
√2 √2
1
b) Global Maximum at {0} and local minimum at {± }
√2
𝟏
c) Global Maximum at {± } and local minimum at {0}
√𝟐
d) None of the above

34) What is the total number of local maxima and local minima of following
function.
(2 + x)3 if − 3 < x ≤ −1
f(x) = { 2/3 }
x if − 1 < x < 2
a) 1
b) 2
c) 3
d) 4 [DSE 2012]

35) In what ratio should a given line be divided into two parts, so that the
area of the rectangle formed for the two parts bas the sides is the
maximum possible?
a) 1 is to 1
b) 1 is to 4
c) 3 is to 2
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 265
 RSG CLASSES

d) None of the above [ISI 2012]

36) The point of inflexion of the polynomial y = ax 3+bx2+cx + d

−𝐛
a)
𝟑𝐚
−3a
b)
b
b
c)
−3a
3a
d)
−b

37) what is the total number of local maxima and local minimum of the following
function

(2 + x)3 , −3 < x ≤ −1
f(x)={ 2
x 3 , −1 < x < 2

a) 1

b) 2

c) 3

d) 4

38) Let α ∈ (0,1) and f(x) = xα + (1 – x)α for all x ∈[0,1]. Then the maximum
value of f is
a) 1
b) Greater than 2
c) in (1,2)
d) 2
39) he minimum value of the expression below for x>0

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 266

 RSG CLASSES

1 6 1
(x + ) − (x 6 + 6 ) − 2
x x
3
1 1
(x + ) − (x 3 + 3 )
x x
a) 1
b) 3
c) 6
d) 12 [ISI 2016]

40) The function y = ax3+bx2+cx- 1 has a local extreme point at (1, 6) and an
in flexional value at x = 3, then find the values of a, b and c.

a) a = −1, b = −9, c = 15
b) a = 1, b = −9, c = −15
c) 𝐚 = 𝟏, 𝐛 = −𝟗, 𝐜 = 𝟏𝟓
d) a = 1, b = 9, c = 15

1 1
41) The function f(x)= x 4 − x 3 − 3x 2 + 6 is
4 2

a) Concave on (-∞, 2) and convex on (2, ∞)

b) Concave on (-1, 2)and convex on (-∞, −𝟏) and (2, ∞)

c) Convex on (-1, 2)and concave on (-∞, −1) and (2, ∞)

d) Convex on (-∞, 2) and concave on (2, ∞

1
42) The height of a plant after t months is given by h (t) = √t − t (t ∈ [0, 3])
2
at what time is the plant at its highest

a) t=0
b) 𝐭=𝟏
c) t=2
d) t=3
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 267
 RSG CLASSES

43) Find the intervals in which the function f(x) = x2-4x + 3 is convex or
concave

a) Convex for all x ∈ 𝐑

b) Concave for all x ∈ R
c) Neither concave nor convex
d) None of the above

44) F: Rn → R is convex if and only if

a) {(𝐱, 𝐫) 𝐑𝐧 × 𝐑/𝐟(𝐱) ≤ 𝐫} is convex.
b) {(x, r) Rn × R/f(x) ≥ r} is convex
c) {x ∈ Rn/f(x) ≤ r} is convex for every r ∈ R.
d) {x ∈ Rn/f(x) ≥ r} is convex for every r ∈ R.
45) Let f be the real valued differentiable function defined for all x ≥ a.
x
Consider the function f defined by f(x) = ∫a f(t)dt. If f is increasing on any
interval, then on that interval f is
a) Convex

b) Concave

c) Increasing

d) Decreasing
46) Suppose f : R + → R is decreasing and differentiable. If f satisfies
x
F(x)=∫0 f(t)dt, then F is
a) Convex

b) Concave

c) Increasing

d) Decreasing

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 268

 RSG CLASSES

47) Find the intervals in which the function f(x) = x3 is convex or concave

a) concave at {0, ∞}and convex at{−∞, 0}

b) 𝐜𝐨𝐧𝐜𝐚𝐯𝐞 𝐚𝐭 {−∞, 𝟎}𝐚𝐧𝐝 𝐜𝐨𝐧𝐯𝐞𝐱 𝐚𝐭{𝟎, ∞}
c) Neither concave nor convex
d) None of the above

48) Find the intervals in which the function f(x) = x3-3x2+ 1 is convex or
concave

a) concave at {−∞, 1/2}and convex at{1/2, ∞}

b) concave at {1/2, ∞}and convex at{−∞, 1/2}
c) concave at {1, ∞}and convex at{−∞, 1}
d) 𝐜𝐨𝐧𝐜𝐚𝐯𝐞 𝐚𝐭 {−∞, 𝟏}𝐚𝐧𝐝 𝐜𝐨𝐧𝐯𝐞𝐱 𝐚𝐭{𝟏, ∞}

49) Find the intervals in which the function f(x) = 2x3 -3x2 +5x – 10 is convex
or concave

a) 𝐜𝐨𝐧𝐜𝐚𝐯𝐞 𝐚𝐭 {−∞, 𝟏/𝟐}𝐚𝐧𝐝 𝐜𝐨𝐧𝐯𝐞𝐱 𝐚𝐭{𝟏/𝟐, ∞}

b) concave at {−∞, 1/2}and convex at{1/2, ∞}
c) concave at {−∞, 1/2}and convex at{1/2, ∞}
d) concave at {−∞, 1/2}and convex at{1/2, ∞}

50) Find the intervals in which the function f(x) = ax2 + bx + c is convex or
concave

a) Concave for a > 0 and convex for a < 0

b) Concave for 𝐚 < 0 and convex for 𝐚 > 0
c) Concave for a ≥ 0 and convex for a ≤ 0
d) Concave for a ≤ 0 and convex for a ≥ 0

51) The real valued function f(x)=x 4 is

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 269

 RSG CLASSES

a) Strictly convex
b) Strictly concave
c) Neither strictly convex nor strictly concave
d) Convex but not strictly convex

52) Find the intervals in which the function f(x) = 3x2+8x + 4 is convex or
concave

a) Convex for all x ∈ 𝐑

b) Concave for all x ∈ R
c) Neither concave nor convex
d) None of the above

53) Find the intervals in which the function f(x) = (x + 2)3 is convex or
concave

a) concave at {−∞, 2} and convex at{2, ∞}

b) concave at {2, ∞} and convex at{−∞, 2}
c) 𝐜𝐨𝐧𝐜𝐚𝐯𝐞 𝐚𝐭 {−∞, −𝟐} 𝐚𝐧𝐝 𝐜𝐨𝐧𝐯𝐞𝐱 𝐚𝐭{−𝟐, ∞}
d) concave at {−2, ∞} and convex at{−∞, −2}

54) Find the intervals in which the function f(x) = x2 - 5x + 6 is convex or

concave

a) Convex for all x ∈ 𝐑

b) Concave for all x ∈ R
c) Neither concave nor convex
d) None of the above

55) Find the intervals in which the function f(x) = 3x4-4x3 is convex or
concave

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 270

 RSG CLASSES

a) concave at {−∞, 0}{2/3, ∞} and convex at {0,2/3}

b) 𝐜𝐨𝐧𝐜𝐚𝐯𝐞 𝐚𝐭 {𝟎, 𝟐/𝟑} 𝐚𝐧𝐝 𝐜𝐨𝐧𝐯𝐞𝐱 𝐚𝐭{−∞, 𝟎}{𝟐/𝟑, ∞}
c) Neither concave nor convex
d) None of the above

56) Find the intervals in which the function f(x) = x4-8x2+16 is convex or
concave

a) concave at {−∞, −2/√3} and convex at{−2/√3, ∞}

b) concave at {−2/√3, ∞} and convex at{−∞, −2/√3}
c) concave at {2/√3, ∞} and convex at{−∞, 2/√3}
d) 𝐜𝐨𝐧𝐜𝐚𝐯𝐞 𝐚𝐭 {−∞, 𝟐/√𝟑} 𝐚𝐧𝐝 𝐜𝐨𝐧𝐯𝐞𝐱 𝐚𝐭{𝟐/√𝟑, ∞}

57) Find the intervals in which the function f(x) = (x)2/3 is convex or concave

a) concave at {0, ∞}and convex at{−∞, 0}

b) 𝐜𝐨𝐧𝐜𝐚𝐯𝐞 𝐚𝐭 {−∞, 𝟎}𝐚𝐧𝐝 𝐜𝐨𝐧𝐯𝐞𝐱 𝐚𝐭{𝟎, ∞}
c) Neither concave nor convex
d) None of the above

58) Find the intervals in which the function f(x) = (x 4/3 − x1/3 ) is convex or
concave

a) 𝐜𝐨𝐧𝐜𝐚𝐯𝐞 𝐚𝐭 {−𝟏/𝟔, 𝟎} 𝐚𝐧𝐝 𝐜𝐨𝐧𝐯𝐞𝐱 𝐚𝐭 {−∞, −𝟏/𝟔}{𝟎, ∞}

1
b) concave at {−∞, − } {0, ∞} and convex at {−1/6, 0}
6
c) Neither concave nor convex
d) None of the above

59) Find the intervals in which the function f(x) = (x 4 ) is convex or concave

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 271

 RSG CLASSES

a) Convex for all x ∈ 𝐑

b) Concave for all x ∈ R
c) Neither concave nor convex
d) None of the above

60) Find the intervals where the following cubic cost function is convex and
where it is concave, and find the unique inflection point:
C(Q)=aQ3+bQ2+cQ + d, (a>0, b<0, c>0, d>0)

a) concave at {−b/3a, ∞} and convex at {−∞, −b/3a}

b) 𝐜𝐨𝐧𝐜𝐚𝐯𝐞 𝐚𝐭 {−∞, −𝐛/𝟑𝐚} 𝐚𝐧𝐝 𝐜𝐨𝐧𝐯𝐞𝐱 𝐚𝐭 {−𝐛/𝟑𝐚, ∞}
c) Neither concave nor convex
d) None of the above

1 1
61) Check whether the following function f(x) = ex + e-x are
2 2

a) Convex
b) Concave
c) Neither concave nor convex
d) None of the above

62) Check whether the following function f(x) = 2x - 3 + 4Inx are

a) Convex
b) Concave
c) Neither concave nor convex
d) None of the above

63) Check whether the following function f(x) = 5x 0.5 -10x1.5 are

a) Convex
b) Concave
c) Neither concave nor convex
d) None of the above
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 272
 RSG CLASSES

64) Check whether the following function f(x)= 1 -x2 are

a) Convex
b) Concave
c) Neither concave nor convex
d) None of the above

65) A rectangle has its lower left hand corner at the origin and its upper
right hand corner on the graph of f(x) = x2 + (1 / x2). For which x is the
area of the rectangle minimized?

a) x = 0
b) x = ∞
𝟏 𝟏/𝟒
c) x = ( ) [DSE 2012]
𝟑
d) x = 2

9 3
66) Consider the function f(x) = x (2/3) − x (5/3) for all x in the closed
2 5
interval [-1, 5]. f(5) is approximately equal to 4.386. f(x) attains a
maximum on the interval [-1,5] at

a) x = -1
b) x=2
c) x=3
d) x=4 [DSE 2013]

67) A six meter long string is cut in two pieces. The first piece, with length
equal to some x, is used to make a circle, the second, with length (6 – x), to
make a square. What value of x will minimize the sum of the areas of the
circle and the square? (x is allowed to be 0 or 6 as well)

a) x = 24π/(1 + 4π)

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 273

 RSG CLASSES

b) x = 6π/(4 + π)
c) x = 6
d) x = 1/2π [DSE 2013]

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 274

 RSG CLASSES

CHAPTER-16
Partial derivatives

1) Determine the domain of the function f(x, y) = √x − 1 + √y

a) 𝐱 ≥ 𝟏, 𝐲 ≥ 𝟎
b) x ≥ 0, y ≥ 1
c) x ≤ 1, y ≥ 0
d) x ≤ 1, y ≤ 0

2) Determine the domain of the function

2
f(x, y) = + √9 − (x 2 + y 2 )
√x2 +y2 −4

a) 2 ≤ x2 + y2 ≤ 4
b) 2 ≤ x2 + y2 ≤ 9
c) 𝟒 ≤ 𝐱𝟐 + 𝐲𝟐 ≤ 𝟗
d) None of the above

3) Determine the domain of the function f(x, y) = √2 − (x 2 + y 2 )

a) x2 + y2 ≥ 2
b) 𝐱𝟐 + 𝐲𝟐 ≤ 𝟐
c) −2 ≤ x 2 + y 2 ≤ 2
d) None of the above

4) Determine the domain of the function f(x, y) =

√(4 − x 2 − y 2 )(x 2 + y 2 − 1)

a) −1 ≤ x 2 + y 2 ≤ 4
b) −4 ≤ x 2 + y 2 ≤ 1
c) 𝟏 ≤ 𝐱𝟐 + 𝐲𝟐 ≤ 𝟒
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 275
 RSG CLASSES

d) None of the above

5) Determine the domain of the function f(x, y) = ln(1-x 2 − y 2 )

a) x2 + y2 ≥ 1
b) x2 + y2 ≤ 1
c) x2 + y2 > 1
d) 𝐱𝟐 + 𝐲𝟐 < 1

6) he following two questions are based on the function f: R2 → R given by

0 , (x, y) = (0,0)
F(x,y)={ xy
2 2
, (x, y) ≠ (0, 0)
x +y
2
For (x, y)∈ R

1) Which of the following statements is correct?

a) f is continuous and has partial derivatives at all points

b) f is discontinuous but has partial derivates at all points

c) f is continuous but does not have partial derivates at all points

d) f is discontinuous and does not have partial derivates at all points

2) Which of the following statements is correct?

a) F is continuous and differentiable

b) F is discontinuous and differentiable

c) F is continuous but not differentiable

d) F is discontinuous and non differentiable

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 276
 RSG CLASSES

7) z = x 2 + 2y 2 , x = t − s 2 and y = ts.

∂z ∂z
a) = 2t − 2s 2 + 4ts 2 ; = −4ts − 4s 3 + 4t 2s
∂t ∂s
∂z ∂z
b) = 2t + 2s 2 − 4ts 2 ; = 4ts + 4s 3 − 4t 2 s
∂t ∂s
𝛛𝐳 𝛛𝐳
c) = 𝟐𝐭 − 𝟐𝐬𝟐 + 𝟒𝐭𝐬𝟐 ; = −𝟒𝐭𝐬 + 𝟒𝐬𝟑 + 𝟒𝐭 𝟐 𝐬
𝛛𝐭 𝛛𝐬
∂z 2 2 ∂z 3 2
d) = 2t + 2s + 4ts ; = 4ts − 4s + 4t s
∂t ∂s

8) z = xy 2 , x = t + s2 , y = t 2s

∂z ∂z
a) = 5t 4 s 2 − 4t 3 s 4; = 2t 5 s − 4t 4s 3
∂t ∂s
∂z ∂z
b) = 5t 4 s 2 + 4t 3 s 4; = 2t 5 s − 4t 4s 3
∂t ∂s
∂z 3 4 ∂z
c) = 5t s − 4t s ; = 2t 5 s + 4t 4s 3
4 2
∂t ∂s
𝛛𝐳 𝛛𝐳
d) = 𝟓𝐭 𝟒 𝐬𝟐 + 𝟒𝐭 𝟑 𝐬𝟒 ; = 𝟐𝐭 𝟓 𝐬 + 𝟒𝐭 𝟒 𝐬𝟑
𝛛𝐭 𝛛𝐬
x 2 +y2 ∂u ∂u
−1
9) If u= sin ( ) , then x +y is equal to
x+y ∂x ∂x

a) Sinu cosu

b) Cotu

c) Tanu

d) None of these

∂u ∂u ∂u
10) If u = Φ(x − y, y − z, z − x), then + + equals
∂x ∂y ∂z

a) 0

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 277

 RSG CLASSES

b) 1

c) u

d) none of these

∂z ∂x ∂y
11) If F(x, y, z) = 0, find . .
∂x ∂y ∂z

a) -1
b) -2
c) 1
d) None of the above

12) Consider the equation x y + y z + zx = k, defined for all positive values of

x and y, and where k is a given positive constant. The partial derivative
∂z/ ∂x then equals

a) −(xzx−1 + y z In y)/(yx y−1 + zx In z )

b) −(𝐲𝐱𝐲−𝟏 + 𝐳 𝐱 𝐈𝐧 𝐳)/(𝐱𝐳 𝐱−𝟏 + 𝐲𝐳 𝐈𝐧 𝐲 )
c) −(zy z−1 + x y In x)/(xzx−1 + y z In y )
d) −(zy z−1 + zx In z)/(xzx−1 + zx In z ) [DSE 2008]

13) Compute the directional derivatives of the following function at the given
point and in the given direction: f(x, y) = 2x + y − 1 at (2,1), in the
direction of (1,1)

a) 3√𝟐/𝟐
b) 5√2/2
c) 4√2/2
d) √2/2

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 278

 RSG CLASSES

14) Compute the directional derivatives of the following function at the given
point and in the given direction: g(x, y) = xeyx − xy at (1,1), in the
direction of (3,4)

a) 4e – 7/5
b) 2e – 4/5
c) 2e – 7/5
d) None of the above

15) Compute the directional derivatives of the following functions at the

indicated points in the given direction d. f(x,y)= x+2x 2 -3xy;
(x0 , y0)=(1,1); d=(3/5, 4/5)

a) -6/5
b) 6/5

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 279

 RSG CLASSES

c) 3/5
d) None of the above

16) Compute the directional derivatives of the following functions at the

indicated points in the given direction d.
f(x,y)= log√x 2 + y 2 ; (x0 , y0 )=(1,0); d=(2/√5, 1/√5)

a) 2/√10
b) 2/√𝟓
c) 4/√5
d) 2/5

17) Discuss the definiteness properties of the quadratic forms: f(x) = x 2 + y 2

a) Positive definite
b) Positive semi – definite
c) Negative definite
d) Negative – semi definite
e) indefinite

18) Discuss the definiteness properties of the quadratic forms: f(x) = (x + y)2

a) Positive definite
b) Positive semi – definite
c) Negative definite
d) Negative – semi definite
e) indefinite

19) Discuss the definiteness properties of the quadratic forms:

f(x) = −x 2 − y 2

a) Positive definite
b) Positive semi – definite
c) Negative definite
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 280
 RSG CLASSES

d) Negative – semi definite

e) indefinite

20) Discuss the definiteness properties of the quadratic forms: f(x) = x 2 − y 2

a) Positive definite
b) Positive semi – definite
c) Negative definite
d) Negative – semi definite
e) indefinite

21) Discuss the definiteness properties of the quadratic forms:

f(x) = 4x 2 + 8xy + 5y 2

a) Positive definite
b) Positive semi – definite
c) Negative definite
d) Negative – semi definite
e) indefinite

22) Discuss the definiteness properties of the quadratic forms:

f(x) = −x 2 + xy − 3y 2

a) Positive definite
b) Positive semi – definite
c) Negative definite
d) Negative – semi definite
e) Indefinite

23) Discuss the definiteness properties of the quadratic forms:

f(x) = x 2 + 6xy − 9y 2

a) Positive definite
b) Positive semi – definite

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 281

 RSG CLASSES

c) Negative definite
d) Negative – semi definite
e) Indefinite

24) Discuss the definiteness properties of the quadratic forms: f(x) = 4x 2 −y 2

a) Positive definite
b) Positive semi – definite
c) Negative definite
d) Negative – semi definite
e) Indefinite

25) Discuss the definiteness properties of the quadratic forms:

1 1
f(x) = x 2 − xy + y 2
2 4

a) Positive definite
b) Positive semi – definite
c) Negative definite
d) Negative – semi definite
e) Indefinite

26) Discuss the definiteness properties of the quadratic forms:

f(x) = 6xy − 9y 2 − x 2

a) Positive definite
b) Positive semi – definite
c) Negative definite
d) Negative – semi definite
e) Indefinite

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 282

 RSG CLASSES

27) Examine whether the following function f(x, y) = 3x + 4y are

homogeneous, and find, if possible, the degree of homogeneity:

a) Homogenous of degree 1
b) Homogenous of degree ½
c) Not homogenous
d) None of the above

28) Examine whether the following function f(x, y) = 3x + 4y − 2 are

homogeneous, and find, if possible, the degree of homogeneity:

a) Homogenous of degree 1
b) Homogenous of degree ½
c) Not homogenous
d) None of the above

29) Examine whether the following function f(x, y) = x 4 + x 2 y 2 are

homogeneous, and find, if possible, the degree of homogeneity:

a) Homogenous of degree 3
b) Homogenous of degree 4
c) Not homogenous
d) None of the above

30) Examine whether the following function x(p, r) = Ap−1.5r 2.08 are
homogeneous, and find, if possible, the degree of homogeneity:

a) Homogenous of degree 0.55

b) Homogenous of degree 0.56
c) Homogenous of degree 0.57
d) Homogenous of degree 0.58

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 283

 RSG CLASSES

31) Examine whether the following function f(x, y) = x 3 + xy 2 are

homogeneous, and find, if possible, the degree of homogeneity:

a) Homogenous of degree 3
b) Homogenous of degree 4
c) Not homogenous
d) None of the above
√x+√y+√z
32) Examine whether the following function h(x, y, z) = are
x+y+z
homogeneous, and find, if possible, the degree of homogeneity:

a) Homogenous of degree -1
b) Homogenous of degree -½
c) Not homogenous
d) None of the above\
√x21 +x22
−(w2 /(x21 +x22 ))dw
33) Consider the function f(x1, x2) = ∫0 e with the
property that f(0,0) = 0. Then the function f(x1, x2) is
a) Homogeneous of degree -1,
1
b) Homogeneous of degree ,
2
c) Homogeneous of degree 1,
d) None of these [ISI 2010]

x2 +y2
34) Examine whether the following function g(x, y) = √xy ln are
xy
homogeneous, and find, if possible, the degree of homogeneity:

a) Homogenous of degree 1
b) Homogenous of degree ½
c) Not homogenous
d) None of the above

35) Examine whether the following function h(x, y) = ln x + ln y are

homogeneous, and find, if possible, the degree of homogeneity:

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 284

 RSG CLASSES

a) Homogenous of degree 1
b) Homogenous of degree ½
c) Not homogenous
d) None of the above

36) Examine whether the following function

(x1 x2 x3 )2 1 1 1
F(x1 , x2 , x3 ) = ( + + ) are homogeneous, and find, if
x41 +x42 +x43 x1 x2 x3
possible, the degree of homogeneity:

a) Homogenous of degree 1
b) Homogenous of degree ½
c) Not homogenous
d) None of the above

x1 +2x2 +3x3 +4x4

37) Examine whether the following function f(x1 , x2 , x3, x4 ) = x21 +x22 +x23 +x24
are
homogeneous, and find, if possible, the degree of homogeneity:

a) Homogenous of degree -1
b) Homogenous of degree -½
c) Not homogenous
d) None of the above

2 2
38) Examine whether the following function f(x,y)= ex y exy

a) Homogenous
b) Homothetic
c) Neither homogenous nor homothetic
d) Both of them
x4 +y4
39) Examine whether the following function g(x,y)= , x,y≠ 0.
xy

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 285

 RSG CLASSES

a) Homogenous
b) Homothetic
c) Neither homogenous nor homothetic
d) Both of them

40) An n – coordinated function f is called homothetic if it can be expressed

as an increasing transformation of a homogeneous function of degree one.
Letf1(x) = ∑ni=1 xir , and f2(x) = ∑ni=1 ai xi + b, where xi > 0 for all i, 0 <r <
1,ai > 0 and b are constants.
Then
a) f1 is not homothetic but f2 is;
b) f2is not homothetic but f1 is;
c) Both 𝐟𝟏 and 𝐟𝟐 are homothetic; [ISI 2007]
d) None of the above.

41) Find the marginal rate of technical substitution and the elasticity of
LK
substitution for the production function Q = f(L, K) =
L+K

l 2 1
a) MRTS = ( ) , σ =
k 2
K 2 3
b) MRTS = ( ) , σ =
l 2
l 2 3
c) MRTS = ( ) , σ =
k 2
𝐊 𝟐 𝟏
d) 𝐌𝐑𝐓𝐒 = ( ) , 𝛔 =
𝐥 𝟐

42) Find the elasticity of substitution for the following production function:
1
−b −b −b fl /fk d(k/l)
Q = f(l, k) = [ak + (1 + a)l ] by using the formula σ = .
k/l d(fl /fk )
b
a) σ =
b+1
−1
b) σ =
b+1

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 286

 RSG CLASSES
𝟏
c) 𝛔 =
𝐛+𝟏
−b
d) σ =
b+1

43) Find the elasticity of substitution for the production function

x = f(a, b) = (20 − a−2 − b−2)
2
a) σ =
3
𝟏
b) 𝛔 =
𝟑
4
c) σ =
3
−1
d) σ =
3

44) The elasticity of substitution of the production function f(x, y) = cx a y b

is

a) c/ab
b) ab/c
c) a+b
d) 1 [DSE 2008]
45) Find the elasticity of substitution () for the production function Q =
75(0. 3k −0.4 + 0.7L−0.4 )−5

a) σ = 1
2
b) σ =
7

c) σ = −1
d) 𝛔 = 𝟓/𝟕

46) Find the critical point for the function

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 287

 RSG CLASSES

f(x, y) = −2x 2 − 2xy − 2y 2 + 36x + 42y + 158

a) x = 5, y = 3
b) x = 3, y = 5
c) 𝐱 = 𝟓, 𝐲 = 𝟖
d) x = 8, y = 5

47) Find the stationary point for the function f(x, y) = −x 3 + xy + y 2 + x

1 1 2 1
a) (− , − ) & (− , − )
2 4 3 3
1 1 2 1
b) ( , ) & ( , )
2 4 3 3
1 1 2 1
c) (− , ) & (− , )
2 4 3 3
𝟏 𝟏 𝟐 𝟏
d) ( , − ) & (− , )
𝟐 𝟒 𝟑 𝟑

2 −x 2
48) Find the stationary point for the function f(x, y) = (x − 2)ex e(y−2)

3
a) (−1,2)& (− , 2)
2
3
b) (−1,2)& ( , −2)
2
𝟑
c) (𝟏, 𝟐)& ( , 𝟐)
𝟐
3
d) (−2,1 )& (− , 2)
2

49) Examine concavity/convexity of the following function

f(x, y) = 4x + 4y − 5x 2 + 2y 2 + 2xy − 4
a) Strictly concave

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 288

 RSG CLASSES

b) Strictly convex
c) Concave
d) Convex
e) Both of them
f) None of them

50) Examine concavity/convexity of the following function

f(x, y) = x 2 + 3xy + 3y 2 − 6x + 3y − 6

a) Strictly concave
b) Strictly convex
c) Concave
d) Convex
e) Both of them
f) None of them

51) Examine concavity/convexity of the following function

f(x, y) = 2x − y − x 2 + 2xy + y 2

a) Strictly concave
b) Strictly convex
c) Concave
d) Convex
e) Both of them
f) None of them

52) Suppose f: R2 → R is defined by z=xy. At (0,0)this function

a) Attains a maximum

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 289

 RSG CLASSES

b) Attains at minimum
c) Attains a saddle point
d) Is undefined.

53) Examine concavity/convexity of the following function

f(x, y) = x α + y β ; x, y > 0; 0 < α, β < 1

a) Strictly concave
b) Strictly convex
c) Concave
d) Convex
e) Both of them
f) None of them

54) Examine concavity/convexity of the following function

g(x, y) = (x + y)1/2; x, y > 0

a) Strictly concave
b) Strictly convex
c) Concave
d) Convex
e) Both of them
f) None of them

55) Examine concavity/convexity of the following function

f(x, y) = x + y − ex − ex+y

a) Strictly concave
b) Strictly convex

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 290

 RSG CLASSES

c) Concave
d) Convex
e) Both of them
f) None of them

56) Examine concavity/convexity of the following function

3 1
g(x, y) = ex + ex+y − x − y
2 2

a) Strictly concave
b) Strictly convex
c) Concave
d) Convex
e) Both of them
f) None of them

1 1
57) Consider the function C(x, y) = x 2 − 10x + y 3 − 9y + 20,600
100 300
defined for x > 0 and y ≥ 0, then the stationary function for the function
C(x, y), would be

a) (x, y) = (400, 20)

b) (𝐱, 𝐲) = (𝟓𝟎𝟎, 𝟑𝟎)
c) (x, y) = (500, 20)
d) (x, y) = (400, 30)

58) Let f : R2 →R be defined by

f(x) = 3xey − x 3 − e3y

Which of the following statements is true?
a) (x =1,y= 0) is a local maximum off.
b) (x =1,y= 0) is a local minimum off.
c) (x =1,y= 0) is neither a local maximum nor a local minimum of f.

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 291

 RSG CLASSES

d) (x =0,y= 0) is a global maximum off. [ISI 2016]

59) A monopolist produces two commodities, x and y, jointly. The relevant

cost function is C = x 2 + 2xy + 3y 2 .The demand functions are px =
36 − 3x andpx = 50 − 5y. Find the prices and quantities that would
maximize total profits. Also find the amount of this maximum profit

82 119 1140 759

a) x1 = , x2 = , p1 = , p2 = , π = 135.23
31 31 31 31
119 82 1140 759
b) x1 = , x2 = , p1 = , p2 = , π = 135.23
31 31 31 31
82 119 759 1140
c) x1 = ,x = , p1 = , p2 = , π = 135.23
31 2 31 31 31
𝟏𝟏𝟗 𝟖𝟐 𝟕𝟓𝟗 𝟏𝟏𝟒𝟎
d) 𝐱𝟏 = , 𝐱𝟐 = , 𝐩𝟏 = , 𝐩𝟐 = , 𝛑 = 𝟏𝟑𝟓. 𝟐𝟑
𝟑𝟏 𝟑𝟏 𝟑𝟏 𝟑𝟏

60) A manufacturer can produce a commodity at two locations. The selling

price per unit is given by p = 200 − 0.8x, where x = x1 + x2 . The cost
functions at the two locations are C1 = 0.3x12 + 60x1 + 5000 and C2 =
0.5x22 + 30x2 + 8000 respectively. Find x1 and x2 so that profits are
maximize

a) x1 = 28.26, x2 = 46.25
b) x1 = 47.5, x2 = 29.1
c) 𝐱𝟏 = 𝟐𝟗. 𝟏, 𝐱𝟐 = 𝟒𝟕. 𝟓
d) None of the above

61) A multi-product firm produces two commodities X1 and X 2 whose prices

per unit are Rs. 10 and Rs. 15 respectively. Assuming the firm's cost
function as given by
C(x) = 2x12 + x1x2 + 2x22 , where x1,
x2 denote the optimum level of output of X1 & X 2 respectively, then
Obtain the optimum level of output of the two commodities

𝟓 𝟏𝟎
a) 𝐱𝟏 = , 𝐱𝟐 =
𝟑 𝟑

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 292

 RSG CLASSES
2 10
b) x1 = , x2 =
3 3
10 5
c) x1 = , x2 =
3 3
10 2
d) x1 = , x2 =
3 3

62) Find the maxima or minima of the function, z = 5x 2 + 6y 2 − xy subject

to 24 = x + 2y

a) The function has a maxima at (x=6, y=9)

b) The function has a maxima at (x=9, y=6)
c) The function has a minima at (x=6, y=9)
d) The function has a minima at (x=9, y=6)

63) Find the maxima of f (x, y, z) = xyz subject to x + 2y + 2z = 60

a) The function has a maxima at (x=20, y=10, z=10)

b) The function has a maxima at (x=10, y=20, z=10)
c) The function has a maxima at (x=10, y=10, z=20)
d) None of the above

64) Find the smallest distance between the origin and a point on the line
4x − 3y + 25 = 0

a) The function has a minima at (-3, 4)

b) The function has a minima at (-3, -4)
c) The function has a minima at (3, 4)
d) The function has a minima at (-4, 3)

65) A consumer enjoys two commodities x and y according to the utility

function u = √x 2 + y 2 . Find his utility if px = 3 and py = 4 and he has
Rs. 50 to spend on the two commodities

a) utility(u)= 10
b) utility(u)= 20
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 293
 RSG CLASSES

c) utility(u)= 30
d) utility(u)= 40

66) A consumer maximizes his utility function u = x α y β, subject to the

budget constraint 2x + 3y = 12, at x = 3 and y = 2. Find the values of α
and β if the utility function is known to be linearly homogenous

5
a) α = β =
2
𝟏
b) 𝛂 = 𝛃 =
𝟐
3
c) α = β =
2
d) α = β = 1

67) A monopolist has the following demand functions for each of his products
X and Y: x = 72 − 0.5px , y = 120 − py . The combined cost C = x 2 +
xy + y 2 + 35 and-the maximum joint product is 40 units i.e. x + y =
40, find the profit maximizing level of output, prices and the level of
profits as well

a) x1 = 18, x2 = 22, p1 = 98, p2 = 108, π = 2861

b) 𝐱𝟏 = 𝟏𝟖, 𝐱𝟐 = 𝟐𝟐, 𝐩𝟏 = 𝟏𝟎𝟖, 𝐩𝟐 = 𝟗𝟖, 𝛑 = 𝟐𝟖𝟔𝟏
c) x1 = 22, x2 = 18, p1 = 108, p2 = 98, π = 135.23
d) x1 = 22, x2 = 18, p1 = 98, p2 = 108, π = 135.23

68) A producer has the production function X = 10√KL, where X, K and L

denote the quantities of output, capital and labour respectively. If the price
of labour is Rs. 10 per unit and price of capital is Rs. 40 per unit, then
determine the level of k and l and also find the amount of cost

a) K=10, L=40 and cost = 800

b) K=8, L=45 and cost = 850
c) K=10, L=30 and cost = 750
d) K=5, L=50 and cost = 1000

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 294

 RSG CLASSES

69) Consider the function f(x1,x2) = max {6 – x1, 7 – x2}. The solution (x1, x2)
to the optimization problem minimize f(x1, x2) subject to x1 + x2 = 21 is
a) (x1=10.5, x2 =10.5)
b) (x1=11, x2 =10)
c) (x1=10, x2 =11)
d) None of these [ISI 2008]

70) Consider the constrained optioned problem

max (ax + by) subject to (cx + dy) ≤ 100
x≥0,y≥0
d (c+d)
Where a, b, c, d are positive real numbers such that > . The
b (a+b)
unique solution (x*y*) to this constrained optimization problem is
100
a) (x ∗ = , y ∗ = 0),
a
𝟏𝟎𝟎
b) (𝐱 ∗ = , 𝐲 ∗ = 𝟎),
𝐜
100
c) (x ∗ = 0, y ∗ = ),
b
100
d) (x ∗ = 0, y ∗ = ), [𝐈𝐒𝐈 𝟐𝟎𝟏𝟎]
d

71) Suppose (x*y*) solves:

Minimize ax + by
Subject to xα+yα = M
And x,y ≥ 0, where a>b >0, M > 0 and α > 1. Then, the solution is,
α−1
x∗ a
a) ∗α−1
= ,
y b
𝟏
∗ ∗
b) 𝐱 = 𝟎, 𝐲 = 𝐌 𝛂
1
c) y ∗ = 0, x ∗ = M α
d) None of the above [ISI 2012 ]

72) Let f and g be the function on R2 defined respectively by

1 3
f(x, y) = x 3 − y 2 + 2x
3 2
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 295
 RSG CLASSES

And
g(x, y) = x − y
Consider the problems of maximizing and minimizing f on the
constraint set C = {(x, y) ∈ R2 : g(x, y) = 0}
a) f has a maximum at (x = 1, y = 1), and minimum at (x = 2, y = 2)
b) f has a maximum at (x = 1, y = 1), but does not have a minimum
c) fhas a minimum at (x = 2, y = 2), but does not have a maximum
d) f has neither a maximum nor a minimum [ISI 2016]

73) Consider maximizing f(x,y) = x2 – y2 subjected to the constraint

x + y = 1, where x and y are real numbers. This problem has

a) No solution,
b) A unique solution
c) 2 solutions
d) An infinity of solutions. [DSE 2009]

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 296

 RSG CLASSES

Chapter =17
Indefinite integration
x+sinx
1) ∫ dx is equal to
1+cosx

a) x tan(x/2) + C
b) cot(x/2) + C
c) log(1 + cos(x)) + C
d) log(x + sin(x)) + C

1 √1−x2 −1
2) If ∫ dx = alog | | + b, then a is equal to
x√1−x3 √1−x2 +1

a) 1/3
b) 2/3
c) -1/3
d) -2/3

xex
3) ∫ dx is equal to
(1+x)2

𝐞𝐱
a) +𝐂
𝐱+𝟏
x(
b) e x + 1) + C
ex
c) – (x+1)2 + C
ex
d) +C
1+x2

4) ∫ ex.loga . ex dx is equal to

a) (ae)x
(𝐚𝐞)𝐱
b)
𝐥𝐨𝐠(𝐚𝐞)
ex
c)
1+loga
d) None of the above

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 297

 RSG CLASSES

5) ∫ cos 3x elog(sinx)dx is equal to

sin4 x
a) – +C
4
𝐜𝐨𝐬𝟒 𝐱
b) − +𝐂
𝟒
esinx
c) +C
4
d) None of the above

1
6) ∫ dx is equal to
{(x−1)3 (x+2)5 }1/4

𝟒 𝐱−𝟏 𝟏/𝟒
a) ( ) +𝐂
𝟑 𝐱+𝟐
4 x+2 1/4
b) ( ) +C
3 x−1
1 x−1 1/4
c) ( ) +C
3 x+2
1 x+2 1/4
d) ( ) +C
3 x−1

sinx−cosx
7) ∫ esinx cosx dx is equal to
√1−sin2x

a) 𝐞𝐬𝐢𝐧𝐱 + 𝐂
b) esinx−cosx + C
c) esinx+cosx + C
d) ecosx−sinx + C

8) ∫ e3logx (x 4 + 1)−1 dx is equal to

a) log(x 4 + 1) + C
1
b) log(x 4 + 1) + C
4
c) – log(x 4 + 1)
d) None of the above

5x x
9) ∫ 55 . 55 . 5x dx is equal to

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 298

 RSG CLASSES

x
55
a) +C
(log5)3
5x
b) 55 . (log5)3 + C
𝟓𝐱
𝟓𝟓
c) +𝐂
(𝐥𝐨𝐠𝟓)𝟑
d) None of the above

10) ∫{f(x)g ′′ (x) − f ′′ (x)g(x)} dx is equal to

f(x)
a)
g′ (x)
b) f x g(x) − f(x)g ′ (x)
′( )

c) 𝐟(𝐱)𝐠 ′ (𝐱) − 𝐟 ′ (𝐱)𝐠(𝐱)

d) f(x)g ′ (x) + f ′ (x)g(x)

cos2x
11) ∫ dx is equal to
(sinx+cosx)2

−1
a) +C
sinx+cosx
b) 𝐥𝐨𝐠(𝐬𝐢𝐧𝐱 + 𝐜𝐨𝐬𝐱) + 𝐂
c) log(sinx − cosx) + C
d) log(sinx + cosx)2 + C

4ex +6e−x
12) If ∫ dx = ax + b log(9e2x − 4) + c, then
9ex −4e−x

a) a = -3/2, b = 35/36, c = 0
b) a = 35/36, b = -3/2, c ∈ R
c) a = -3/2, b = 35/36, c ∈ 𝐑
d) none of the above

(x−x3 )1/3
13) The value of ∫ dx is
x4
4
3 1 3
a) ( 2 − 1) + C
8 x
𝟒
𝟑 𝟏 𝟑
b) − ( 𝟐 − 𝟏) + 𝐂
𝟖 𝐱

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 299

 RSG CLASSES
1 1 4/3
c) (1 − ) +C
8 x2
d) None of the above

(x4 −x)1/4
14) ∫ dx is equal to
x5

𝟓
𝟒 𝟏 𝟒
a) (𝟏 − ) +𝐂
𝟏𝟓 𝐱𝟑
5
4 1 4
b) − (1 − 3 ) + C
15 x
5
4 1 4
c) (1 + 3 ) + C
15 x
d) None of the above
15) ∫ f ′ (ax + b)[f(ax + b)]n dx is equal to

1
a) {f(ax + b)}n+1 + C, for all n except than n = −1
n+1
1
b) {f(ax + b)}n+1 + C, for all n
n+1
𝟏
c) {𝐟(𝐚𝐱 + 𝐛)}𝐧+𝟏 + 𝐂, 𝐟𝐨𝐫 𝐚𝐥𝐥 𝐧 𝐞𝐱𝐜𝐞𝐩𝐭 𝐭𝐡𝐚𝐧 𝐧 = −𝟏
𝐚(𝐧+𝟏)
1
d) {f(ax + b)}n+1 + C, for all n
n+1

1
16) ∫ dx is equal to
√sin3 xcosx

−𝟐
a) +𝐂
√𝐭𝐚𝐧𝐱
b) 2√tanx + C
2
c) +C
√tanx
d) −2√tanx + C

2
17) ∫ x −3 (1 + x −1/2)−5/3 dx is equal to

1
1 −
− 3
a) 3(1 + x ) 2 +C
𝟐
𝟏 −𝟑
−𝟐
b) 3(𝟏 + 𝐱 ) +𝐂

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 300

 RSG CLASSES
2
1 −
3
c) (1 + x ) 2 +C
d) None of the above

x3 −1
18) ∫ dx is equal to
x3 +x

a) x − logx + log(x 2 + 1) − tan−1x + C

𝟏
b) 𝐱 − 𝐥𝐨𝐠𝐱 + 𝐥𝐨𝐠(𝐱𝟐 + 𝟏) − 𝐭𝐚𝐧−𝟏 𝐱 + 𝐂
𝟐
1
c) x + logx + log(x 2 + 1) + tan−1x + C
2
d) None of the above

cos x+xsinx
19) ∫ dx is equal to
x(x+cosx)

a) log x(x + cosx) + C

𝐱
b) 𝐥𝐨𝐠 ( )+𝐂
𝐱+𝐜𝐨𝐬𝐱
x+cosx
c) log ( )
x
d) None of the above

cos 2x
20) ∫ dx is equal to
cosx

a) 𝟐𝐬𝐢𝐧𝐱 + 𝐥𝐨𝐠(𝐬𝐞𝐜𝐱 − 𝐭𝐚𝐧𝐱) + 𝐂

b) 2sinx − log(secx − tanx) + C
c) 2sinx + log(secx + tanx) + C
d) None of the above

1
21) ∫ dx is equal to
x(xn +1)

𝟏 𝐱𝐧
a) 𝐥𝐨𝐠 ( )+𝐂
𝐧 𝐱 𝐧 +𝟏
1 xn +1
b) log ( )+C
n xn
xn
c) log ( )+C
xn +1
d) None of the above

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 301

 RSG CLASSES

a√x
22) ∫ dx is equal to
√x

a√x
a) +C
loga
𝟐𝐚√𝐱
b) +𝐂
𝐥𝐨𝐠𝐚

c) 2a√x loga + C
d) None of the above

log(x+1)−logx
23) The value of the integral ∫ dx is equal to
x(x+1)

𝟏 𝟏
a) [𝐥𝐨𝐠(𝐱 + 𝟏)]𝟐 + (𝐥𝐨𝐠𝐱)𝟐 + 𝐥𝐨𝐠(𝐱 + 𝟏) 𝐥𝐨𝐠(𝐱) + 𝐂
𝟐 𝟐
b) −[log(x + 1)]2 − (logx)2 ] + log(x + 1) log(x) + C
1 1 2
c) [log (1 + )] + C
2 x
d) None of the above

1
24) ∫ dx is equal to
x1/2 (1+x2 )5/4

−2√x
a) 4 +C
√1+x2
𝟐√𝐱
b) 𝟒 +𝐂
√𝟏+𝐱𝟐
−√x
c) 4 +C
√1+x2
√x
d) 4 +C
√1+x2

x2
25) ∫ dx is equal to
(a+bx2 )5/2

−1 x2 3/2
a) ( ) +C
3a a+bx2
𝟑/𝟐
𝟏 𝐱𝟐
b) ( ) +𝐂
𝟑𝐚 𝐚+𝐛𝐱 𝟐
2
1 x2 3
c) ( ) +C
2a a+bx2
d) None of the above
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 302
 RSG CLASSES
π
26) The primitive of the function f(x) = x |cosx|, when < 𝑥 < 𝜋 is given
2
by
a) cos x + sin x
b) –cos x – sinx
c) x sinx – cosx
d) none of the above

e2x −2ex
27) ∫ dx is equal to
e2x +1

a) log(e2x + 1) − tan−1(ex ) + C
1
b) log(e2x + 1) − tan−1(ex ) + C
2
c) 𝐥𝐨𝐠(𝐞𝟐𝐱 + 𝟏) − 𝟐𝐭𝐚𝐧−𝟏 (𝐞𝐱 ) + 𝐂
d) None of the above

f′ (x)
28) ∫ dx is equal to
f(x)log |f(x)|

f(x)
a) +C
log|f(x)|
b) f(x) log f(x) + C
c) 𝐥𝐨𝐠 |𝐥𝐨𝐠 𝐟(𝐱))| + 𝐂
1
d) +C
log |logf(x)|

ex
29) ∫ (2+ex )(ex dx is equal to
+1)

ex +1
a) log ( )+C
ex +2
𝐞𝐱 +𝟐
b) 𝐥𝐨𝐠 ( )+𝐂
𝐞𝐱 +𝟏
ex +1
c) +C
ex +2
ex +2
d) +C
ex +1

1+x+√x+x2
30) ∫ dx is equal to
√x+√1+x

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 303

 RSG CLASSES
1
a) √1 + x + C
2
𝟑
𝟐
b) (𝟏 + 𝐱)𝟐 + 𝐂
𝟑
c) √1 + x + C
3
d) 2(1 + x)2 + C

2x−3
31) The integral ∫ (x2 dx is equal to
+x+1)2

𝟖𝐱+𝟕 𝟏𝟔 𝟐𝐱+𝟏
a) − − 𝐭𝐚𝐧−𝟏 ( )+𝐂
𝐱 𝟐 +𝐱+𝟏 𝟑√𝟑 𝟑
1 4
b) − − tan−1(4x + 3) + C
x2 +x+1 3
1 (2x+1)2
c) − (x2 +C
2(x2 +x+1) +x+1)2
1 2
d) + tan−1(2x + 1) + C
4(x2 +x+1) 3

32) If ∫ x. log(1 + 1/x)dx = f(x). log(x + 1) + g(x). x 2 + Ax + C, then

1
a) f(x)= x 2
2
b) g(x) = log(x)
c) A = 1
d) None of the above

xex
33) If ∫ dx = f(x)√1 + ex − 2 log g(x) + C, then
√1+ex

a) f(x) = x – 1
√1+ex −1
b) g(x) =
√1+ex +1
√1+ex +1
c) g(x) =
√1+ex −1
d) f(x) = 2(x+2)

34) If ∫ log(√1 − x + √1 + x)dx = xf(x) + Ax + Bsin−1 x + C, then

a) f(x) = log(√𝟏 − 𝐱 + √𝟏 + 𝐱)
b) A = 1/3

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 304

 RSG CLASSES

c) B = 2/3
d) B = -1/2

x5
35) If ∫ dx is equal to
√1+x3

2 2
a) (1 + x 3 )5/2 + (1 + x 3 )3/2 + C
9 3
𝟑 𝟏
𝟐 𝟐
b) (𝟏 + 𝐱𝟑 ) − (𝟏 + 𝐱𝟑 )𝟐 + 𝐂
𝟐
𝟗 𝟑
c) log|√x + √1 + x 3 | + C
d) x 2 log(1 + x 3 ) + C

2x2 +3 x+1 x
36) ∫ (x2 dx = alog ( ) + b tan−1 ( ), then (a, b)
−1)(x2 +4) x−1 2

a) (-1/2, 1/2)
b) (1/2, 1/2)
c) (-1, 1)
d) (1, -1)

1+nxn−1 −x2n
37) The value of ∫ ex dx, is
(1−xn )√1−x2n

ex √(1−xn )
a) (1−xn )
+C
√1+x2n
b) ex +C
1−x2n
ex √1−x2n
c) (1−x2n )
+C
√𝟏−𝐱 𝟐𝐧
d) 𝐞𝐱 +𝐂
𝟏−𝐱 𝐧

x3
38) ∫ dx is equal to
(1+x2 )1/3

1
20
a) (1 + x 2 )3 (2x 2 − 3) + C
3
𝟐
𝟑
b) (𝟏 + 𝐱𝟐 )𝟑 (𝟐𝐱𝟐 − 𝟑) + 𝐂
𝟐𝟎
1
3
c) (1 + x 2 )3 (2x 2 + 3) + C
20

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 305

 RSG CLASSES

d) None of the above

x4 −1
39) ∫ dx is equal to
x2 √x4 +x2 +1

x
a) +C
√x4 +x2 +1
√𝐱 𝟒 +𝐱 𝟐 +𝟏
b) +𝐂
𝐱
2x
c) +C
√x4 +x2 +1
√x4 +x2 +1
d) +C
2x

x−1
40) ∫ dx is equal to
(x+1)√x3 +x2 +x

x2 +x+1
a) tan−1 √ +C
x

𝐱 𝟐 +𝐱+𝟏
b) 𝟐𝐭𝐚𝐧−𝟏 √ +𝐂
𝐱

x2 +x+1
c) 3tan−1√ +C
x
d) None of the above

1+x2
41) ∫ dx is equal to
x√1+x4

1 1 2
a) – log |x − + √(x − ) − 2| + C
x x

𝟏 𝟏 𝟐
b) 𝐥𝐨𝐠 |𝐱 − + √(𝐱 − ) + 𝟐| + 𝐂
𝐱 𝐱

1 1
c) log |x − + √(x − ) − 2| + C
x x

d) None of the above

x4 +1
42) ∫ dx is equal to
(1−x4 )3/2

𝐱
a) +𝐂
√𝟏−𝐱𝟒

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 306

 RSG CLASSES
−x
b) +C
√1−x4
2x
c) +C
√1−x4
−2x
d) +C
√1−x4

1 A B x
43) If ∫ dx = + + log | | + C, then
x3 +x4 x2 x x+1

a) A = ½, B = 1
b) A = 1, B = -1/2
c) A = -1/2, B = 1
d) None of the above

1
44) Let f(x) = ∫ dx and f(0) = 0, then f(1) =
(1+x2 )3/2

1
a) −
√2
𝟏
b)
√𝟐
c) √2
d) None of the above

7 3
45) ∫ √x √1 + √x 4 dx is equal to
3

𝟖
𝟐𝟏 𝟑
a) {𝟏 + √𝐱𝟒 }𝟕 +𝐂
𝟑𝟐
8
32 3
b) {1 + √x 4 }7
21
8
7 3
c) {1 + √x 4 } + C 7
32
d) None of the above

1
46) ∫ 2 2 3/2 dx is equal to
(a +x )

𝐱
a) +𝐂
𝐚𝟐 √𝐚𝟐 +𝐱 𝟐
x
b) 3 +C
(a2 +x2 )2

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 307

 RSG CLASSES
1
c) +C
a2 √a2 +x2
d) None of the above

1
47) ∫ dx is equal to
x(x4 −1)

1 x4
a) log | |+C
4 x4 −1
𝟏 𝐱 𝟒 −𝟏
b) 𝐥𝐨𝐠 | |+𝐂
𝟒 𝐱𝟒
4
x −1
c) log | |+C
x4
x4
d) log | |+C
x4 −1

1
48) ∫ dx is equal to
(x+1)2 √x2 +2x+2

√x2 +2x+2
a) +C
x+1
√x2 +2x+2
b) (x+1)2
+ C
−√𝐱 𝟐 +𝟐𝐱+𝟐
c) +𝐂
𝐱+𝟏
d) None of the above

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 308

 RSG CLASSES

CHAPTER-18
Definite integral
2
1) If I = ∫−2|1 − x 4 | dx, then I equals

a) 6
b) 8
c) 12
d) 21

4√3
−1 x+2
2) ∫1 5 dx is equal to
√x2 +2x−3

2√3 1
a) − log3
3 2
𝟐√𝟑 𝟏
b) + 𝐥𝐨𝐠𝟑
𝟑 𝟐
2√3 1
c) − log(√3 + 2)
3 2
2√3 1
d) − log(√3 + 2)
3 2

2
3) ∫1/2 | log10 x | dx equals to

8
a) log10 ( )
e
𝟏 𝟖
b) 𝐥𝐨𝐠 𝟏𝟎 ( )
𝟐 𝐞
2
c) log10 ( )
e
d) None of the above

1
4) The value of ∫−1(x+∣ x ∣)dx is

a) 0

b) -1

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 309

 RSG CLASSES

c) 1

d) None of these [ISI 2005]

f′′ (x) 2
5) Suppose = 1for all x. Also f(0)=e2 and f(1) = e3 . then ∫−2 f(x)dx
f′ (x)
equals
a) 2e2 ,
b) e2 − e−2,
c) 𝐞𝟒 − 𝟏,
d) None of the above.

π
2 a−sinθ
6) The value of the integral ∫ log ( π ) dθ, a > 0, is
–2 a+sinθ

a) 0
b) 1
c) 2
d) None of the above

7
√2 1
7) The value of ∫1 dx, is
x(2x7 +1)

a) log(6/5)
b) 6 log(6/5)
c) (1/7) log(6/5)
d) (1/12) log(6/5)

1
8) The value of ∫−3(|x − 2| + ⌊x⌋)dx is ⌊x⌋ stands for greatest integer less
than or equal to x

a) 7
b) 5
c) 4
d) 3

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 310

 RSG CLASSES
∞
9) Let In=∫0 x n e−x dx, where n is some positive integer. Then In equal
a) n! – nIn -1;
b) n! +nIn -1;
c) nIn -1
d) none of these [ISI 2006]

∞ 2 /2
10) ∫1.96 e−x dx is approximately

a) 0.025
b) √2π
c) 0.025 / √π
d) 0.025 / √𝟐𝛑 [DSE 2009]

1000 x−[x]
11) The value of ∫0 e dx, is

e1000 −1
a)
1000
e1000 −1
b)
e−1
c) 1000(e – 1)
e−1
d)
1000

12) The difference b/w the greatest and the least values of the function
x
f(x) = ∫0 (t + 1)dt on[2, 3], is

a) 3
b) 2
c) 7/2
d) 11/2

π/2 cos 3x+1

13) The value of ∫0 dx, is
2 cos x−1

a) 2
b) 1
c) ½

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 311

 RSG CLASSES

d) 0

∞ x logx
14) The value of the integral ∫0 dx, is equal to
(1+x2 )2

a) 1
b) 0
c) 2
d) None of the above

π 1+cos 2x
15) The value of the integral ∫0 √ dx is
2

a) -2
b) 2
c) 0
d) -3

1 2+x
16) If I = ∫−1 {[x 2 ] + log( )} dx where [x] is denotes the greatest integer
2−x
less than or equal to x, the I equals

a) -2
b) -1
c) 0
d) 1

4 4 −1
17) If ∫−1 f(x)dx = 4 and ∫2 (3 − f(x))dx = 7, then the value of ∫2 f(x)dx,
is

a) 2
b) -3
c) -5
d) None of the above

b |x|
18) The value of the integral ∫a dx, a < 𝑏 is
x

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 312

 RSG CLASSES

a) |a| - |b|
b) |b| - |a|
c) |a| - b
d) |b| - a

1
19) The value of the integral ∫0 x(1 − x)n dx, is

1 1
a) +
n+1 n+2
𝟏
b) (𝐧+𝟏)(𝐧+𝟐)
1 1
c) −
n+2 n+1
1 1
d) 2( − )
n+1 n+2

π
20) The value of the integral ∫02 |sinx − cosx| dx, is

a) 0
b) 𝟐(√𝟐 − 𝟏)
c) 2√2
d) 2(√2 + 1)

1 2
21) The value of ∫0 (1 + e−x )dx, is

a) -1
b) 2
c) 1+e−1
d) None of the above

x 1−x
22) The function f(x) = ∫0 log( ) dx, is
1+x

a) An even function
b) An odd function
c) A periodic function
d) None of the above
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 313
 RSG CLASSES

x3
23) If f(x) = ∫x2 log t dt (x > 0), then f ′ (x) is

a) (𝟗𝐱𝟐 − 𝟒𝐱)𝐥𝐨𝐠𝐱
b) (4x − 9x 2 )logx
c) (9x 2 + 4x)logx
d) None of the above

1
24) If I = ∫0 √1 + x 3 dx, then

a) I > 2
√5
b) I ≠
2
√𝟕
c) 𝐈 >
𝟐
d) None of the above

2
25) The value of ∫0 [x]n f′(x)dx,where [x] stands for the integral part of
x, n is positive integer and f ‘ is the derivative of the function f, is
a) (n + 2n )(x(2) − f(0)),
b) (1 + 2n )(f(2) − f(1)),
c) 2n f(2) − (2n + 1)(f(1) − f(0)),
d) None of these [ISI 2008]

e |log x|
26) The value of ∫1 dx, is
e x2

a) 2
b) 2/e
𝟏
c) 𝟐 (𝟏 − )
𝐞
d) 0
π
27) 2 ∫0 ex cos(x)dx
2

π
a) e2
𝛑
b) 𝐞𝟐 − 𝟏
c) 0

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 314

 RSG CLASSES
π
d) e2 + 1

1 1
28) If 0 < a < 1, then ∫−1 dx, is
√1−2ax+a2

a) 1/a
b) 2/a
c) 3/a
d) None of the above

29) If a is a fixed real number such that f(a – x) + f(a + x) = 0, then

2a
∫0 f(x)dx =

a) a/2
b) 0
c) –a/2
d) 2a

π
4+3sinx
30) The value of ∫0 log(
2 ) dx, is
4+3cosx

a) 2
b) ¾
c) 0
d) 1

b b
31) If f(x) = f(a + b – x) for all x ∈ [a, b] and ∫a xf(x)dx = k ∫a f(x)dx,
then the value of k is

𝐚+𝐛
a)
𝟐
a−b
b)
2
a2 + b2
c)
2
a2 − b2
d)
2

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 315

 RSG CLASSES
2
32) To find the numerical value of ∫−2(px 3 + qx + s)dx it is necessary to
value the values of the constants,

a) p
b) q
c) s
d) p and s

π
f(x)
33) The value of the integral ∫0 2
π dx
f(x)+f( −x)
2

𝛑
a)
𝟒
π
b)
2
c) π
d) 0

π 2
34) For any integer n, the integral ∫0 ecos x cos 3 (2n + 1)x dx has the
value

a) π
b) 0
c) 1
d) None of the above

2a f(x)
35) The value of the integral ∫0 dx is equal to
f(x)+f(2a−x)

a) 0
b) 2a
c) a
d) none of the above

∞ log(1+x2 ) 1 log(1+x)
36) If ∫0 dx = k ∫0 dx, then k is
1+x2 1+x2

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 316

 RSG CLASSES

a) 4
b) 8
c) π
d) 2π

x 1 π
37) If ∫log2 dx = , then x is equal to
√ex −1 6

a) e2
1
b)
e
c) log(4)
d) none of the above

4 √x2 −4
38) The value of the integral ∫2 dx, is
x4

3
a) √
32
√𝟑
b)
𝟑𝟐
32
c)
√3
√3
d) −
32

1 (x−x3 )1/3
39) The value of the integral ∫1/3 dx, is
x4

a) 6
b) 0
c) 3
d) 4

100π
40) The value of the integral ∫0 √1 − cos2x dx, is

a) 100√2
b) 200√𝟐
c) 0
d) 400√2
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 317
 RSG CLASSES

41) Let a be a positive integer greater than 2. The number of values of x

x
for which ∫a (x + y)dy = 0 holds is
a) 1
b) 2
c) a
d) a + 1

d b
42) If f(x) = g(x)for a ≤ x ≤ b, then, ∫a f(x)g(x)dx equals
dx

a) f(b) – f(a)
b) g(b) – g(a)
[𝐟(𝐛)]𝟐 −[𝐟(𝐚)]𝟐
c)
𝟐
[g(b)]2 −[g(a)]2
d)
2

3
43) The value of the integral ∫1 √3 + x 3 dx lies in the interval

a) (1, 3)
b) (2, 30)
c) (4, 𝟐√𝟑𝟎)
d) None of the above

1 1
44) The value of ∫0 dx, is
(1+x2 )3/2

a) ½
b) 1/√𝟐
c) 1
d) √2

45) The value of ∫ sin{log(x + √x 2 + 1 dx, ) is

2
π
−2

a) 1

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 318

 RSG CLASSES

b) -1
c) 0
d) None of the above

2π
46) The value of ∫0 cos 99 x dx, is
a) 1
b) -1
c) 99
d) 0

47) If f(x) is an integral function over every function on the real line such
a+t
that f(t + x) = f(x) for every x and real t, then ∫a f(x)dx is equal to

a
a) ∫0 f(x)dx
𝐭
b) ∫𝟎 𝐟(𝐱)𝐝𝐱
t
c) ∫a f(x)dx
d) None of the above

4
48) The value of the integral ∫−2 x[x]dx, is

a) 41/2
b) 20
c) 21/2
d) None of the above

1 x
49) If f(x) =
x2
∫4 [4t 2 − 2f ′ (t)] dt, then f ′ (4)equals

a) 32
b) 32/3
c) 32/9
d) None of the above

n+1 4
50) If for every integer n, ∫n f(x)dx = n2 , then the value of ∫−2 f(x)dx, is

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 319

 RSG CLASSES

a) 16
b) 14
c) 19
d) None of the above

1
51) The value of ∫−1 x|x|dx, is

a) 2
b) 1
c) 0
d) None of the above

3
52) The value of ∫0 |x 3 + x 2 + 3x|dx is equal to

a) 171/2
b) 171/4
c) 170/4
d) 170/3

3 dx
53) The value of the integral ∫0 , is
√x+1+√5x+1

a) 11/15
b) 14/15
c) 2/5
d) None of the above

1 x3 +|x|+1
54) ∫−1 dx, is equal to
x2 +2|x|+1

a) ln 3
b) 2 ln 3
1
c) ln3
2
d) None of the above

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 320

 RSG CLASSES
β
55) The value of ∫α x|x|dx , where α < 0 < β, is

1
a) (α2 + β2 )
2
1
b) (β2 − α2 )
3
𝟏
c) (𝛂𝟑 + 𝛃𝟑 )
𝟑
d) None of the above
1
56) The value of the function f(x) = x + ∫0 (xy 2 + x 2 y) f(y)dy is px +
qx 2 , where
a) p = 80, q = 180
b) p = 40, q = 140
c) p = 50, q = 150
d) none of these

2 2
57) ∫0 (x − log 2 a)dx = 2 log 2 ( ), if
a

a) a=2
b) a> 2
c) a=4
d) a=8

a
58) If ∫1 (a − 4x)dx ≥ 6 − 5a, a > 1, then a equals

a) 1
b) 2
c) 3
d) 4

x 1 3
59) The solution of the equation ∫log2 dx = log is given by x =
ex −1 2

a) e2
b) 1/e
c) log 4
d) none of the above

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 321

 RSG CLASSES
b xn
60) If ∫a dx = 6, then
xn +(16−x)n

a) a = 4, b = 12, n ∈ R
b) a = 2, b = 14, 𝐧 ∈ 𝐑
c) a = -4, b = 20, n ∈ R
d) a = 2, b = 8, n ∈ R

π sin 2m x
61) Let m be any integer. Then, the integral ∫0 dx equals
sinx

a) 0
b) π
c) 1
d) None of the above

62) For any real number x, define [x] as the higher value not greater
than x. For example, [0,5]=0, [1] = 1 and [1.5] = 1. Let I=
3⁄
∫0 2{[x] + [x 2 ]}dx. Then I equals
a) 1;
𝟓−𝟐√𝟐
b) ;
𝟐
c) 2√2; [ISI 2007]
d) None of these.

π
2 cosx
63) The value of the integral ∫ −π dx =
1+ex
2

a) 1
b) 0
c) -1
d) None of the above

1 x
64) The value of the integral ∫0 dx is
(1−x)3/4

a) 12/5
b) 16/5
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 322
 RSG CLASSES

c) -16/5
d) None of the above

65) If (-1, 2) and (2, 4) are two points on the curve y = f(x) and if g(x) is
the gradient of the curve at point (x, y), then the value of the integral
2
∫−1 g(x)dx, is

a) 2
b) -2
c) 0
d) 1

1 1
66) The smallest interval [a, b] such that ∫0 dx ∈ [a, b] is
√1+x4

𝟏
a) [ , 𝟏]
√𝟐
b) [0, 1]
1
c) [ , 1]
2
3
d) [ , 1]
4

1
67) The value of ∫−1 max[2 − x, 2, 1 + x] dx is

a) 4
b) 9/2
c) 2
d) None of the above

68) Let f(x) is a differentiable function such that f(1) = 2. If

f(x) 2t
lim ∫2 dt = 4, then the value of f ’(1) is
x→1 x−1

a) 1
b) 2
c) 4

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 323

 RSG CLASSES

d) None of the above

√2
69) The value of the integral ∫0 [x 2 ] dx, is

a) 2 - √2
b) 2 + √2
c) √𝟐 − 𝟏
d) √2 − 2

π/2 n
70) If In = ∫0 x sin x dx , then I4 + 12I2 is equal to

a) 4π
π 3
b) 3( )
2
𝛑 𝟐
c) ( )
𝟐
d) π

2
71) The value of the integral ∫0 x[x] dx, is

a) 7/2
b) 3/2
c) 5/2
d) None of the above

1
72) The value of the integral ∑nk=1 ∫0 f(k − 1 + x)dx , is

1
a) ∫0 f(x)dx
2
b) ∫0 f(x)dx
𝐧
c) ∫𝟎 𝐟(𝐱)𝐝𝐱
1
d) n ∫0 f(x)dx

2 |x|
73) The value of the integral ∫−1 dx, is
x

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 324

 RSG CLASSES

a) 0
b) 1
c) 3
d) None of the above

1 x3
74) The value of the integral ∫0 dx, is
1+x8

π
a)
4
π
b)
8
𝛑
c)
𝟏𝟔
d) None of the above

1 πx
75) The value of the integral ∫0 log sin( ) dx, is
2

a) log 2
b) –log 2
π
c) log2
2
π
d) – log2
2

π
76) The value of the integral ∫0 x log sin x dx, is

π
a) log2
2
π2
b) log2
2
𝛑𝟐
c) − 𝐥𝐨𝐠𝟐
𝟐
d) None of the above

x, for x < 1 2
77) If f(x) = { , then ∫0 x 2 f(x)dx is equal to
x − 1, for x ≥ 1

a) 1

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 325

 RSG CLASSES

b) 4/3
c) 5/3
d) 5/2

2a a
78) If ∫0 f(x)dx = 2 ∫0 f(x)dx, then

a) f(2a – x) = -f(x)
b) f(2a – x) = f(x)
c) f(x) is an odd function
d) f(x) is an even function

36 1
79) If ∫0 dx = logk, then k is equal to
2x+9

a) 3
b) 9/2
c) 9
d) 81

∞ 1
80) The value of the integral ∫0 dx, is
1+x4

π
a)
2
𝛑
b)
𝟐√𝟐
π
c)
√2
d) None of the above

π 1
81) The value of the integral ∫0 dx, is
5+3cos x

a) π
b) 2 π/3
c) 2
d) 𝛑/𝟒
1 x
82) The value of the integral ∫0 ∫0 x 2 exy dxdy is

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 326

 RSG CLASSES

a) e,
e
b) ,
2
1
c) (e − 1),
2
𝟏
d) (𝐞 − 𝟐).
𝟐
1 x
83) The value of the integral ∫0 ∫0 x 2 exy dxdy is
e) e,
e
f) ,
2
1
g) (e − 1),
2
𝟏
h) (𝐞 − 𝟐).
𝟐

x
84) If Im = ∫1 (log x)m dx satisfies the relation Im = k − l. Im−1, then

a) k = e
b) 𝐥 = 𝐦
1
c) k =
e
d) None of the above

e
85) The value of the integral ∫1 (log x)3 dx is

a) 6 + 2e
b) 𝟔 − 𝟐𝐞
c) 2e − 6
d) None of the above

86) If f(x) satisfies the requirements of Rolle’s theorem in [1, 2] and f ’(x)
2
is continuous in [1, 2], then ∫1 f′(x)dx is equal to

a) 0
b) 1
c) 3
d) -1
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 327
 RSG CLASSES

1 |x+2|
87) The value of the integral ∫−1 dx is equal to
x+2

a) 1
b) 2
c) 0
d) -1

2
1 ex 1 xex
88) Let I = ∫0 x+1 dx, then the value of the integral ∫0 x2 +1 dx, is

a) I 2
𝟏
b) 𝐈
𝟐
c) 2I
1
d) I 2
2

a a 2a
89) If ∫0 f(x)dx d = α and ∫0 f(2a − x)dx = β , then ∫0 f(x)dx =

a) α+β
b) 𝛂−𝛃
c) 2α + β
d) α + 2β

1
90) ∫0 x n sin(x)dx

a) Does not exist

b) If necessarily greater than 1
c) Is greater than 1/(n + 1)
d) Is less than 1/(n + 1)

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 328

 RSG CLASSES

CHAPTER-19
AREA BOUNDED

1. The area of the figure bounded by the curves y = | x – 1 | and

y = 3 - | x | is
a) 2
b) 3
c) 4
d) 1

2. The area of the figure bounded by the curve y2= 2x + 1 and x – y –

1 = 0 is
a) 2/3
b) 4/3
c) 8/3
d) 16/3

3. The area bounded by the curve y = 2x– x2 and the straight line y =
- x is given by
a) 9/2
b) 43/6
c) 35/6
d) 11/2

4. The area of the region bounded by y= | x – 1| and y = 1 is

a) 1
b) 2
c) 1/2
d) 3/2

5. The area bounded by the curve y = x | x|, x – axis and the ordinates
x = 1 and x=-1 is given by
a) 0
b) 1/3
c) 2/3
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 329
 RSG CLASSES

d) 1

6. Area of the region bounded by the curves y = 2x , y = 2x – x2, x = 0

and x = 2 is given by
3 4
a) −
log2 3
3 4
b) +
log2 3
4
c) 3 log 2 −
3
𝟒
d) 𝟑𝐥𝐨𝐠 𝟐 −
𝟑

7. Area lying in the first quadrant and bounded by the circle x 2 + y2 =

4, the line x = √3y and x – axis is
a) π
b) π/2
c) π/3
d) π/4

x2 y2
8. AOB is the positive quadrant of the ellipse 2
+ = 1 in which OA
a b2
= a, OB = b. the area between the arc AB and cord AB of the ellipse
is
1
a) ab(π + 2)
2
1
b) ab(π − 4)
4
𝟏
c) 𝐚𝐛(𝛑 − 𝟐)
𝟒
d) None of the above

9. The area of the region lying between the line x – y + 2 = 0 and the
curve x = √y is
a) 9
b) 9/2
c) 10/3
d) 5/2

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 330

 RSG CLASSES

10. Ratio of the area cut off a parabola by any double ordinate is
that of the corresponding rectangle contained by that double
ordinate and its distance from the vertex is
a) 1/2
b) 1/3
c) 2/3
d) 1

11. Area between the curves y = 4 + 3x – x2 and x – axis in

square units is
a) 125/3
b) 125/4
c) 125/6
d) 25

12. The area of the loop between the curve y = a sin x and x –
axis is
a) a
b) 2a
c) 3a
d) 4a

13. Area of the region bounded by the curve y2 = 4x, y – axis and
the line y = 3 is
a) 2 sq. units
b) 9/4 sq. units
c) 6√3 sq. units
d) None of these

14. Let A1 be the area of the parabola y2 = 4ax lying between

vertex and latus rectum and A2 be the area between latus rectum
and double ordinate x = 2a. Then A1/A2 =
a) 2√2 − 1
b) (𝟐√𝟐 + 𝟏)/𝟕
c) (2√2 − 1)/7
d) None of these

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 331

 RSG CLASSES

15. The area bounded by the curves y = xex, y = xe-x and the line
x=1, is
𝟐
a)
𝐞
2
b) 1 −
e
1
c)
e
1
d) 1 −
e

16. The value of k for which the area of figure bounded by the
curve y = 8x2 – x5, the straight line x =1 and x = k and x – axis is
equal to 16/3
a) 2
𝟑
b) √𝟖 − √𝟏𝟕
c) 3
d) – 1
17. The area of the figure into which curve y2 = 6x divides the
circle x2 + y2 = 16 are in the ratio
2
a)
3
4π−√3
b)
8π+√3
𝟒𝛑+√𝟑
c)
𝟖𝛑−√𝟑
d) None of these

18. The area of the figure bounded by the curves y = e x, y = e-x

and the straight line x = 1 is
𝟏
a) 𝐞 +
𝐞
1
b) e −
e
1
c) e + − 2
e
d) None of these

19. If area bounded by the curve y2= 4ax and y = mx is a2/3,

then the value of m is

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 332

 RSG CLASSES

a) 2
b) -2
c) 1/2
d) 1

20. The area bounded by the curve y = x3, the x – axis and the
ordinates x = -2 and x = 1 is
a) 17/2
b) 15/2
c) 15/4
d) 17/4

21. The area bounded by the y = x2, y = [x + 1], x ≤ 1 and the y –

axis is
a) 1/3
b) 2/3
c) 1
d) 7/3

8
22. The area bounded by the x – axis, part of the curve y = 1 +
x2
and the ordinates x = 2 and x = 4, is divided into two equal parts
by the ordinate x = a, then the value of ‘a’ is
a) 2√2
b) ±𝟐√𝟐
c) ±√2
d) ±2

23. If the area bounded by the curve y = f(x), the coordinate

axes, and the line x = x1 is given by x1ex1 . Then, f (x) equals
a) ex
b) x ex
c) x ex – ex
d) x ex + ex

24. The area enclosed within the curve | x | + | y | = 1, is

a) 1

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 333

 RSG CLASSES

b) 1.5
c) 2
d) 3

25. The area of the triangle formed by the positive x – axis and
the normal and tangent to the circle x2 + y2 = 4 at ( 1,√3 ), is
a) √3
b) 1√3
c) 𝟐√𝟑
d) 3√3

26. The area of the region for which 0 <y< 3 – 2 x – x2 and x> 0,
is
3
a) ∫1 (3 − 2x − x 2 )dx
3
b) ∫0 (3 − 2x − x 2 )dx
𝟏
c) ∫𝟎 (𝟑 − 𝟐𝐱 − 𝐱𝟐 )𝐝𝐱
3
d) ∫−1(3 − 2x − x 2 )dx

27. The area between the curve y = 2x4 – x2, the x – axis and the
ordinates of two minima of the curve is
a) 7/120
b) 9/120
c) 11/120
d) 13/120

28. The area bounded by the curve x2 = 4y and the straight line x
= 4y – 2 is
a) 3/8
b) 5/8
c) 7/8
d) 9/8

29. The area of the region bounded by the curve a4y2 = (2a – x)
x5 is to that of the circle whose radius is a, is given by the ratio
a) 4 : 5
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 334
 RSG CLASSES

b) 5 : 8
c) 2 : 3
d) 3 : 2

x2 y2
30. The area between 2
+ = 1 and the straight line
a b2
1
a) ab
2
1
b) πab
2
1
c) ab
4
𝟏 𝟏
d) 𝛑𝐚𝐛 − 𝐚𝐛
𝟒 𝟐

x2
31. The area induced between the curve y = and
4a
𝟒
a) 𝐚𝟐 (𝟐𝛑 − )
𝟑
2 4
b) a (π − )
3
2 1
c) a (2π + )
3
4
d) a2 (π + )
3

32. The area cut off a parabola by any double ordinate is k times
the corresponding rectangle contained by that double ordinate and
its distance from the vertex. The value of k is,
a) 2/3
b) 3/2
c) 1/3
d) 3

33. The slope of the target to a curve y = f (x) at (x, f(x)) is 2x +

1. If the curve passes through the point (1,2), then the area of the
region bounded by the curve, the x – axis and the line x = 1, is
a) 5/6
b) 6/5
c) 1/6
d) 6

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 335

 RSG CLASSES

x2 y2
34. The area of the ellipse 2
+ = 1, is
a b2
a) 𝛑𝐚𝐛
π
b) (a2 + b2)
4
c) π(a + b)
d) πa2 b2

35. The smaller area enclosed by the circle x2 + y2 = 4 and the

line x + y = 2 is equal to
a) 2(π – 2)
b) π – 2
c) 2π – 1
d) π – 1

36. The area cut off the parabola 4y = 3x2 by the straight line 2y
= 3x + 12 in square units is
a) 16
b) 21
c) 27
d) 36

37. Area bounded by the parabola x2 = 4y and the line x = 4y – 2,

is
a) 9/8
b) 9/4
c) 9/2
d) 9/7

38. Area lying in the first quadrant and bounded by the curve y =
x3and the line y = 4x, is
a) 2
b) 3
c) 4
d) 5

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 336

 RSG CLASSES

39. The area in square units of the region bounded by the curve
x2 = 4y, the line x = 2 and the x – axis, is
a) 1
b) 2/3
c) 4/3
d) 8/3

40. The area bounded by thex – axis and the curve y = 4x – x2 – 3

is
a) 4/3
b) 3/4
c) 7
d) 3/2

41. The area between the parabola y2 = 4ax and the line y = mx
in square units is
5a2
a)
3m
𝟖𝐚𝟐
b)
𝟑𝐦𝟐
7a2
c)
4m2
3a2
d)
5m

42. Area lying between the curves y2 = 4x and y = 2x is equal to

a) 2/3
b) 1/3
c) 1/4
d) ½

43. The area of the region bounded above by f (x) = x 2 + 1and below
by g(x) = x – 6 on the interval [ - 1, 3] is

a) 50/3
b) 22
c) 31
d) 100/3

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 337

 RSG CLASSES

44. Area common to the circle x2 + y2 = 64 and the parabola y2 = 4x

is
16
a) (4π + √3)
3
𝟏𝟔
b) (𝟖𝛑 − √𝟑)
𝟑
16
c) (4π − √3)
3
d) None of these

45. The area of the figure bounded by the curve | y | = 1 – x2 is

a) 2/3
b) 4/3
c) 8/3
d) -5/3

46. The age of the figure bounded by the parabolas x = - 2y2 and
x = 1 – 3y2 is
a) 8/3
b) 6/3
c) 4/3
d) 2/3

47. The area of the region bounded by the curve y = 2x –x2 and
the line y = x is
a) 1/2
b) 1/3
c) 1/4
d) 1/6

48. Area bounded by the curve y = (x – 1) (x – 2) (x – 3) and x-

axis lying between the ordinates x = 0 and x = 3 is equal to
a) 9/4
b) 11/4
c) 11/2
d) 7/4

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 338

 RSG CLASSES

49. Area common to the curve y = √x and x = √y is

a) 1
b) 2/3
c) 1/3
d) 4/3

50. The area included between the parabola y2 = 4ax and x2 = 4

by is
a) (8/3) ab
b) (16/3) ab
c) (4/3) ab
d) (5/3) ab

51. Area bounded by the curves y = | x – 1 |, y = 0 and | x | = 2, is

a) 4
b) 5
c) 3
d) 6

52. The area inside the parabola 5x2 – y = 0 but outside the
parabola 2x2 – y + 9 = 0, is
a) 𝟏𝟐√𝟑
b) 6√3
c) 8√3
d) 4√3

53. Area bounded by the curve y2 (2a – x ) = x3 and the line x =

2a, is
a) 3 π a2
3πa2
b)
2
c) 3πa2
d) 2πa2

54. Area bounded by the curve x y2 = a2(a – x) and y – axis, is

a) π a2 / 2

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 339

 RSG CLASSES

b) π a2
c) 3 π a2
d) 2π a2

55. Area bounded by the loop of the curve ay2 = x2 (a – x) is

equal to
4a2
a)
15
𝟖 𝟐
b) 𝐚
𝟏𝟓
16 2
c) a
15
32 2
d) a
5

56. The area common to the circle x2 + y2 = 16a2 and parabola y2

= 6ax, is
4a2
a) ( 4π − √3 )
3
4a2
b) ( 8π − 3)
3
𝟒𝐚𝟐
c) ( 𝟒𝛑 + √𝟑 )
𝟑
d) None of these

57. The line y = mx bisects the area enclosed by the lines x = 0,

y = 0, x = 3/2 and the curve y = 1 + 4x – x2. The value of m is,
a) 13/8
b) 13/32
c) 13/16
d) 13/4

58. The area between the curve y = x sin x and x – axis where
0 ≤ x ≤ 2π, is
a) 2π
b) 3π
c) 4π
d) π

59. The area bounded by the curves y = ex, y = e-x and y = 2, is

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 340

 RSG CLASSES

a) log (16/e)
b) log (4/e)
c) 2 log (4/e)
d) log (8/e)

60. If A1 is the area enclosed by the curve xy = 1, x – axis and the

ordinates x = 1, x = 2; and A2 is the area enclosed by the curve xy
= 1, x – axis and the ordinates x = 2, x = 4, then
a) A1 = 2A2
b) A2 = 2A1
c) A2 = 3A1
d) A1 = A2

61. The value of m for which the area included between the
curves y2 = 4ax and y = mx equals, a2/3 is
a) 1
b) 2
c) 3
d) √3

62. The value of a for which the area between the curves y 2 =
4ax and x2 = 4ay is 1 unit is,
a) √3
b) 4
c) 4√3
d) √𝟑/𝟒

63. The area between the curve x = -2y2 and x = 1 – 3y2, is

a) 4/3
b) 3/4
c) 3/2
d) 2/3

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 341

 RSG CLASSES

64. The area bounded by y = x2 + 1 and the tangents to it drawn

from the origin, is
a) 8/3 sq. units
b) 1/3 sq. units
c) 2/3 sq. units
d) None of these

65. The area in square units bounded by the curve y = x 3 , y = x2

and the ordinates x = 1, x = 2 is
a) 17/12
b) 12/13
c) 2/7
d) 7/2

66. The area bounded by the curve y2 = x and the ordinate x =

36 is divided in the ratio 1:7 by the ordinate x = a. then a =
a) 8
b) 9
c) 7
d) 0

67. The area of the figure bounded by |y| = 1 – x2 is in square

units,
a) 4/3
b) 8/3
c) 16/3
d) 5/3

68. The area of the figure bounded by y = ex-1, y = 0 , x = 0 and x

= 2, is
a) < 2
b) > 2
c) = 2
d) None of these

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 342

 RSG CLASSES

69. The area of the region of the plane bounded by

1
max(|x|, |y|) ≤ 1 and xy ≤ , is
2
a) 1/2 + In 2
b) 3 + In 2
c) 31/4
d) 1 + 2 In 2

x2
70. The area of the closed figure bounded by y = − 2x + 2 and
2
the tangents to it at (1,1/2) and (4,2) is
a) 9/8 sq. units
b) 3/8 sq. units
c) 3/2 sq. units
d) 9/4 sq. units

71. The area of the closed figure bounded by x = - 1, x = 2 and

−x 2 + 2, x ≤ 1
y={ } and the abscissa axis is
2x − 1, x > 1
a) 16/3 sq. units
b) 10/3 sq. units
c) 13/3 sq. units
d) 7/3 sq. units

3
72. The area bounded by y = 2 - | 2 – x | and y = is
|x|
4+3 In 3
a)
2
𝟒−𝟑 𝐈𝐧 𝟑
b)
𝟐
3
c) In 3
2
1
d) + In 3
2

73. The area of the region bounded by x2 + y2 – 2y – 3 = 0 and y

= |x| + 1, is
a) π
b) 2π
c) 4π

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 343

 RSG CLASSES

d) π/2

74. The area of the region bounded by y = |x – 1| and y = 3 - | x |

a) 2
b) 3
c) 4
d) 1

75. The area of the closed figure bounded by the curve y =

√x, y = √4 − 3x and y = 0, is
a) 4/9
b) 8/9
c) 16/9
d) 5/9

76. For which of the following values of m, is the area of the

region bounded by the curve y = x – x2 and the line y = mx equals
9/2 ?
a) -4, 4
b) -2,2
c) 2,4
d) -2.3

77. The area bounded by the parabola y2 = 8x, the x – axis and
the latus rectum is
16
a)
3
23
b)
3
𝟑𝟐
c)
𝟑
16√2
d)
3

78. The area bounded by curve y2 = 8x and x2 = 8y, is

𝟏𝟔
a) 𝐬𝐪. 𝐮𝐧𝐢𝐭𝐬
𝟑
3
b) sq. units
16
14
c) sq. units
3

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 344

 RSG CLASSES
3
d) sq. units
14

79. The area of the region (in square units) bounded by the
curve x2 = 4y, line x = 2 and x=2 and x – axis, is
a) 1
b) 2/3
c) 4/3
d) 8/3

80. Area enclosed between the curve y2 (2a – x) = x3 and the line
x = 2a above x – axis, is
a) π a2
b) 3 / 2 π a2
c) 2 π a2
d) 3 π a2

81. The area bounded by curve y = 4x – x2 and the x – axis, is

30
a) sq. units
7
31
b) sq. units
7
𝟑𝟐
c) 𝐬𝐪. 𝐮𝐧𝐢𝐭𝐬
𝟑
34
d) sq. units
3

82. Area bounded by parabola y2 = x and straight line 2y = x, is

a) 4/3
b) 1
c) 2/3
d) 1/3

83. The area of the region bounded by the parabola y = x 2 + 1

and the straight line x + y=3is given by
45
a)
7
25
b)
4

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 345

 RSG CLASSES
π
c)
18
𝟗
d)
𝟐

84. The area common to the parabola y = 2x 2 and y = x2 + 4, is

2
a) sq. units
3
3
b) sq. units
2
𝟑𝟐
c) 𝐬𝐪. 𝐮𝐧𝐢𝐭𝐬
𝟑
3
d) sq. units
32

85. The area of the region {(x, y): x 2 + y 2 ≤ 1 ≤ x + y}, is

π
a)
5
π
b)
4
π2
c)
3
𝛑 𝟏
d) −
𝟒 𝟐

86. The area bounded by the parabola y2 = 4ax, latus rectum and
x – axis, is
a) 0
𝟒
b) 𝐚𝟐
𝟑
2 2
c) a
3
a2
d)
3

87. The area bounded by the curve y = x4 – 2x3 + x2 + 3 with x –

axis and the ordinates corresponding to the minima of y, is
a) 1
𝟗𝟏
b)
𝟑𝟎
30
c)
9
d) 4

88. The area bounded by the parabola y2=4ax and x2 = 4ay, is

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 346

 RSG CLASSES

8a3
a)
3
𝟏𝟔𝐚𝟐
b)
𝟑
32a3
c)
3
64a3
d)
3

89. The area of the region bounded by the parabola (y – 2)2 = x –

1, the tangent to it at the point with the ordinate 3 and the x – axis,
is
a) 3
b) 6
c) 7
d) None of these

90. The area enclosed between the curves y = loge (x + e), x =

1
log e ( ) and the x – axis, is
y
a) 2
b) 1
c) 4
d) None of these

91. The area of the region formed by x2 + y2– 6x – 4y +12 ≤ 4, y

≤ x and x ≤ 5/2 is
π √3+1
a) −
6 8
π √3+1
b) +
6 8
𝛑 √𝟑−𝟏
c) −
𝟔 𝟖
d) None of these

92. The area bounded by the parabola x = 4 – y2 and y – axis, is

square units, is
3
a)
32
𝟑𝟐
b)
𝟑

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 347

 RSG CLASSES
33
c)
2
16
d)
3

93. The area bounded by y = 2 – x2 and x + y = 0 is

7
a) sq. units
2
𝟗
b) 𝐬𝐪. 𝐮𝐧𝐢𝐭𝐬
𝟐
c) 9 sq. units
d) None of these

94. The area bounded by the curve y = log ex and x – axis and
straight lines x = e is
a) e sq. units
b) 1sq. units
1
c) 1− sq. units
e
1
d) 1+ sq. units
e

95. The area included between the parabola y2 = 4x and x2 =4y

is (in square units)
a) 4/3
b) 1/3
c) 16/3
d) 1

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 348

 RSG CLASSES

CHAPTER-20
Differential equation
x+1
1) The number of solutions of y’ = , y(1) = 2, is
x−1

a) None
b) One
c) Two
d) infinite

2) Which of the following differential equation has y = c1ex + c2 e−x as

the general solution?

d2 y
a) +y=0
dx2
𝐝𝟐 𝐲
b) −𝐲=𝟎
𝐝𝐱 𝟐
d2 y
c) +1=0
dx2
d2 y
d) −1=0
dx2

3) Which of the differential equation has y = x as one of its particular

solution?

d2 y dy
a) − x2 + xy = x
dx2 dx
d2 y dy
b) +x + xy = x
dx2 dx
𝐝𝟐 𝐲 𝟐 𝐝𝐲
c) −𝐱 + 𝐱𝐲 = 𝐱
𝐝𝐱 𝟐 𝐝𝐱
d2 y dy
d) +x + xy = 0
dx2 dx

dy
4) The general solution of the differential equation = ex+y is
dx

a) 𝐞𝐱 + 𝐞−𝐲 = 𝐂
b) ex + ey = C

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 349

 RSG CLASSES

c) e−x + ey = C
d) e−x + e−y = C

5) The general solution of ex cos y dx − ex sin y dy = 0, is

a) ex (sin y + cos y) = C
b) ex sin y = C
c) ex = C cos y
d) 𝐞𝐱 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝐲 = 𝐂

dy x2
6) The general solution of the differential equation = , is
dx y2

a) 𝐱𝟑 − 𝐲𝟑 = 𝐂
b) x3 + y3 = C
c) x2 + y2 = C
d) x2 − y2 = C

7) The general solution of the differential equation

(1 + y 2 )dx + (1 + x 2 )dy = 0, is

a) x − y = C(1 − xy)
b) x − y = C(1 + xy)
c) 𝐱 + 𝐲 = 𝐂(𝟏 − 𝐱𝐲)
d) x + y = C(1 + xy)

8) The order of the differential equation of all circles of radius r, having

center on y – axis and passing through the origin, is

a) 1
b) 2
c) 3
d) 4

9) The order of the differential equation whose solution is

y = a cos x + b sin x + ce−x is

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 350

 RSG CLASSES

a) 1
b) 2
c) 3
d) None of the above

10) The differential equation of all circles in the 1st quadrant which
touches the coordinate axes is of order

a) 1
b) 2
c) 3
d) None of the above

2/3
11) The degree of the differential equation y3 + 2 + 3y2 + y1 = 0, is

a) 1
b) 2
c) 3
d) None of the above

12) The degree of the differential equation satisfying

√1 − x 2 + √1 − y 2 = a(x − y), is

a) 1
b) 2
c) 3
d) None of the above

13) The degree of the differential equation corresponding to the family of

curves y = a (x + a)2 , where a is an arbitrary constant

a) 1
b) 2
c) 3
d) None of the above

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 351

 RSG CLASSES

14) The degree of the differential equation of all curves having normal of
constant length c, is

a) 1
b) 3
c) 4
d) None of the above

15) The degree of the differential equation corresponding to the family of

curves y = a(a + x)2 , where a is the arbitrary constant

a) 1
b) 2
c) 3
d) None of the above

dy
16) The differential equation y + x = a represents
dx

a) A set of circles having center on y – axis

b) A set of circles having center on x – axis
c) A set of ellipses
d) None of the above

17) The differential equation of all parabolas whose axes are parallel to
y - axis, is

𝐝𝟑 𝐲
a) =𝟎
𝐝𝐱 𝟑
d2 y
b) =0
dx2
d3 y d2 y
c) 3
+ =0
dx dx2
d2 y dy
d) +2 =C
dx2 dx

18) If f(x) = f ’(x) and f(1) = 2, then f(3) equals

a) e2

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 352

 RSG CLASSES

b) 𝟐𝐞𝟐
c) 3e2
d) 2e3

19) The differential equation of the family of curve y 2 = 4a(x + 1), is

dy dy
a) y 2 = 4 (x + )
dx dx
dy
b) 2y = + 4a
dx
𝐝𝐲 𝟐 𝐝𝐲
c) 𝐲𝟐 ( ) + 𝟐𝐱𝐲 − 𝐲𝟐 = 𝟎
𝐝𝐱 𝐝𝐱
2 dy
d) y + 4y = 0
dx

20) A differential equation associated to the primitive y = a + be5x +

ce−7x is

a) y3 + 2y2 − y1 = 0
b) 4y3 + 5y2 − 20y1 = 0
c) 𝐲𝟑 + 𝟐𝐲𝟐 − 𝟑𝟓𝐲𝟏 = 𝟎
d) None of the above

21) The equation of the curve satisfying the differential equation

y2 (x 2 + 1) = 2xy1 passing through the point (0, 1) and having slope
of tangent at x = 0 as 3 is

a) y = x 2 + 3x + 2
b) y 2 = x 2 + 3x + 2
c) 𝐲 = 𝐱𝟐 + 𝟑𝐱 + 𝟐
d) None of the above

22) The equation of the curve which is such that the portion of the axis of
x cut off between the origin and tangent at any point is proportional
to the ordinate of that point is

a) x = y(a − b logx)

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 353

 RSG CLASSES

b) log x = b y 2 + a
c) 𝐱 = 𝐲(𝐚 − 𝐛 𝐥𝐨𝐠𝐲)
d) None of the above; (b is constant of proportionality)

y−1
23) The equation of the curve whose slope is and which passes
x2 +x
through the point (1, 0) is

a) 𝐱𝐲 + 𝐱 + 𝐲 − 𝟏 = 𝟎
b) xy − x − y − 1 = 0
c) (y − 1)(x + 1) = 2x
d) y(x + 1) − x + 1 = 0

24) The differential equation of all parabolas with axis parallel to the axis
of y is

a) y2 = 2y1 + x
b) y3 = 2y1
c) y32 = y1
d) None of the above

25) The differential equation of all ellipses centered at the origin is

a) y2 + xy12 − yy1 = 0
b) 𝐱𝐲𝐲𝟐 + 𝐱𝐲𝟏𝟐 − 𝐲𝐲𝟏 = 𝟎
c) yy2 + xy12 − xy1 = 0
d) None of the above

26) The differential equation of the family of circles passing through the
fixed points (a, 0) and (-a, 0) is

a) y1(y 2 − x 2 ) + 2xy + a2 = 0
b) y1y 2 + xy + a2 x 2 = 0
c) 𝐲𝟏 (𝐲𝟐 − 𝐱𝟐 + 𝐚𝟐 ) + 𝟐𝐱𝐲 = 𝟎
d) None of the above

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 354

 RSG CLASSES

27) The differential equation of family of curves x 2 + y 2 − 2ax = 0, is

a) 𝐱𝟐 − 𝐲𝟐 − 𝟐𝐱𝐲𝐲′
b) y 2 − x 2 = 2xyy′
c) x 2 + y 2 + 2y′′
d) None of the above

y−1
28) The equation of the curve whose slope is and which passes
x2 +x
through the point (1, 0) is

a) 𝐱𝐲 + 𝐱 + 𝐲 − 𝟏 = 𝟎
b) xy − x − y − 1 = 0
c) (y − 1)(x + 1) = 2x
d) y(x + 1) − x + 1 = 0

29) The solution of the differential equation y1y3 = 3y22 is

a) 𝐱 = 𝐀𝟏 𝐲𝟐 + 𝐀𝟐𝐲 + 𝐀𝟑
b) x = A1 y + A2
c) x = A1 y 2 + A2 y
d) None of the above

dy ax+h
30) The solution of the differential equation = represents a
dx by+k
parabola when

a) a = 0, b = 0
b) a = 1, b = 2
c) 𝐚 = 𝟎, 𝐛 ≠ 𝟎
d) a = 2, b = 1

dy
31) The solution of the differential equation y = x − 1 satisfying y(1) =
dx
1 is

a) 𝐲𝟐 = 𝐱𝟐 − 𝟐𝐱 + 𝟐
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 355
 RSG CLASSES

b) y 2 = 2x 2 − x − 1
c) y = x 2 − 2x + 2
d) None of the above

3
32) The solution of y dx − x dy + 3x 2 y 2 ex dx = 0 is

𝐱 𝟑
a) + 𝐞𝐱 = 𝐂
𝐲
x 3
b) − ex = C
y
x 3
c) − + ex = C
y
d) None of the above

dy
33) The family of curves represented by =
dx
x2 +x+1 dy y2 +y+1
and the family represeted by + =0
y2 +y+1 dx x2 +x+1

a) Touches each other

b) Are orthogonal
c) Are one and the same
d) None of the above

dy
34) The solution of the differential equation (x 2 − yx 2 ) + y 2 + xy 2 = 0,
dx
is

𝐱 𝟏 𝟏
a) 𝐥𝐨𝐠 ( ) = + + 𝐂
𝐲 𝐱 𝐲
y 1 1
b) log ( ) = + + C
x x y
1 1
c) log(xy) = + + C
x y
1 1
d) log(xy) + + = C
x y

35) The solution of the curve passing through the point (1, 0) which
satisfies the differential equation (1+ y 2 )dx − xy dy = 0, is

a) 𝐱𝟐 + 𝐲𝟐 = 𝟒

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 356

 RSG CLASSES

b) x 2 − y 2 = 1
c) 2x 2 + y 2 = 2
d) None of the above

dy tan y tan y sin y

36) The solution of the differential equation − = , is
dx x x2

𝐱
a) + 𝐥𝐨𝐠 𝐱 = 𝐂
𝐬𝐢𝐧 𝐲
y
b) + log x = C
sin x
c) log y + x = C
d) log x + y = C

dy y
37) The solution of the differential equation + = x 2 , is
dx x

x2
a) y = + Cx −2
4
−1
b) y = x + Cx −3
𝐱𝟑
c) 𝐲 = + 𝐂𝐱 −𝟏
𝟒
d) xy = x 2 + C

dy
38) The solution of the differential equation x + y = xex , is
dx

a) xy = ex (x + 1) + C
b) 𝐱𝐲 = 𝐞𝐱 (𝐱 − 𝟏) + 𝐂
c) xy = ex (1 − x) + C
d) xy = ey (1 − y) + C

dx dy
39) The solution of the differential equation + = 0, is
x y

a) log x = log y
1 1
b) + = c
x y
c) x + y = c
d) 𝐱𝐲 = 𝐜

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 357

 RSG CLASSES
dy
40) The solution of + y = e−x , y(0) = 0, is
dx

a) y = e−x (x − 1)
b) 𝐲 = 𝐱𝐞−𝐱
c) y = xe−x + 1
d) y = (x + 1)e−x

41) The solution of the differential equation (2y − 1)dx − (2x + 3)dy =
0, is

2x−1
a) =C
2y+3
𝟐𝐱+𝟑
b) =𝐂
𝟐𝐲−𝟏
2x−1
c) =C
2y−1
2y+1
d) =C
2x−3

dy
42) The solution of the differential equation + y tan x = sec x, is
dx

a) 𝐲 𝐬𝐞𝐜 𝐱 = 𝐭𝐚𝐧 𝐱 + 𝐂
b) y tan x = sec x + C
c) tan x = y tan x + C
d) x sec x = y tan y + C

dy xlogx2 +x
43) The solution of the differential equation = , is
dx sin y+y cos y

a) 𝐲 𝐬𝐢𝐧 𝐲 = 𝐱𝟐 𝐥𝐨𝐠 𝐱 + 𝐂
b) y sin y = x 2 + C
c) y sin y = x 2 + log x + C
d) y sin y = x log x + C

dy
44) The solution of + y = e−x , y(0) = 0, is
dx

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 358

 RSG CLASSES

a) y = e−x (x − 1)
b) 𝐲 = 𝐱𝐞−𝐱
c) y = xe−x + 1
d) y = (x + 1)e−x

45) The solution of the differential equation (2y − 1)dx − (2x + 3)dy =
0, is

2x−1
a) =C
2y+3
𝟐𝐱+𝟑
b) =𝐂
𝟐𝐲−𝟏
2x−1
c) =C
2y−1
2y+1
d) =C
2x−3

dy
46) The solution of the differential equation = ey+x + ey−x , is
dx

a) e−y = ex − e−x + C
b) 𝐞−𝐲 = 𝐞−𝐱 − 𝐞𝐱 + 𝐂
c) e−y = ex + e−x + C
d) e−y + ex + e−x = C

dx
47) The integrating factor of the differential equation (1 − y 2 ) + yx =
dy
ay, is

1
a)
y2 −1
1
b)
√y2 −1
𝟏
c)
𝟏−𝐲 𝟐
1
d)
√1−y2

dy
48) The integrating factor of the differential equation x − y = 2x 2
dx

a) e−x

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 359

 RSG CLASSES

b) e−y
c) 1/x
d) x

dy 1+y
49) The integrating factor of the differential equation +y = , is
dx x

x
a)
ex
𝐞𝐱
b)
𝐱
c) x. ex
d) ex

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 360

 RSG CLASSES

CHAPTER-21
Vectors
1) Cauchy – Schwarz means

a) |u. v| ≥ ||u||||v||for arbitrary u and v in Rn

b) |u. v| < ||u||||v||for arbitrary u and v in Rn
c) |u. v| > ||u||||v||for arbitrary u and v in Rn
d) |𝐮. 𝐯| ≤ ||𝐮||||𝐯||𝐟𝐨𝐫 𝐚𝐫𝐛𝐢𝐭𝐫𝐚𝐫𝐲 𝐮 𝐚𝐧𝐝 𝐯 𝐢𝐧 𝐑𝐧

2) Triangle – inequality means

a) ||𝐮 + 𝐯|| ≤ ||𝐮|| + ||𝐯||:,for arbitrary u and u in 𝐑𝐧

b) ||u + v|| ≥ ||u|| + ||v||:,for arbitrary u and u in Rn
c) ||u + v|| < ||u|| + ||v||:,for arbitrary u and u in Rn
d) ||u + v|| > ||u|| + ||v||:,for arbitrary u and u in Rn

3) Let u and v be vectors in Rn , then the angle between u and v is

||u||||v||
a) cos θ =
u.v
𝐮.𝐯
b) 𝐜𝐨𝐬 𝛉 = ||𝐮||||𝐯||
cos θ
c) u. v = ||u||||v||
u.v
d) ||u||||v|| = ||u||||v||

4) If ||u + v|| = ||u|| + ||v||, then

a) u and v are linearly dependent

b) u and v are linearly independent
c) u and v are linearly dependent and independent
d) None of the above

2 2 2
5) If u and v are two vectors in Rn , then ||u + v|| = ||u|| + ||v||

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 361

 RSG CLASSES

a) if and only if |u|.|v| = 0

b) if and only if |u|.|v| ≠ 0
c) if and only if u.v = 0
d) if and only if u.v ≠ 0

6) If u and v are linearly dependent, then

a) u. v = ||u||||v||
b) |𝐮. 𝐯| = ||𝐮||||𝐯||
c) u. v ≠ ||u||||v||
d) |u. v| ≠ ||u||||v||

7) For a, b ∈ Rn and ‖a + b‖ = ‖a − b‖, then

a) If and only if a and b are orthogonal

b) If and only if a and b are orthonormal
c) If and only if a and b are both orthogonal and orthonormal as well
d) None of the above

8) For what values of x is the scalar product if (x, x-1, 3) and (x, x, 3x)
equal to 0?

a) x = 0, 4
b) x = 0, -4
c) x = -4, 4
d) x = -4 ,0, 4

9) Find the equation of the line Passing through the points p(-2,0,3) and
Q(3, 5, -2)

a) x = -2+5t, y = 3-5t, z = 5t
b) x = -1+5t, y = 5t, z = 3-5t
c) x = -2t, y = -2+5t, z = 3+5t
d) x = -2+5t, y = 5t, z = 3-5t

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 362

 RSG CLASSES

10) Find the equation of the line Passing through the points (3, -2, 1) and
parallel to the line x = 1+2t, y = 2 – t, z = 3t

a) x = 3-2t, y = 2-t, z = 1+3t

b) x = 3-2t, y = -2-t, z = 1+3t
c) x = 3+2t, y = -2-t, z = 1+3t
d) x = 3+2t, y = 2-t, z = 1-3t

11) Find the equation of the line Passing through the points Passing
through (1, 1, 1) and parallel to x-axis

a) y = 0, z = 0
b) y = 1, z = 0
c) y = 0, z = 1
d) y = 1, z = 1

12) The straight line in R3 through the two points (1, 2, 2) and (-1, -1, 4).
Where does it meet the x1 x2 plane

a) (𝟑, 𝟓, 𝟎)
b) (5, 3, 0)
c) (1, 5, 0)
d) (5, 1, 0)

13) Find the equation of a plane passing through the points (1, 2, 1), (2, 1,
0) and (1, 3, -5)

a) x + 6y + 7z = 20
b) 7x + y + 6z = 20
c) 7x + 3y +2 z = 20
d) 7x + 6y + z = 20

14) Find the equation for the plane in R3 through a = (2, 1, -1) with
p = (-1, 1, 3) as a normal

a) x1 + 2x2 + 3x3 = −4
b) 𝐱𝟏 + 𝐱𝟐 + 𝟑𝐱𝟑 = −𝟒
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 363
 RSG CLASSES

c) 2x1 + x2 + 3x3 = −4
d) x1 − x2 + 3x3 = −4

15) Find the equation of the plane through (1, 1,-1) and perpendicular to
the line (x, y, z) = (4-3t, 2+t, 6+5t)

a) 3x + y + 5z = -7
b) 3x - 2y + 5z= -7
c) 3x – y - 5z = -7
d) 3x + 2y + 5z = -7

16) The line L is given by x1 = −t + 2, x2 = 2t − 1, andx3 = t + 3, then

find the equation for the plane through a = (2, -1, 3) that is
orthogonal to L

a) −𝐱𝟏 + 𝟐𝐱𝟐 + 𝐱𝟑 = −𝟏
b) −x1 − 2x2 − x3 = −1
c) −x1 − 2x2 + x3 = −1
d) x1 + 2x2 + x3 = −1

17) The line L is given by x1 = −t + 2, x2 = 2t − 1, andx3 = t + 3, then

find the point where L intersects the plane 3x1 + 5x2 − x3 = 6

a) 13/3, 5/3, 2/3

b) 2/3, 13/3, 5/3
c) 5/3, 2/3, 13/3
d) 2/3, 5/3, 13/3

18) Find the equation of a plane passing through the points

(1, 2, 1), (2, 1, 0)and (1, 3, −5)

a) 7x + 6y + z = 10
b) 7x − 6y − z = 10
c) 6x + 7y + z = 20
d) 𝟕𝐱 + 𝟔𝐲 + 𝐳 = 𝟐𝟎

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 364

 RSG CLASSES

19) Find the equation for the plane through the points (3, 4, -3), (5, 2 1),
and (2, -1, 4)

a) x1 − 2x2 − 3x3 = −3
b) 𝐱𝟏 − 𝟑𝐱𝟐 − 𝟐𝐱𝟑 = −𝟑
c) x1 + 3x2 − 2x3 = −3
d) x1 − 3x2 + 2x3 = −3

20) Find the equation of a plane passing through the points (1, 1, -1), (2,
0, 2) and (0, -2, 1)

a) 7x + 5y − 4z = 6
b) 7x − 5y + 4z = 6
c) 𝟕𝐱 − 𝟓𝐲 − 𝟒𝐳 = 𝟔
d) 7x + 5y + 4z = 6

21) Find the point normal equation of the plane (p) which contains the
points:
P(2, 1, 1) q=(1, 0, -3) r=(0, 1, 7)

a) -3x-7y+z=0
b) 3x-7y-z=0
c) 3x-7y+z=0
d) 3x+7y+z=0

22) Find the equation for the plane in R3 through a=(2, 1, -1) with p=(-1,
1, 3) as a normal

a) -x+y+3z = -4
b) -x+y-3z = -4
c) –x-y+3z = -4
d) x+y+3z = -4

23) Find the equation for the plane through each of the following triplets
of points in R3 , (6, 0, 0), (0, -6, 0), (0, 0, 3)

a) x + y − 2z = 6
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 365
 RSG CLASSES

b) 𝐱 − 𝐲 + 𝟐𝐳 = 𝟔
c) x − y − 2z = 6
d) x + y + 2z = 6

24) Find the equation for the plane through each of the following triplets
of points in R3 , (0, 3, 2), (3, 3, 1), (2, 5, 0)

a) x − 2y + 3z = 12
b) x + 2y − 3z = 12
c) x − 2y − 3z = 12
d) 𝐱 + 𝟐𝐲 + 𝟑𝐳 = 𝟏𝟐

25) Find the equation for the plane passing through the point (1, 2, 3)
and normal to the vector (1, -1, 0)

a) -x – y = -1
b) x + y = -1
c) -x + y = -1
d) x – y = -1

26) Find the equation for the plane passing through the point (1, 1, -1)
and perpendicular to the line (x, y, z) = (4 - 3t, 2+t, 6+5t)

a) -3x + y + 5z = -7
b) -3x - y + 5z = -7
c) -3x + y - 5z = -7
d) -3x - y - 5z = -7

27) Find the equation for the plane passing through the point whose
intercepts are (a, 0, 0), (0, b, 0) and (0, 0, c) with a, b, c all non-zero

a) (1/a) x - (1/b) y - (1/c) z = 1

b) (1/a) x + (1/b) y - (1/c) z = 1
c) (1/a) x - (1/b) y + (1/c) z = 1
d) (1/a) x + (1/b) y + (1/c) z = 1
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 366
 RSG CLASSES

28) If α, β and γ are three independent vectors in R3 , then the vector in

the set (α + β), (β + γ)and(γ + α) would be

a) Dependent
b) Independent
c) Are a linear combination of α, β and γ
d) None of the above

29) If α, β and γ are three independent vectors in R3 , then the vector in

the set (α + β), (β + γ)and(γ − α) would be

a) Dependent
b) Independent
c) Are a linear combination of α, β and γ
d) None of the above

30) Check whether the following vectors set (1, 1, 1), (2, 1, 0), (3, 1, 4)
and (1, 2, -2) would be

a) Linearly dependent vectors

b) Linearly independent vectors
c) A linear combination of each other
d) A convex combination of each other

31) Let a, b, c be 3 linearly independent vectors in R3 and let:

α = a − 2b
β =a+b+c
γ = b−c

Then the nature of α, βand γ would be

a) Linearly dependent vectors
b) Linearly independent vectors
c) Are a linear combination of each other
d) Are a convex combination of each other

32) For what value of x is the following set of vectors linearly dependent

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 367

 RSG CLASSES

2 2 2
υ1 = [3] , υ2 = [ x ] , υ3 = [0]
6 1 3
a) 𝐱 = −𝟐
b) x = −1
c) x=1
d) x=2

33) For what value of x is the following set of vector linearly dependent?
3 2 4
p = [2] , q = [ x ] , r = [ 2 ]
7 4 10

a) x = −2
b) x = −1
c) x=1
d) 𝐱=𝟐

34) Check whether the following set of vectors would be

4 8 4
v1 = [3] , v2 = [5] , v3 = [2]
2 3 1

a) Linearly dependent vectors

b) Linearly independent vectors
c) Are a linear combination of each other
d) Are a convex combination of each other

35) Check whether the following set of vectors would be (2, 1), (-4, -2)

a) Linearly dependent vectors

b) Linearly independent vectors
c) Are a linear combination of each other
d) Are a convex combination of each other

36) Check whether the following set of vectors would be (1, 1, 0), (0, 1, 1)

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 368

 RSG CLASSES

a) Linearly dependent vectors

b) Linearly independent vectors
c) Are a linear combination of each other
d) Are a convex combination of each other

37) Check whether the following set of vectors would be (1, 1, 0), (0, 1,
1), (1, 0, 1)

a) Linearly dependent vectors

b) Linearly independent vectors
c) Are a linear combination of each other
d) Are a convex combination of each other

38) Determine whether or not each of the following collections of vectors

1 1 0
0 0 0
in R4 , ( ) , ( ) , ( )
1 0 1
0 1 1

a) Linearly dependent vectors

b) Linearly independent vectors
c) Are a linear combination of each other
d) Are a convex combination of each other

39) Determine whether or not each of the following collections of vectors

1 1 1
0 0 0
in R4 , ( ) , ( ) , ( )
1 −1 0
0 0 0

a) Linearly dependent vectors

b) Linearly independent vectors
c) Are a linear combination of each other
d) Are a convex combination of each other

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 369

 RSG CLASSES

8 2 −1
40) The vector ( ) as a linear combination of ( ) and ( ), then the
9 5 3
value of x and y would be

a) x = -3, y = -2
b) x = -3, y = 2
c) x = 3, y = -2
d) x = 3, y = 2

41) Suppose the non-zero n x 1 column vector x solves the system of

equations Ax = b, where A is an m x n matrix whose columns are the
vectors a1, a2,…, an, and b is an m x 1 column vector. Then the set of
vectors{ a1, a2, …, an, b}is

a) linearly independent
b) linearly dependent
c) Linearly dependent only if a1, a2, …an, are linearly dependent.
d) Linearly dependent only if m = n [DSE 2011]

42) For the vector u = (1, 0), v = (2, 2), the angle b/w them would be

a) Acute
b) obtuse
c) right
d) none of the above

43) For the vector u = (1, -1, 0), v = (1, 2, 1), the angle b/w them would
be

a) Acute
b) obtuse
c) right
d) none of the above

44) For the vector u = (1, 0, 0, 0, 0), v = (1, 1, 1, 1, 1), the angle b/w them
would be

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 370

 RSG CLASSES

a) Acute
b) obtuse
c) right
d) none of the above

45) For what values of x are (x, -x-8, x, x) and (x, 1, -2, 1) orthogonal

a) x = -2, -4
b) x = 2,- 4
c) x = -2, 4
d) x = 2, 4

46) For each of the following vectors u = (1, 0, 1), v = (1, 1, 1), use the
cross product to find a vector perpendicular to both u and v

a) u × v=(1, 0, -1)
b) u × v=(-1, 1, 0)
c) u × 𝐯=(-1, 0, 1)
d) u × v=(0, -1, 1 )

47) For each of the following vectors u = (1, -1, 2), v = (0, 5, -3), use the
cross product to find a vector perpendicular to both u and v

a) u × v=(-7, -3, -5)

b) u × v=(7, 3, 5)
c) u × v=(-7, -3, 5)
d) u × 𝐯=(-7, 3, 5)

48) Determine whether the pairs of planes x+2y-3z = 6 and x+3y-2z = 6

a) Intersecting
b) Not intersecting
c) Spanning each other
d) None of the above

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 371

 RSG CLASSES

49) Determine whether the pairs of planes x+2y-3z = 6 and -2x-4y+6z =

10

a) Intersecting
b) Not intersecting
c) Spanning each other
d) None of the above

50) Find the intersection of the plane x+y+z=1 and the line x = 3+t, y =
1-7t, z = 3-3t

a) (-11/3, -11/3, -1)

b) (-11/3, 11/3, 1)
c) (-11/3, -11/3, 1)
d) (11/3, -11/3, 1)

51) Suppose v1, v2 and v3 are three vectors in 3 – dimensional space,

and are linearly dependent. Then the vectors v1 + v2 , v2 + v3, and v1 +
v3

a) Are linearly independent

b) May be linearly dependent
c) Are linearly dependent [DSE 2008]
d) Are linearly independent, expect when one of the vectors is zero.

52) Suppose {v1, v2…, vn} is a set of linearly dependent vectors, none of
them being the zero vector. Suppose c1, c2, … cn are scalars, not all
zero, such that ∑ni=1 ci vi = 0. Then the minimum number of non – zero
scalars is

a) 1
b) 2
c) n–1
d) cannot be determined [DSE 2011]

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 372

 RSG CLASSES

53) Suppose A1, A2, … , is countable infinite family of subsets of a vector

space. Suppose all of these sets are linearly independent, and that
A1⊆ A2⊆ … then ∪∞ i=1 , Ai is

a) A linearly independent set of vectors

b) A linearly dependent set of vectors
c) Linearly independent provided the vectors are orthogonal
d) Not necessarily either dependent or independent. [DSE 2014]

54) If u and v are distinct vectors and k and t are distinct scalars, then
the vectors v + k (u – v) and u + t (u – v)

a) Are linearly independent

b) May be identical
c) Are linearly dependent
d) Are distinct [DSE 2014]

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 373

 RSG CLASSES

CHAPTER-22
LPP
1. The linear programming problem

max z = 0.5x + 1.5y

x,y
Subjected to: x+y≤6
3x + y ≤ 15
x + 3y ≤ 15
x,y ≥ 0
has
a) No solution;
b) A unique non-degenerate solution;
c) A corner solution;
d) Infinitely many solutions.

2. The value of x1 ≥ 0 and x2 ≥ 0 that maximise ∏ = 45x1 + 55x2

Subjected to 6x1 + 4x2 ≤ 120 and 3x1 + 10x2 ≤ 180
Are
a) (10,12);
b) (8,5);
c) (12,11);
d) None of these.
3. Consider the following linear programme:
Minimise x – 2y
Subjected to x + 3y ≥ 3
3x + y ≥ 3
x + y≤ 3
An optimal solution of the above programme is given by
3 3
a) x = , y = .
4 4
b) 𝐱 = 𝟎, 𝐲 = 𝟑
c) x = −1, y = 3
d) None of (a), (b) and (c).

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 374

 RSG CLASSES

4. The minimum value of the objective function z = 5x + 7y, where

x≥ 0 and y ≥0, subject to the constraints 2x + 3y ≥ 6, 3x – y ≤ 15, -
x + y ≤ 4, and 2x + 5y ≤ 27 is
a) 14
b) 15
c) 25
d) 28
5. Consider the optimization problem below:
max x + y
x,y
subject to 2x + y ≤ 14
−x + 2y ≤ 8
2x − y ≤ 10
x, y ≥ 0
The value of the objective function at optional solution of this
optimization problem:
a) Does not exist
b) Is 8
c) Is 10
d) Is unbounded
6. The solution of the optimization problem
max 3xy − y 3
x,y
subjected to
2x + 5y ≥ 20
x − 2y = 5
x, y ≥ 0

is given by:
a) x = 19,y= 7.
b) x = 45,y= 20.
c) x = 15,y = 5.
d) None of the above.

7. The dual to the following linear program:

maximise x1 + x2

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 375

 RSG CLASSES

−3x1 + 2x2 ≤ −1
subjected to x1 − x2 ≤ 2
x1 ≥ 0, x2 ≥ 0
has
a) A unique optimal solution;
b) A feasible solution, but no optimal solution;
c) Multiple optimal solutions;
d) No feasible solution

8. Consider the following system of inequalities.

x1 – x2 ≤ 3
x2 – x3 ≤ - 2
x3 – x4 ≤ 10
x4 – x2 ≤ α
x4 – x3 ≤ - 4
Where α is a real number. A value of α for which this system has a
solution is
a) -16
b) -12
c) -10
d) None of the above

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 376

 RSG CLASSES

MAECO(ENTRANCE)
STATS AND ECOTRIX

BY

RAHUL SIR
(9810148860,981014882)

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 377

 RSG CLASSES

CHAPTER-1
Measure of central tendency

1) If the mean of a set of observations 𝑥1 , 𝑥2 , … , 𝑥2 𝑖𝑠 𝑋̅, then the mean

of the observation 𝑥𝑖 + 2𝑖; 𝑖 = 1, 2, … , 𝑛 is

a) 𝑋̅ + 2
b) 𝑋̅ + 2𝑛
c) ̅ + (𝒏 + 𝟏)
𝑿
d) 𝑋̅ + 𝑛

2) If a variate X is expressed as a linear function of two variate U & V in

the form X = aU + bV, then mean 𝑋̅ of X is

a) 𝒂𝑼̅ + 𝒃𝑽̅
b) ̅ + 𝑉̅
𝑈
c) b𝑈̅ + 𝑎𝑉̅
d) none of the above

3) The AM of n numbers of a series is 𝑋̅. If the sum of the 1st (n – 1)

terms is k, then the nth number is

a) 𝑋̅ − 𝑘
b) 𝒏𝑿̅−𝒌
c) 𝑋̅ − 𝑛𝑘
d) 𝑛𝑋̅ − 𝑛𝑘

4) The mean of a set of numbers is 𝑋̅. If each number is divided by 3,

then the new mean is

a) 𝑋̅
b) 𝑋̅ + 3
c) 3𝑋̅
̅
𝑿
d)
𝟑

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 378

 RSG CLASSES

5) The weighted AM of 1st n natural numbers whose weights are equal

to the corresponding numbers is equal to

a) 2n + 1
1
b) (2𝑛 + 1)
2
𝟏
c) (𝟐𝒏 + 𝟏)
𝟑
(2𝑛+1)
d)
6

6) The AM of the series 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, … , 2𝑛

2𝑛 −1
a)
𝑛
𝟐𝒏+𝟏 −𝟏
b)
𝒏+𝟏
2𝑛 +1
c)
𝑛
2𝑛 −1
d)
𝑛+1

7) If 𝑋̅ is the mean of 𝑥1, 𝑥2 , 𝑥3 , … , 𝑥𝑛 . Then the algebraic sum of the

deviations about mean 𝑋̅ is

a) 0
𝑋̅
b)
𝑛
c) 𝑛𝑋̅
d) None of the above
8) The one which is the measure of the central tendency is

a) Mode
b) Mean deviation
c) Standard deviation
d) Coefficient of correlation

9) The most stable measure of central tendency is

a) The mean

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 379

 RSG CLASSES

b) The median
c) The mode
d) None of these

10) The mean of the distribution, in which the values of X are 1, 2, 3, … , n,

the frequency of each being unity is

𝑛(𝑛+1)
a)
2
𝑛
b)
2
𝒏+𝟏
c)
𝟐
d) None of the above

11) 10 is the mean of a set of 7 observations and 5 is the mean of a set of

3 observations. The mean of the combined set is given by

a) 15
b) 10
c) 8.5
d) 7.5

12) A statistical measure which can’t be determined graphically is

a) Median
b) Mode
c) Harmonic mean
d) Mean

13) The measure which takes into account all the data items is

a) Mean
b) Median
c) Mode
d) None of these

14) An ogive is used to determine

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 380

 RSG CLASSES

a) Mean
b) Median
c) Mode
d) None of the above

15) The GM of the series 1, 2, 4, 8, …, 2𝑛 is

a) 𝟐𝒏+𝟏/𝟐
b) 2𝑛+1
c) 2𝑛/2
d) 2𝑛

16) If 𝐺1, 𝐺2 are the geometric means of two series of observations and G
is the GM of the ratios of the corresponding observations then G is
equal to

𝑮𝟏
a)
𝑮𝟐
b) log 𝐺1 − 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝐺2
𝑙𝑜𝑔𝐺1
c)
𝑙𝑜𝑔𝐺2
d) log(𝐺1. 𝐺2)

17) If G is the GM of the product of r sets of observations with geometric

means 𝐺1, 𝐺2, 𝐺3, … , 𝐺𝑟 , respectively, then G is equal to

a) Log 𝐺1 + log 𝐺2 + ⋯ + log 𝐺𝑟

b) 𝑮𝟏 . 𝑮 𝟐 … . 𝑮𝒓
c) 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝐺1 . 𝑙𝑜𝑔𝐺2 … . log 𝐺𝑟
d) None of these

18) A group of 10 items has AM 6. If the AM of 4 of these items is 7.5,

then the mean of the remaining items is

a) 6.5
b) 5.5

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 381

 RSG CLASSES

c) 4.5
d) 5.0

19) The AM of a set of observations is 𝑋̅. If each observation is divided by

𝛼 and then is increased by 10, then the mean of the new series is

𝑋̅
a)
𝛼
𝑋̅+10
b) ..
𝛼
̅ +𝟏𝟎𝜶
𝑿
c)
𝜶
d) 𝛼𝑋̅ + 10

20) The weighted means of 1st n natural numbers whose weights are
equal to the squares of corresponding numbers is

𝑛+1
a)
2
𝟑𝒏(𝒏+𝟏)
b)
𝟐(𝟐𝒏+𝟏)
(𝑛+1)(2𝑛+1)
c)
6
𝑛(𝑛+1)
d)
2

21) If a variable takes values 0, 1, 2, …, n with frequencies 1,

𝑛𝐶1 , 𝑛𝐶2 , … , 𝑛𝐶𝑛 , then the AM is

a) n
2𝑛
b)
𝑛
c) n + 1
d) n/2

22) The weighted mean of 1st n natural numbers whose weights are equal
is given by

𝒏+𝟏
a)
𝟐
2𝑛+1
b)
2

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 382

 RSG CLASSES
2𝑛+1
c)
3
(2𝑛+1)(𝑛+1)
d)
6

23) If the 1st item is increased by 1, 2nd by 2 and so on, then the new mean
is

a) 𝑋̅ + 𝑛
𝑛
b) 𝑋̅ +
2
𝒏+𝟏
̅+
c) 𝑿
𝟐
d) None of these

24) If 𝑋̅ 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑌̅ are the mean of two distributions such that 𝑋̅ < 𝑌̅ & 𝑍̅ is
the mean of the combined distribution, then

a) 𝑍̅ < 𝑋̅
b) 𝑍̅ > 𝑋̅
𝑋̅+𝑌̅
c) 𝑍̅ =
2
̅<𝒁
d) 𝑿 ̅<𝒀
̅

25) The mean of the series 𝑥1, 𝑥2 , … , 𝑥𝑛 is 𝑋̅. If 𝑥2 is replaced by α, then

the new mean is

a) 𝑋̅ − 𝑥2 + 𝛼
𝑋̅−𝑥2 −𝛼
b)
𝑛
(𝑛−1)𝑋̅+𝛼
c)
𝑛
̅
𝒏𝑿−𝒙𝟐 +𝜶
d)
𝒏

26) The mean income of a group of workers is 𝑋̅ and that of the another
group is 𝑌̅. If the number of workers in the 2nd group is 10 times the
number of workers in the 1 st group, then the mean income of the
combined group is

𝑋̅+10𝑌̅
a)
3
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 383
 RSG CLASSES
̅ +𝟏𝟎𝒀
𝑿 ̅
b)
𝟏𝟏
10𝑋̅+𝑌̅
c)
𝑌
𝑋+10𝑌̅
d)
9

27) The AM of the n observations is M. If the sum of the n – 4

observations is a, then the mean of the remaining 4 observations

𝒏𝑴−𝒂
a)
𝟒
𝑛𝑀+𝑎
b)
2
𝑛𝑀−𝑎
c)
2
d) nM + a

28) The sum of squares of deviations of a set of values is minimum when

taken about

a) AM
b) GM
c) HM
d) None of the above

29) If each of the n numbers 𝑥𝑖 = 𝑖 is replaced by (𝑖 + 1)𝑥𝑖 , then the value

of the new mean is

(𝑛+1)(𝑛+2)
a)
𝑛
b) n +1
(𝑛+1)(𝑛+2)
c)
3
d) None of these

30) The mean age of combined group of men and women is 25 years. If
the mean age of the group of men is 26 and the group of the women is
21, then the percentage of men and women of this group is

a) 60, 40

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 384

 RSG CLASSES

b) 80, 20
c) 20, 80
d) 40, 60

31) In a moderately skewed distribution mean and median are 5 and 6

respectively, then the value of mode in such a situation is

a) 8
b) 11
c) 16
d) None of these

32) One of the method of determining mode is

a) 2 median – 3 mean
b) 2 median + 3 mean
c) 3 median – 2 mean
d) 3 median + 2 mean

33) The positional average of central tendency is

a) GM
b) HM
c) AM
d) None of these

34) For dealing with qualitative data the best average is

a) AM
b) GM
c) Mode
d) Median

35) If a variable takes discrete values

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 385

 RSG CLASSES
7 5 1 1
x + 4, x - 𝑥, 𝑥 − 𝑥, 𝑥 − 3, 𝑥 − 2, 𝑥 + 𝑥, 𝑥 − 𝑥, 𝑥 + 5, then the
2 2 2 2
median is

𝟓
a) x - 𝒙
𝟒
1
b) x - 𝑥
2
c) x – 2
5
d) x + 𝑥
4

36) Which of the following is not a measure of central tendency

a) Mean
b) Median
c) Mode
d) Range

37) If y = f(x) be a monotonically increasing or decreasing function of x

and M is the median of variable x, then the median of y is

a) f(M)
b) M/2
c) 𝑓 −1(𝑀)
d) None of the above

38) The median can graphically be found from

a) Ogive
b) Histogram
c) Frequency curve
d) None of the above

39) If in a moderately skewed distribution the values of mode and mean

are 6𝛼 𝑎𝑛𝑑 9𝛼 respectively, then the value of median is

a) 8𝜶
b) 7𝛼
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 386
 RSG CLASSES

c) 6𝛼
d) None of the above

40) The AM of the first n odd natural numbers is

a) n
𝑛+1
b)
2
c) n – 1
d) none of the above

41) The AM of 𝑛𝐶0 , 𝑛𝐶1 , 𝑛𝐶2 , … , 𝑛𝐶𝑛 , is

2𝑛
a)
𝑛
2𝑛 −1
b)
𝑛
𝟐𝒏
c)
𝒏+𝟏
2𝑛−1
d)
𝑛+1

42) The AM of the squares of 1st n natural numbers

(𝑛+1)
a)
6
(𝒏+𝟏)(𝟐𝒏+𝟏)
b)
𝟔
(𝑛2 −1)
c)
6
d) None of the above

43) Geometric mean of 3, 9, 27 is

a) 18
b) 6
c) 9
d) None of the above

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 387

 RSG CLASSES

44) If for a moderately skewed distribution, mode = 60 and mean = 66,

then median is

a) 60
b) 64
c) 68
d) None of the above

45) The median of 10, 14, 11, 9, 8, 12, 6 is

a) 14
b) 11
c) 10
d) 12

46) The mean of the discrete observations 𝑦1 , 𝑦2 , … , 𝑦𝑛 is given by

∑ 𝑦𝑖 𝑓𝑖
a) ∑ 𝑓𝑖
∑ 𝑦𝑖 𝑓𝑖
b)
𝑛
∑ 𝒚𝒊
c)
𝒏
∑ 𝑦𝑖
d) ∑𝑖

47) The AM of a set of 50 numbers is 38. If two numbers of the set,

namely 55 and 45 are discarded, the AM of the remaining set of
numbers is

a) 36
b) 36.5
c) 37.5
d) 38.5

48) The geometric mean of numbers 7, 72 , … , 7𝑛 , is

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 388

 RSG CLASSES

a) 77/4
b) 74/7
(𝑛−1)
c) 7 2
(𝒏+𝟏)
d) 𝟕 𝟐

49) The sum of deviations of n observations about 25 is 25 and the sum

of deviations of the same n observations about 35 is -25. The mean of
the observation is

a) 25
b) 30
c) 35
d) 40

50) If the sum of the mode and mean of the certain frequency distribution
is 129 and the median of the observation is 63, then the mode and
median are respectively

a) 69 and 60
b) 65 and 64
c) 68 and 61
d) None of the above

51) The mean weight of 9 items is 15. If one more item is added to the
series the mean becomes 16. Now, the value of the 10 th item would be

a) 35
b) 30
c) 25
d) 20

52) The mode of the data 6, 4, 3, 6, 4, 3, 4, 6, 3, x can be

a) 5
b) Both 4 and 6

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 389

 RSG CLASSES

c) Both 3 and 6
d) 3, 4 or 6

53) If the difference between the mode and median is 2, then the
difference between the median and the mean is

a) 2
b) 4
c) 1
d) 0

54) If the mean of the following distribution is 13, then the value of p
would be:-

X 5 10 12 17 16 20

F(x) 9 3 P 8 7 5

a) 6
b) 7
c) 10
d) 4

55) The mean of a certain number of observations is m. If each

observation is divided by x and increased by y, then the mean of the
new observation is

a) mx + y
𝑚𝑥+𝑦
b)
𝑥
𝒎+𝒙𝒚
c)
𝒙
d) m + xy

56) The frequency distribution of marks obtained by 28 students in a

test carrying 40 marks is given below:-

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 390

 RSG CLASSES

Marks 0-10 10-20 20-30 30-40

Number 6 X y 6
(student)

If the mean of the above data is 20, then the difference between x and
y

a) 3
b) 2
c) 1
d) 0

57) If the median of x/2, x/3, x/4, x/5, x/6, then x is

a) 6
b) 18
c) 12
d) 24

58) If the median of the scores 1, 2, x, 4, 5 is 3, then the mean of the score

a) 2
b) 3
c) 4
d) 5

59) Mode of a certain series is x. If each score is decreased by 3, then

mode of the new series is

a) x
b) x–3
c) x+3
d) 3x

60) If the median of 33, 28, 20, 25, 34, x is 29, then the maximum possible
value of x

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 391

 RSG CLASSES

a) 30
b) 31
c) 29
d) 32

61) You are given five observations x1,x2,x3,x4,x5 on a variable x, ordered

from lowest to highest. Supposex5 is increased. Then,
a) The mean median, and variance, all increase.
b) The median and the variance increase but the mean is
unchanged.
c) The variance increases but the mean and the median are
unchanged.
d) None of the above [ISI 2016]

62) An analyst has data on wages for 100 individuals. The arithmetic
mean of the log of wages is the same as:

a) Log of the geometric mean of wages

b) Log of the arithmetic mean of wages
c) Exponential of the arithmetic mean of wages
d) Exponential of the log of arithmetic mean of wages [DSE 2013]

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 392

 RSG CLASSES

CHAPTER-2
Measure of dispersion
1) Sum of absolute deviations about median is

a) Least
b) Greatest
c) Zero
d) None of the above

2) In any discrete series (where all the values are not same) the
relationship b/w M.D about mean & S.D is

a) M.D = S.D
b) M.D ≥ 𝑆. 𝐷
c) M.D < 𝑆. 𝐷
d) M.D ≤ 𝑺. 𝑫

3) If each observation of the raw data whose variance is 𝜎 2 is multiplied

by h, then the variance of the new set is

a) 𝜎2
b) 𝒉𝟐 𝝈 𝟐
c) ℎ𝜎 2
d) ℎ + 𝜎2

4) Variance is independent of change of

a) Origin only
b) Scale only
c) Origin and scale both
d) None of the above
5) Mean square deviation of a distribution is least when deviations are
taken about
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 393
 RSG CLASSES

a) Mean
b) Median
c) Mode
d) None of the above

6) If the S.D of a variate X is 𝜎, then the S.D of aX + b is

a) |a|𝝈
b) 𝜎
c) a𝜎
d) a𝜎 + 𝑏

7) The quartile deviation of daily wages of 7 persons which are Rs. 12, 7,
15, 10, 17, 17, 25 is

a) 14.5
b) 7
c) 9
d) 3.5

8) The variance of the 1st n natural numbers is

𝑛2 +1
a)
12
𝒏𝟐 −𝟏
b)
𝟏𝟐
(𝑛+1)(2𝑛+1)
c)
6
d) None of the above

𝑎𝑋+𝑏
9) If the S.D of a variable X is 𝜎, then the S.D of , is
𝑐

𝑎
a) 𝜎
𝑐
𝒂
b) | |𝝈
𝒄
𝑐
c) | |𝜎
𝑎

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 394

 RSG CLASSES
𝑐
d) 𝜎
𝑎

10) If a variable X takes values 0, 1, 2, …, n with frequencies proportional

to the binomial coefficients 𝑛𝐶0 , 𝑛𝐶1 , 𝑛𝐶2 , … , 𝑛𝐶𝑛 , then the Var(X) is

𝑛2 −1
a)
12
𝑛
b)
2
𝒏
c)
𝟒
d) None of the above

11) In question no. 10, the mean square deviation about mean = 0, is

𝑛(𝑛−1)
a)
4
𝒏(𝒏+𝟏)
b)
𝟒
𝑛(𝑛−1)
c)
2
𝑛(𝑛+1)
d)
2

1
12) Let r be the range and 𝑆 2 = ∑𝑛𝑖=1(𝑥𝑖 − 𝑥̅ )2 be the S.D of a set of
𝑛−1
observations 𝑥1, 𝑥2 , 𝑥3 , … , 𝑥𝑛 , then

𝒏
a) S ≤ 𝒓√
𝒏−𝟏

𝑛
b) S = r√
𝑛−1

𝑛
c) S ≥ 𝑟√
𝑛−1

d) None of the above

13) The mean deviation about mean of the series a, a + d, a + 2d, …, a +

2nd, is

a) n(n+1)d
𝒏(𝒏+𝟏)𝒅
b)
𝟐𝒏+𝟏

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 395

 RSG CLASSES
𝑛(𝑛+1)𝑑
c)
2𝑛
𝑛(𝑛+1)𝑑
d)
2𝑛+1

14) The S.D of the series in question no.13, is

𝑛(𝑛+1)
a) 𝑑2
3
𝒏(𝒏+𝟏)
b) √ 𝒅
𝟑
𝑛(𝑛−1)
c) 𝑑2
3
𝑛(𝑛−1)
d) √ 𝑑
3

15) The coefficient of Q.D is calculated by the formula

𝑄1 +𝑄2
a)
4
𝑄3 +𝑄1
b)
4
𝑸𝟑 −𝑸𝟏
c)
𝑸𝟑 +𝑸𝟏
𝑄2 +𝑄1
d)
𝑄2 −𝑄1

16) Quartile deviation is

4
a) 𝜎
5
3
b) 𝜎
2
𝟐
c) 𝝈
𝟑
5
d) 𝜎
4
17) Coefficient of Variation is calculated by the formula

𝑋̅
a) × 100
𝜎
𝑋̅
b)
𝜎
𝝈
c) ̅
× 𝟏𝟎𝟎
𝑿

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 396

 RSG CLASSES
𝜎
d)
𝑋̅

18) The mean deviation of the data 3, 10, 10, 4, 7, 10, 5 from the mean is

a) 2
b) 2.57
c) 3
d) 3.75

19) The mean deviation of the data 2, 9, 9, 3, 6, 9, 4 from the mean is

a) 2.23
b) 2.57
c) 3.23
d) 3.57

20) Mean deviation for n observations 𝑥1, 𝑥2 , … , 𝑥𝑛 from their mean 𝑥̅ is

given by

a) ∑𝑛𝑖=1(𝑥𝑖 − 𝑥̅ )
𝟏
b) ∑𝒏𝒊=𝟏 |𝒙𝒊 − 𝒙
̅|
𝒏
2
c) ∑𝑛𝑖=1(𝑥𝑖 − 𝑥̅ )
1
d) ∑𝑛𝑖=1(𝑥𝑖 − 𝑥̅ )2
𝑛

21) Following are the marks obtained by 9 students in math’s test: 50, 69,
20, 33, 53, 39, 40, 65, 59. Now the mean deviation about median is

a) 9
b) 10.5
c) 12.67
d) 14.76

22) The S.D of the data 6, 5, 9, 13, 12, 8, 10 is

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 397

 RSG CLASSES

𝟓𝟐
a) √
𝟕
b) 52/7
c) √6
d) 6

23) Let 𝑥1 , 𝑥2 , … , 𝑥𝑛 be n observations and 𝑥̅ be their A.M. The formula for

the S.D is given by

a) ∑𝑛𝑖=1(𝑥𝑖 − 𝑥̅ )2
1
b) ∑𝑛𝑖=1(𝑥𝑖 − 𝑥̅ )2
𝑛
𝟏
c) √ ∑𝒏𝒊=𝟏(𝒙𝒊 − 𝒙
̅ )𝟐
𝒏

1
d) √ ∑𝑛𝑖=1 𝑥𝑖2 + 𝑥̅ 2
𝑛

24) Let a, b, c, d, e be the observations with mean m and standard

deviation 𝜎. The S.D of the observations a + k, b + k, c + k, d + k, e +
k, is

a) 𝝈
b) 𝑘𝜎
c) 𝑘 + 𝜎
𝜎
d)
𝑘

25) Let 𝑥1 , 𝑥2 , … , 𝑥𝑛 be n observations with mean m and S.D s. Then the

S.D of the observations 𝑎𝑥1 , 𝑎𝑥2 , … , 𝑎𝑥𝑛 , is

a) a+s
b) s/a
c) |a| s
d) as

26) Standard deviation of the 1st 10 natural numbers is

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 398

 RSG CLASSES

a) 5.5
b) 3.87
c) 2.97
d) 2.87

27) Standard deviation of the 1st 10 even natural numbers is

a) 11
b) 7.74
c) 5.74
d) 11.48

28) Consider 1st 10 positive integers having S.D 2.87. If we multiply each
number by -1 and then add 1 to each number, the S.D of the numbers
so obtained is

a) 8.25
b) 2.87
c) -2.87
d) -8.25

29) The following information relates to a sample of size 60:

∑ 𝑥𝑖 = 960 𝑎𝑛𝑑 ∑ 𝑥𝑖2 = 18000. The variance is

a) 6.63
b) 16
c) 22
d) 44

30) Which of the following statement is incorrect?

a) If 𝑥̅ is the mean of n values of a variable x, then ∑𝑛𝑖=1(𝑥𝑖 − 𝑥̅ ) = 0

b) If 𝑥̅ is the mean of n values of a variable x and a ha any value other
2
than 𝑥̅ , then ∑𝑛𝑖=1(𝑥𝑖 − 𝑥̅ ) is the least value of ∑𝑛𝑖=1(𝑥𝑖 − 𝑥̅ )2
c) The mean deviation of the data is the least deviations are taken
about mean

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 399

 RSG CLASSES

d) The mean deviation of the data is least when deviations are taken
about median

31) If 𝑥1 , 𝑥2 , … , 𝑥𝑛 are n values of a variable x and 𝑦1 , 𝑦2 , … , 𝑦𝑛 are n

𝑥 −𝑎
values of a variable y such that 𝑦𝑖 = 𝑖 ; 𝑖 = 1, 2, . . 𝑛, then
ℎ

a) Var(y) = var(x)
b) Var (x) = 𝒉𝟐 𝒗𝒂𝒓(𝒚)
c) Var(y) = ℎ2 𝑣𝑎𝑟(𝑥 )
d) Var(x) = ℎ2 𝑣𝑎𝑟(𝑦)

32) The mean deviation from the median is

a) Equal to that measured from another value

b) Maximum if all observation are positive
c) Greater than that measured from any other value
d) Less than that measured from any other value

33) If 25% of the observations in a frequency distribution are less than

20 and 25% are more than 40, then the quartile deviation is

a) 20
b) 30
c) 40
d) 10

34) The S.D of the data:-

X 1 a 𝑎2 … 𝑎𝑛

F(x) 𝑛𝑐0 𝑛𝐶1 𝑛𝐶2 … 𝑛𝐶𝑛

Is
𝟏+𝒂𝟐 𝒏 𝟏+𝒂
a) ( ) − ( )𝒏
𝟐 𝟐
1+𝑎2 2𝑛 1+𝑎 𝑛
b) ( ) −( )
2 2

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 400

 RSG CLASSES

1+𝑎 2𝑛 1+𝑎2 𝑛
c) ( ) −( )
2 2
d) None of the above

35) The mean deviation of the series a, a + d, a + 2d, …, a + 2nd from its
mean, is

(𝑛+1)𝑑
a)
2𝑛+1
𝑛𝑑
b)
2𝑛+1
𝒏(𝒏+𝟏)𝒅
c)
𝟐𝒏+𝟏
(2𝑛+1)𝑑
d)
𝑛(𝑛+1)

36) For any two numbers SD is always

a) Twice the range

b) Half of the range
c) Square of the range
d) None of the above

37) If all the observations are increased by 10, then

a) SD will increased by 10
b) MD will increased by 10
c) QD will increased by 10
d) All these three remain unchanged

38) If 𝑅𝑥 & 𝑅𝑦 denote ranges of x and y respectively where x and y are

related by 3x + 2y + 10 =0, what would be the relation between x
and y?

a) 𝑅𝑥 = 𝑅𝑦
b) 2𝑅𝑥 = 3𝑅𝑦
c) 𝟑𝑹𝒙 = 𝟐𝑹𝒚
d) 𝑅𝑥 = 2𝑅𝑦

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 401

 RSG CLASSES

39) If the range of x is 2, what would be the range of -3x + 50?

a) 2
b) 6
c) -6
d) 44

40) The coefficient of mean deviation about mean for the 1st 9 natural
numbers is

a) 200/9
b) 80
c) 400/9
d) 50

41) If two variables x and y are related by 2x + 3y – 7 = 0 and the mean

and mean deviation about mean of x are 1 and 0.3 respectively, then
the coefficient of mean deviation about its mean is

a) -5
b) 12
c) 50
d) 4

𝑥−𝑎
42) If the mean and SD of x are a and b respectively, then the SD of is
𝑏

a) –1
b) 1
c) ab
d) a/b

43) If x and y are related by 2x + 3y + 4 = 0 and SD of x is 6, then SD of y

is

a) 22
b) 4

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 402

 RSG CLASSES

c) 5
d) 9

44) If x and y are related as 3x + 4y = 20 and the QD of x is 12, then the

QD of y is

a) 16
b) 14
c) 10
d) 9

45) If the SD of the 1st n natural number is 2, then the value of n is

a) 2
b) 7
c) 6
d) 5

46) The mean and SD for a group of 100 observations are 65 and 7.03
respectively. If 60 of these observations have mean and SD as 70 and
3 respectively, what is the SD for the group comprising 40
observations?

a) 16
b) 25
c) 4
d) 2

47) If two samples of size 30 and 20 have means as 55 and 60 and

variances as 16 and 25 respectively, then what would be the SD of the
combined sample of size 50?

a) 5
b) 5.06
c) 5.23
d) 5.35
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 403
 RSG CLASSES

48) The mean and SD of a sample of 100 observations were calculated as

40 and 5.1 respectively by a ECO(Hons.) student who took one of the
observations as 50 instead of 40 by mistake? The current value of SD
would be

a) 4.90
b) 5
c) 4.88
d) 4.85

49) Which of the following companies A & B is more consistent so far as

the payment of the dividend is concerned?

Dividend 5 9 6 12 15 10 8 10
(A)
Dividend 4 8 7 15 18 9 6 6
(B)

a) A
b) B
c) Both
d) None

50) The value of appropriate measure of dispersion for the following

distribution of daily wages

Wages Below 30-39 40-49 50-59 60-79 Above

30 80

Number 5 7 18 32 28 10

Is given by

a) 11.03
b) 10.50

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 404

 RSG CLASSES

c) 11.68
d) 11.78

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 405

 RSG CLASSES

CHAPTER-3
Moments, Skewness and kurtosis
1) The moment about mean which is indication whether distribution is
symmetrical or asymmetrical is considered as

a) first moment
b) third moment
c) second moment
d) fourth moment

2) The kurtosis defines the peakness of the curve in the region which is

a) around the mode

b) around the mean
c) around the median
d) around the variance

3) In kurtosis, the beta is greater than three and quartile range is

preferred for

a) Mesokurtic distribution
b) Mega curve distribution
c) Leptokurtic distribution
d) Platykurtic distribution

4) According to beta, platykurtic distribution is one in which the

a) beta three is greater than three

b) beta two is greater than three
c) beta three is less than three
d) beta two is greater than two

5) In measures of skewness, the absolute skewness is equal to

a) mean+mode
b) mean-mode
c) mean+median
d) mean-median

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 406

 RSG CLASSES

6) The median of a moderately skewed distribution is 8, third quartile is

12, first quartile is 8 and inter-quartile range is 4 then relative
coefficient of skewness is

a) ±8
b) ±1
c) ±9
d) ±11

7) For the Karl Pearson's skewness coefficient the value of skewness

must be in limits

a) ±3
b) ±5
c) ±4
d) ±2

8) The distribution is considered leptokurtic if

a) beta three is less than three

b) beta two is greater than two
c) beta three is greater than three
d) beta two is greater than three

9) Consider a set of observations whose mean is 14 and mode of same

set of observations is 12 then values of skewness around central
value are

a) 2
b) 26
c) 1.667
d) 168

10) If the first quartile and third quartile are as 20 and 18 respectively
with the median of 12 then distribution is skewed to

a) close end tail

b) open end tail
c) lower tail

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 407

 RSG CLASSES

d) upper tail

11) In kurtosis, the frequency curve which is also classified as normal

curve is called

a) mega curve
b) mesokurtic
c) leptokurtic
d) platykurtic

12) If the median is 12, mean is 15 and the standard deviation of data is 3
then Karl Pearson's coefficient of skewness is

a) 17
b) 27
c) 15
d) 3

13) If all the values move towards one tail of a distribution then this
scenario results in

a) width of distribution
b) height of distribution
c) lengthening the tail
d) shortening the tail

14) The moment about mean which is indication of flatness of frequency

curve is classified as

a) third moment
b) second moment
c) first moment
d) fourth moment

15) The moment about mean which is considered as measure of

dispersion and is equivalent to variance is called

a) eighth moment
b) fifth moment
c) first moment
d) second moment

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 408

 RSG CLASSES

CHAPTER-4
Correlation and regression
1) Bivariate data are the data collected for

a) Two variables
b) More than two variables
c) Two variables at the same point of time
d) Two variables at different point of time

2) For a Bivariate frequency table having (p + q) classification the total

number of cells is

a) p
b) p+q
c) q
d) pq

3) Some of the cell frequencies in a Bivariate frequency table may be

a) Negative
b) zero
c) a or b
d) None of the above

4) For a p × 𝑞 Bivariate frequency table, the maximum number of

marginal distributions is

a) p
b) p+q
c) 1
d) 2

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 409

 RSG CLASSES

5) For a p × 𝑞 classification of Bivariate data, the maximum number of

marginal distributions is

a) P
b) p+q
c) pq
d) p or q

6) Correlation analysis aims at

a) Predicting one variable for a given value of the other variable

b) Establishing relation between two variables
c) Measuring the extent of relation b/w two variables
d) Both b) and c)

7) Regression analysis is concerned with

a) Establishing a mathematical relationship b/w two variables

b) Measuring the extent of association b/w two variables
c) Predicting the value of dependent variable for a given value of the
independent variable
d) Both a) and c)

8) What is spurious correlation?

a) It a bad relation b/w two variables

b) It is very low correlation b/w the two variables
c) It is the correlation b/w two variables having no casual relation
d) It is a negative correlation

9) Scatter diagram is considered for measuring

a) Linear relationship b/w two variables

b) Curvilinear relation b/w two variables
c) Neither of them
d) Both of them

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 410

 RSG CLASSES

10) If the plotted points in a scatter diagram lie from upper left to lower
left, then the correlation is

a) Positive
b) Zero
c) Negative
d) None of the above

11) If the plotted points in a scatter diagram are evenly distributed, then
the correlation is

a) Zero
b) Negative
c) Positive
d) A) or b)

12) In the linear regression of y on x, the estimate of the slope

𝐶𝑜𝑣(𝑥,𝑦)
parameter is given by . Then the slope parameter for the linear
𝑉(𝑥)
regression of x on y is given by
𝑉(𝑥)
a) ;
𝐶𝑜𝑣(𝑥,𝑦)
𝑪𝒐𝒗(𝒙,𝒚)
b) ;
𝑽(𝒚)
𝐶𝑜𝑣(𝑥,𝑦)
c) ;
√𝑉(𝑥)𝑉(𝑥)
d) None of these [ISI 2004]

13) If all the plotted points in a scatter diagram lie on a single line, then
the correlation is

a) Perfect positive
b) Perfect negative
c) Both a) or b)
d) Either a) or b)

14) The correlation b/w the shoe size and the intelligence of a person is

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 411

 RSG CLASSES

a) Zero
b) Positive
c) Negative
d) None of the above

15) The correlation between the speed of an automobile and the distance
travelled by it after applying the brakes is

a) Negative
b) Positive
c) Zero
d) None of the above

16) Scatter diagram helps us to

a) Find the nature correlation b/w the two variables

b) Compute the extent of correlation b/w two variables
c) Obtain the mathematical relationship b/w two variables
d) Both a) and c)

17) Pearson’s correlation coefficient is used for finding

a) Correlation for any type of relation

b) Correlation for linear relation only
c) Correlation for curvilinear relation only
d) Both b) and c)

18) Product moment correlation coefficient is considered for

a) Finding the nature of correlation

b) Finding the amount of correlation
c) Both a) and b)
d) Either a) or b)

19) If the value of correlation coefficient is positive, then the points in a

scatter diagram tend to cluster

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 412

 RSG CLASSES

a) From lower left corner to upper right corner

b) From lower left corner to upper left corner
c) From lower right corner to upper left corner
d) From lower right corner to upper right corner

20) When r = 1, all the points in a scatter diagram would lie

a) On a straight line directed from lower left to upper right

b) On a straight line directed from upper left to lower right
c) On a straight line
d) Both a) or b)

21) Product moment correlation coefficient may be defined as the ratio of

a) The product of SDs of the two variables to the covariance b/w

them
b) The covariance b/w the variables to the product of the variables of
them
c) The covariance b/w the variables to the product of their SD
d) Either b) or c)

22) The covariance b/w two variables is

a) Strictly positive
b) Strictly negative
c) Always 0
d) Either a) or b) or c)

23) The coefficient of correlation b/w two variables

a) Can have any unit

b) Is expressed as the product of units of the two variables
c) Is a unit free measure
d) None of the above

24) What are the limits of the correlation coefficient?

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 413

 RSG CLASSES

a) No limit
b) -1 and 1
c) 0 and 1, including the limits
d) -1 and 1, including the limits

25) In case the correlation coefficient b/w two variables is 1, the

relationship b/w the two variables would be

a) y = a + bx
b) y = a + bx, b> 0
c) y = a + bx, b< 0
d) y = a + bx, both a and b are positive

26) If the relationship between two variables x and y are given by

2x + 3y + 4 = 0, then the value of the coefficient correlation between
x and y is

a) 0
b) 1
c) -1
d) Negative
27) Suppose correlation coefficients between x and y are computed
from (i) y = 2 + 3x and (ii)2y=5 + 8x. Call them p1 and p2,
respectively.
Then
a) p1>p2 ;
b) p2>p1 ;
c) p1 = p2 :
d) Either p1>p2 or p1<p2 [ISI 2004]

28) For finding correlation between two attributes, we consider

a) Pearson’s correlation coefficient

b) Scatter diagram
c) Spearman’s rank correlation coefficient
d) Coefficient of concurrent deviations
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 414
 RSG CLASSES

29) For a given bivariate data set (𝑥𝑖 , 𝑦𝑖 ; 𝑖 = 1,2, … , 𝑛), the squared
correlation coefficient (𝑟 2 ) between x2 and y is found to be 1. Which of
the following statements is the most appropriate?
a) In the (x,y) scatter diagram, all points lie on a straight line.
b) In the (x,y) scatter diagram, all points lie on the curve line y
= x2.
c) In the (x,y) scatter diagram, all points lie on the curve y =
a+bx2, a > 0, b > 0.
d) In the (x,y) scatter diagram, all points lie on the curve y = a
+ bx2, a,b any real numbers. [ISI 2007]

30) For finding degree of agreement about beauty b/w two judges in a
Beauty contest, we use

a) Scatter diagram
b) Coefficient of rank correlation
c) Coefficient of correlation
d) Coefficient of concurrent deviation

31) If there’s a perfect disagreement b/w the marks in geography and

statistics, then what would be the value of rank correlation
coefficient?

a) Any value
b) Only 1
c) Only -1
d) b) or c)

32) When we are not concerned with the magnitude of the two variables
under discussion, we consider

a) Rank coefficient correlation

b) Product moment correlation coefficient
c) Coefficient of concurrent deviation
d) A) or b) but not c)

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 415

 RSG CLASSES

33) What is the quickest method to find correlation b/w two variables?

a) Scatter diagram
b) Method of concurrent deviations
c) Method of rank correlation
d) Method of product moment correlation

34) What are the limits of the coefficient of concurrent deviations?

a) No limit
b) b/w -1 and 0, including the limit values
c) b/w 0 and 1, including the limit values
d) b/w -1 and 1, including the limit values

35) If there are two variables x and y, then the number of regression
equations could be

a) 1
b) 2
c) Any number
d) 3

36) Since blood pressure of a person depends on age, we need consider

a) The regression equation of blood pressure on age

b) The regression equation of age on blood pressure
c) Both a) and b)
d) Either a) or b)

37) The method applied for deriving the regression equations known as

a) Least squares
b) Concurrent deviation
c) Product moment
d) Normal equation

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 416

 RSG CLASSES

38) The difference b/w the observed value and the estimated value in the
regression analysis is

a) Error
b) Residue
c) Deviation
d) a) or b)

39) The error in case of regression equations are

a) Positive
b) Negative
c) Zero
d) All of the above

40) The regression line of y on x is derived by

a) The minimization of vertical distances in the scatter diagram

b) The minimization of horizontal distances in the scatter diagram
c) Both a) and b)
d) Neither a) and b)

41) The two lines of regression become identical when

a) r=1
b) r = -1
c) r=0
d) Either a) or b)

42) Consider two random variables X and Y where X takes value -2, -1,
0,1,2 each with probability 1/5 and Y= |X|. Which of the following is
true?
a) The variable X and Y are independent and Pearson’s
correlation coefficient between X and Y is 0.

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 417

 RSG CLASSES

b) The variable X and Y are dependent and Pearson’s correlation

coefficient between X and Y is 0.
c) The variable X and Y are independent and Pearson’s
correlation coefficient between X and Y is 1.
d) The variable X and Y are dependent and Pearson’s
correlation coefficient between X and Y is 1. [ISI 2015]

43) Suppose the random variable X takes values in the set {-1, 0, 1}
and the probability of each value is equal. Let Y = X 2. Which of the
following statements is true?

a) X and Y are correlated but independent

b) X and Y are uncorrelated but dependent
c) X and Y are dependent and have the same mean
d) X and Y are correlated and have different means [DSE 2010]

44) What are the limits of the two regression coefficients?

a) No limit
b) Must be positive
c) One positive and the other negative
d) Product of the regression coefficient must be numerically less than
unity.

45) The regression coefficients remain unchanged due to a

a) Shift in origin
b) Shift in scale
c) Both a) or b)
d) Neither a) or b)

46) If the coefficient of correlation b/w two variables is -0.9, then the
coefficient of determination

a) 0.9
b) 0.81
c) 0.1
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 418
 RSG CLASSES

d) 0.19

47) If the coefficient of correlation b/w two variables is 0.7, then the % of
variation unaccounted for is

a) 70%
b) 30%
c) 51%
d) 49%

48) If for two variable x and y, the covariance, variance of x and variance
of y are 40, 16 and 256 respectively, what is the value of the
correlation of coefficient?

a) 0.01
b) 0.625
c) 0.4
d) 0.5

49) If cov(x, y) = 15, what restrictions should be put for the standard
deviation of x and y?

a) No restrictions
b) The product of the SDs should be more than 15
c) The product of the SDs should be less than 15
d) The sum of the SDs should be less than 15

50) In an analysis of bivariate data (X and Y) the following results were

obtained.
Variance of X(σ2x ) = 9, product of the regression coefficient of Y on
X and X on Y is 0.36, and the regression coefficient from the
regression of Y on X(βyx ) is 0.8. the variance of Y is
a) 16
b) 4
c) 1.69
d) 3

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 419

 RSG CLASSES

51) If the covariance b/w two variables is 20 and the variance of one of
the variable is 16, what would be the variance of the other variable?

a) More than 100

b) More than 10
c) Less than 10
d) More than 1.25

52) If y = a + bx, then what is the coefficient of correlation b/w x and y?

a) 1
b) -1
c) 1 or -1 according as b> 0 𝑜𝑟 𝑏 < 0
d) None of the above

53) If r = 0.6 then the coefficient of non – determination is

a) 0.4
b) -0.6
c) 0.36
d) 0.64

54) If u + 5x = 6 and 3y – 7v = 20 and the correlation coefficient b/w x

and y is 0.58 then what would be the correlation coefficient b/w u and
v?

a) 0.58
b) -0.58
c) -0.84
d) 0.84

55) If the relation b/w x and u is 3x + 4u + 7 = 0 and the correlation

coefficient between x and y is -0.6, then what is the correlation
coefficient b/w u and y?

a) -0.6
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 420
 RSG CLASSES

b) 0.8
c) 0.6
d) -0.8

56) If the sum of squares of difference of ranks, given by two judges A &
B, of 8 students is 21, what is the value of rank correlation coefficient?

a) 0.7
b) 0.65
c) 0.75
d) 0.8

57) If the correlation between variables X and Y is 0, then

a) The regression of Y on X and X on Y intersect at right angles, and

pass through (𝐗̅, 𝐘
̅)
b) The regression of Y on X and X on Y do not intersect at right
angles, but do pass through (X̅, Y
̅)
c) The regression of Y on X and X on Y intersect at right angles, but
do not pass through (̅X, ̅
Y)
d) The regression of Y on X and X on Y do not intersect at right
angles, and do not pass through (X ̅, Y
̅) [DSE 2012]

58) If the rank correlation coefficient b/w marks in management and

math’s for a group of student is 0.6 and the sum of squares of the
difference in ranks is 66, what is the number of students in the group?

a) 10
b) 9
c) 8
d) 11

59) While computing rank correlation coefficient b/w profit and

investment for the last 6 years of a company the difference in rank for
a year was taken 3 instead of 4. What is the rectified rank correlation
coefficient if it is known that the original value of rank correlation
coefficient was 0.4?
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 421
 RSG CLASSES

a) 0.3
b) 0.2
c) 0.25
d) 0.28

60) For the 10 pair of observations, number of concurrent deviations was

found to be 4. What is the value of the coefficient of concurrent
deviation?

a) √0.2
b) −√0.2
c) 1/3
d) -1/3

61) The coefficient of concurrent deviation for p pairs of observations

was found to be 1/√3. If the number of concurrent deviations was
found to be 6, then the value of p is

a) 10
b) 9
c) 8
d) None of these

62) What is the value of correlation coefficient due to Pearson on the

basis of the following data:

X -5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4

Y 27 18 11 6 3 2 3 6 11 18

a) 1
b) -1
c) 0
d) -0.5

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 422

 RSG CLASSES

63) Following are the two normal equations obtained for deriving the
regression line of y and x:
5a + 10b = 40
10a + 25b = 95

The regression line of y on x is given by:

a) 2x + 3y = 5
b) 2y + 3x = 5
c) y = 2 + 3x
d) y = 3 + 5x

64) If the regression line of y on x and of x on y are given by 2x + 3y = -1

and 5x + 6y = -1 then the AM of x and y are given by

a) (1, -1)
b) (-1, 1)
c) (-1, -1)
d) (2, 3)

65) Given the following equations: 2x – 3y = 10 and 3x + 4y = 15, which

of the following equation of x on y?

a) 1st equation
b) 2nd equation
c) Both a) and b)
d) None of the above

66) Given the following equations: 3x + y = 13 and 2x + 5y = 20, which

one is the equation of y on x?

a) 1st equation
b) 2nd equation
c) Both of them
d) None of them

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 423

 RSG CLASSES

67) If u = 2x + 5 and v = -3y – 6 and the regression coefficient of y on x is

2.4, what is the regression coefficient of v on u?

a) 3.6
b) -3.6
c) 2.4
d) -2.4

68) If 4y – 5x = 15 is the regression line of y on x and the coefficient of

correlation b/w x and y is 0.75, what is the value of the regression
coefficient of x on y?

a) 0.45
b) 0.9375
c) 0.6
d) None of the above

69) If the regression line of y on x and that of x on y are given by y = -2x

+ 3 and 8x = -y + 3 respectively, what is the value of regression
coefficient of x on y?

a) 0.5
b) 0.25
c) -0.5
d) -0.25

70) If the regression coefficient of y on x, the coefficient of correlation

√3
b/w x and y and variance of y are -3/4, and 4 respectively,, what is
2
the variance of x?

2
a)
√3/2
b) 16/3
c) 4/3
d) 4

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 424

 RSG CLASSES

71) If y = 3x + 4 is the regression line of y on x and the AM of x is -1, what

is the AM of y?

a) 1
b) -1
c) 7
d) None of the above

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 425

 RSG CLASSES

CHAPTER-5
Index number
1) A series of numerical figures which show the relative position is
called

a) Index number
b) Relative number
c) Absolute number
d) None of the above

2) Index number is equal to

a) Sum of price relatives

b) Average of the price relatives
c) Product of price relative
d) None of the above

3) Factor reversal test is satisfied by

a) Fisher’s Ideal Index

b) Laspeyres Index
c) Paasches Index
d) None of the above

4) Which of the following test satisfy the relative formula of weighted

GM?

a) Time reversal test

b) Circular test
c) Factor reversal test
d) None of the above

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 426

 RSG CLASSES

5) Laspeyre’s formula does not satisfy

a) Factor reversal test

b) Time reversal test
c) Circular test
d) All of the above

6) A ratio or an average of ratios expressed as a % is called

a) A relative number
b) An absolute number
c) An index number
d) None of the above

7) The ratio of price of single commodity in a given period to its price in

the preceding year price is called the

a) Base period
b) Price ratio
c) Relative price
d) None of the above

8) Chain index is equal to

𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑘 𝑟𝑒𝑙𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑐𝑢𝑟𝑟𝑒𝑛𝑡 𝑦𝑒𝑎𝑟 × 𝑐ℎ𝑎𝑖𝑛 𝑖𝑛𝑑𝑒𝑥 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑐𝑢𝑟𝑟𝑒𝑛𝑡 𝑦𝑒𝑎𝑟

a)
100
𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑘 𝑟𝑒𝑙𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑝𝑟𝑒𝑣𝑖𝑜𝑢𝑠 𝑦𝑒𝑎𝑟 × 𝑐ℎ𝑎𝑖𝑛 𝑖𝑛𝑑𝑒𝑥 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑐𝑢𝑟𝑟𝑒𝑛𝑡 𝑦𝑒𝑎𝑟
b)
100
𝒍𝒊𝒏𝒌 𝒓𝒆𝒍𝒂𝒕𝒊𝒗𝒆 𝒐𝒇 𝒄𝒖𝒓𝒓𝒆𝒏𝒕 𝒚𝒆𝒂𝒓 × 𝒄𝒉𝒂𝒊𝒏 𝒊𝒏𝒅𝒆𝒙 𝒐𝒇 𝒕𝒉𝒆 𝒑𝒓𝒆𝒗𝒊𝒐𝒖𝒔 𝒚𝒆𝒂𝒓
c)
𝟏𝟎𝟎
𝑙𝑖𝑛𝑘 𝑟𝑒𝑙𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑣𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑝𝑟𝑒𝑣𝑖𝑜𝑢𝑠 𝑦𝑒𝑎𝑟 × 𝑐ℎ𝑎𝑖𝑛 𝑖𝑛𝑑𝑒𝑥 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑝𝑟𝑒𝑣𝑖𝑜𝑢𝑠 𝑦𝑒𝑎𝑟
d)
100

9) When the product of price index and the quantity index is equal to
the corresponding value index then the test that holds is

a) Unit test
b) Time reversal test

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 427

 RSG CLASSES

c) Factor reversal test

d) None of the above

10) The formula should be independent of the unit in which or for which
price and quantities are quoted in

a) Unit test
b) Time reversal test
c) Factor reversal test
d) None of the above

11) Laspeyre’s method and Paasche’s method do not satisfy

a) Unit test
b) Time reversal test
c) Factor reversal test
d) B and c

12) The index number is a special type of average

a) False
b) True
c) Both
d) None of the above

13) The choice of suitable base period is at best temporary solution

a) True
b) False
c) Both
d) None of the above

14) Theoretically, GM is the best average in the construction of index

numbers but in practice, mostly the AM is used

a) False

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 428

 RSG CLASSES

b) True
c) Both
d) None of the above

15) Laspeyre’s or Paasche’s or the Fisher’s ideal index do not satisfy

a) Time reversal test

b) Unit test
c) Circular test
d) None of the above

16) The test of shifting the base is called

a) Unit test
b) Circular test
c) Time reversal test
d) None of the above

17) The formula for conversion to current value

𝑝𝑟𝑖𝑐𝑒 𝑖𝑛𝑑𝑒𝑥 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑐𝑢𝑟𝑟𝑒𝑛𝑡 𝑦𝑒𝑎𝑟

a) Deflated value =
𝑝𝑟𝑒𝑣𝑖𝑜𝑢𝑠 𝑣𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒
𝒑𝒓𝒊𝒄𝒆 𝒊𝒏𝒅𝒆𝒙 𝒐𝒇 𝒕𝒉𝒆 𝒄𝒖𝒓𝒓𝒆𝒏𝒕 𝒚𝒆𝒂𝒓
b) Deflated value =
𝒄𝒖𝒓𝒓𝒆𝒏𝒕 𝒗𝒂𝒍𝒖𝒆
𝑝𝑟𝑖𝑐𝑒 𝑖𝑛𝑑𝑒𝑥 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑝𝑟𝑒𝑣𝑖𝑜𝑢𝑠 𝑦𝑒𝑎𝑟
c) Deflated value =
𝑝𝑟𝑒𝑣𝑖𝑜𝑢𝑠 𝑣𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒
𝑝𝑟𝑖𝑐𝑒 𝑖𝑛𝑑𝑒𝑥 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑝𝑟𝑒𝑣𝑖𝑜𝑢𝑠 𝑦𝑒𝑎𝑟
d) Deflated value =
𝑐𝑢𝑟𝑟𝑒𝑛𝑡 𝑣𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒

18) The number of test of adequacy is

a) 2
b) 5
c) 3
d) 4

19) We use price index numbers

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 429

 RSG CLASSES

a) To measure and compare prices

b) To measure prices
c) To compare prices
d) None of the above

20) Simple aggregate of quantities is a type of

a) Quality control
b) Quantity indices
c) Both
d) None of the above

21) The factor reversal test is satisfied by

a) Simple aggregative index number

b) Paasche’s index number
c) Laspeyre’s index number
d) None of the above

22) Fisher’s ideal index number is

a) The median of laspeyre’s and paasche’s index numbers

b) The AM of laspeyre’s and paasche’s index numbers
c) The GM of laspeyre’s and paasche’s index numbers
d) None of the above

23) Time reversal test is satisfied by the following index number is

a) Laspeyre’s index number

b) Simple AM of price relative formula
c) Marshall – edge worth formula
d) None of the above

24) Cost of living index number is expressed in terms of

∑ 𝒑𝒏 𝒒𝟎
a) ∑ 𝒑𝟎 𝒒𝟎
× 𝟏𝟎𝟎

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 430

 RSG CLASSES
∑ 𝑝𝑛 𝑞𝑛
b) ∑ 𝑝0 𝑞0
× 100
∑ 𝑝0 𝑞𝑛
c) ∑ 𝑝𝑛 𝑞𝑛
× 100
d) None of the above

25) If the ratio of b/w laspeyre’s and paasche’s index number is 28:27.
Then the missing value of p is

commodity Base year Current year

L 10 2 5
X
L 5 P 2
Y

a) 7
b) 4
c) 3
d) 9

26) If the price of all commodities in a place have increased 1.25 times in
comparison to the base period, the index number of prices of that
place now is

a) 125
b) 150
c) 225
d) None of the above

27) If the index number of prices at a place in 1994 is 250 with 1984 as
base year, then the price have increased on average by

a) 250%
b) 150%
c) 350%
d) None of the above

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 431

 RSG CLASSES

28) In 1980, the net monthly income of the employee was Rs. 800/- per
month. The consumer price index number was 160 in 1980. It rises to
200 in 1984. If he has to be rightly compensated. The additional D.A.
to be paid to the employee is

a) Rs. 175/-
b) Rs. 185/-
c) Rs. 200/-
d) Rs. 125/-

29) Bowley’s index number is 150. Fisher’s index number is 149.95.

Paasche’s index number is

a) 158
b) 154
c) 148
d) 156
30) With the base year 1960 the CII in 1972 stood at 250. X was getting a
monthly salary of Rs. 500 in 1960 and Rs. 750 in 1972. In 1972 in
order to maintain the standard of living in 1960 X has to receive an
extra allowance

a) Rs. 600/-
b) Rs. 500/-
c) Rs. 300/-
d) None of the above

31) Circular test is satisfied by

a) Laspeyre’s index number

b) Paasche’s index number
c) The simple GM of price relatives and the weighted aggregative with
fixed weights.
d) None of the above

32) Purchasing power of money is

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 432

 RSG CLASSES

a) Reciprocal of price index number

b) Equal to price index number
c) Unequal to price index number
d) None of the above

33) The cost of living index is always

a) Weighted index
b) Price index
c) Quantity index
d) None of the above

34) The time reversal test is not satisfied to

a) Fisher’s ideal index

b) Marshall Edge worth method
c) Laspeyre’s and paasche method
d) None of the above

35) Consumer price index number goes up from 110 to 200 and the
salary of the worker is also raised from Rs. 325 to Rs. 500. Therefore,
in real terms, to maintain his previous standard of living he should
get an additional amount of

a) Rs. 85
b) Rs. 90.91
c) Rs. 98.25
d) None of the above

36) Cost of living index (CII) numbers are also used to find the real wages
by the process of

a) Deflating of index number

b) Splicing of index number
c) Base shifting
d) None of the above

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 433

 RSG CLASSES

37) The circular test is an extension of

a) The time reversal test

b) The factor reversal test
c) The unit test
d) None of the above

38) The prices of a commodity in the years 1975 and 1980 were 25 and
30 respectively, taking 1975 as the base year the price relative is

a) 120
b) 135
c) 122
d) None of the above

39) During a certain period the cost of living index number goes up from
110 to 200 and the salary of a worker is also raised from Rs. 330 to
Rs. 500. The worker does not get really gain. Then the real wages
decrease by

a) Rs. 45.45
b) Rs. 43.25
c) Rs. 100
d) None of the above

40) Net monthly salary of an employee was Rs. 3000 in 1980. The
consumer price index numbers in 1985 is 250 with 1980 as base
year. If he has to be compensated correctly, then the dearness
allowances to be paid to the employee is

a) Rs. 4800
b) Rs. 4700
c) Rs. 4500
d) None of the above

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 434

 RSG CLASSES

41) Net monthly salary of an employee was Rs. 800 in 1980. The
Consumer price index number was 160 in 1980. It is rises to 200 in
1984. Then for right compensation the additional dearness allowance
to be paid to the employee is

a) Rs. 240
b) Rs. 275
c) Rs. 250
d) None of the above

42) The consumer price index for April 1985 was 125. The food price
index was 120 and other items index was 135. The percentage of the
total weight of the index of the index is

a) 66.67
b) 68.28
c) 90.25
d) None of the above

43) During the certain period the CLI goes up from 110 to 200 and the
salary of the worker is also raised from 330 to 500, then the real
decrease is

a) Loss by Rs. 50
b) Loss by Rs. 75
c) Loss by Rs. 90
d) None of the above

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 435

 RSG CLASSES

CHAPTER-6
Probability

1) A problem in statistics is given to the three students A, B & C. Their

probabilities of solving it independently are 1/3, ¼ and 1/5,
respectively. The probability that the problem will be solved?

a) 3/5
b) 2/5
c) 1/5
d) 4/5

2) A box has 10 red balls and 5 black balls. A ball is selected from the
box. If the ball is red, it is returned to the box. If the ball is black, it and
2 additional black balls are added to the box. The probability that a
second ball selected from the box will be red?

a) 47/72
b) 25/72
c) 55/153
d) 98/153

3) Everyone shows that 20% of the people reserving a table at a certain

restaurant never shown up. If the restaurant has 50 tables and takes
52 reservations, then the probability that it will be able to
accommodate everyone?

209
a) 1-
552
𝟒 𝟓𝟐
b) 1-14× ( )
𝟓
4 50
c) ( )
5
1 50
d) ( )
5

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 436

 RSG CLASSES

4) Let X be the set of positive integers denoting the number of tries it

takes the Indian cricket team to win the world cup. The team has
equal odds for winning or losing any match. What is the probability
that they will win in odd number of matches?

a) ¼
b) ½
c) 2/3
d) ¾
5) 25 books are placed at random on a shelf. The probability that a
particular pair of books shall be always together?

a) 2/25
b) 1/25
c) 1/300
d) 1/600

6) Let A and B be two events with positive probability each, defined on

the same sample space, find the correct answer
a) P(A/B) > P(A) always
b) P(A/B) < P(A) always
c) P(A/B) > P(B) always
d) None of the above

7) There is a box with 10 balls. Each ball has a number between 1 and 10
written on it. No two balls have the same number. Two balls are
drawn at random from the box. What is the probability of choosing
two balls with odd numbers?

a) 1/9
b) ½
c) 2/9
d) 1/3

8) Let A and B be two mutually exclusive events with positive probability

each, defined on the same sample space. Find the correct answer
a) A and B are necessarily independent
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 437
 RSG CLASSES

b) A and B are necessarily dependent

c) A and B are necessarily equally likely
d) None of the above [ISI 2015]

9) Two people, A and B, make an appointment to meet at the train

station between 4:00 pm and 5:00 pm. They agree that each is to wait
for not more than 15 minutes for the other. Assuming that each is
independently equally likely to arrive at any point during the hour,
what is the probability that they will meet?
[ISI 2009]

a) 15/16
b) 7/16
c) 5/24
d) 22/175

10) There are 4 modes of transportation in Delhi (A) AUTO RICKSHAW

(B) BUS (C) CAR (D) DELHI METRO. The probability of using
1 2 4 2
transport A, B, C, D by an individual is , , , respectively. The
9 9 9 9
probability that he arrives late at work if he uses transportation A, B,
5 4 6 6
C, D is , , , respectively. What is the probability that he used
7 7 7 7
transport A if he reached office on time?

a) 1/9
b) 1/7
c) 3/7
d) 2/9

11) A car with 6 sparkplugs is known to have 2 malfunctioning ones. If

2 plugs are pulled out at random, what is the probability of getting at
least one malfunctioning plug?

a) 1/15
b) 7/15
c) 8/15
d) 9/15

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 438

 RSG CLASSES

12) Let A and B be any two events, each of which has a positive
probability of occurring. Consider the following statements:
I. If A and B are independent, they must be mutually exclusive
II. If A and B are mutually exclusive, they must be independent.
III. If A and B are independent, they cannot be mutually
exclusive
IV. If A and B are mutually exclusive, they cannot be
independent.

Which of the above statements are true?

a) I and IV
b) II and III
c) III and IV
d) None of the statements are true. [DSE 2008]

13) Suppose there is a multiple choice test which has 20 questions.

Each question has two possible outcomes - true or false. Moreover,
only one of them is correct. Suppose a student answer each of them
randomly. Which one of the following statements is correct?

a) The probability of getting 15 correct answers is less than the

probability of getting 5 correct answers.
b) The probability of getting 15 correct answers is more than the
probability of getting 5 correct answers.
c) The probability of getting 15 correct answers is equal to the
probability of getting 5 correct answers.
d) The answer depends on such things as the order of the questions.

14) An urn contains 5 red balls, 4 black balls and 2 white balls. A
player draws 2 balls one after another with replacement. Then what is
the probability of getting at least one red ball or at least one white
ball?

a) 105/121
b) 67/121
c) 20/121

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 439

 RSG CLASSES

d) None of the above

15) Suppose that 80% of all statisticians are shy, whereas only 15% of
all economists are shy. Suppose also that 90% of the people at a large
gathering are economists and the other 10% are statisticians. If you
meet a shy person at random at the gathering, what is the probability
that the person is a statistician?

a) 8/9
b) 0.8
c) 0.08
d) 80/215 [DSE 2008]

16) Population of a city is 40% male and 60% female. Suppose also
that 50% of males and 30% of females in the city smoke. The
probability that a smoker in the city is male?

a) 0.5
b) 0.46
c) 0.53
d) 0.7

17) A fair coin is tossed infinite number of times. The probability that a
head turns up for the first time after even number of tosses?

a) 1/3
b) ½
c) 2/3
d) ¾

18) An entrance examination has 10 “true-false” questions. A student

answers all the questions randomly and his probability of choosing
the correct answer is 0.5. Each correct answer fetches a score of 1 to
the student, while each incorrect answer fetches a score of zero. What
is the probability that the student gets the mean score?

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 440

 RSG CLASSES

a) ¼
b) 63/256
c) ½
d) 1/8

19) An urn contains W white balls and B black balls. The balls are
thoroughly mixed and two are drawn, one after the other, without
replacement. Let 𝑊𝐼 denote the outcome ‘white on the i-th draw for i =
1, 2. Which of the following statements is true?(2014)

a) P(W2)=P(W1)=W/(W+B)
b) P(W2)=P(W1)= (W-1)/(W+B-1)
c) P(W1)=W/W+B, P(W2)=(W-1)/(W+B-1)
d) P(W1)=W/W+B, P(W2)={W(W-1)}/{(W-B)(W+B-1)}

20) A bag contains four pieces of paper, each labeled with one of the
digits 1, 2, 3, 4, with no repeats. Three of these pieces are drawn, one
at a time without replacement, to construct a three-digit number.
What is the probability that the three-digit number is a multiple of 3?

a) ¾
b) ½
c) ¼
d) 9/24

21) Let A1, A2, A3 be independent events with probabilities p1, p2, p3
respectively. The probability that none of these events occurs equals

a) 1 – (p1+ p2+ p3)

b) 1 – (p1+ p2+p3) + p1p2 + p1p3 + p2p3
c) (1– p1 ) (1– p2 ) (1– p3 )
d) (1– p2 ) (1+ p1p3) [DSE 2011]

22) Two friends who take the metro to their jobs from the same station
arrive to the station uniformly randomly between 7 and 7:20 in the
morning. They are willing to wait for one another for 5 minutes, after
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 441
 RSG CLASSES

which they take a train whether together or alone. What is the

probability of their meeting at the station?

a) 5/20
b) 25/400
c) 10/20
d) 7/16

23) There are three cards. The first is green on both sides, the second is
red on both side and the third is green on one side and red on the
other. I choose a card with equalprobability, then a side of that card
with equal probability. If the side I choose of thecard is green, what is
the probability that the other side is green?
a) 1/3
b) 1/2
c) 2/3
d) ¾ [ISI 2016]

24) There are 3 cards. The first is green on both sides, the second is red
on both sides and the third is green on one side and red on the other. I
choose a card with equal probability, then a side of that card with
equal probability. If the side I choose of the card is green, what is the
probability that the other side is green too?

a) 1/3
b) ½
c) 2/3
d) ¾

25) A bag contains N balls of which a are red. Two balls are chosen
randomly from the bag without replacement. Let 𝑝1 denote the
probability that the first ball is red and 𝑝2 the probability that 2nd ball
is red. Which of the following statement is true?

a) 𝑝1 > 𝑝2
b) 𝑝1 < 𝑝2

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 442

 RSG CLASSES
𝑎−1
c) 𝑝2 =
𝑁−1
𝒂
d) 𝒑𝟐 =
𝑵

26) A particular men’s competition has unlimited number of rounds.

In each round, every participant has to complete a task. The
probability of a participating completing the task in a round is p. If a
participant fails to complete a task in a round, he is eliminated from
the competition. He participates in every round before being
eliminated. The competition begins with 3 participants. What is the
probability that all 3 participants are eliminated in the same round?

(𝟏−𝒑)𝟑
a)
𝟏−𝒑𝟑
1
b) (1-p)
3
1
c)
𝑝3
d) 𝑛𝑜𝑛𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑎𝑏𝑜𝑣𝑒

27) Three married couples sit down at a round table at which there
are 6 chairs. All if thee possible seating arrangements of the 6 people
are equally likely. The probability that each husband sits next to his
wife?

a) 2/15
b) 1/3
c) 4/15
d) None of the above

28) Considering an examinee answering a multiple choice

examination. For a particular question with 4 choices, the probability
1
that the examinee knows the answer is , the probability that she
3
makes the correct choice given that he knows the answer is 1, and the
probability that she makes the correct choice given that she does not
1
know the correct answer is . What is the probability of knowing the
4
correct answer given that she has made the correct answer?

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 443

 RSG CLASSES

a) 1/3
b) ¾
c) 2/3
d) 5/6

29) Each of 4 economists is asked to prescribe one of the 4 economic

policies. Each economic is equally likely to prescribe any of the 4
different policies. What is the probability that each of the economists
prescribes the different policy?

a) 3/8
b) 1/256
c) 3/16
d) 3/32

30) There are 3 identical boxes, each with 2 drawers. Box A contains a
gold coin in each drawer. Box B contains a silver coin in each drawer.
Box C contains a gold coin in each drawer. A box is chosen, a drawer
opened and a gold coin is found. What is the probability that the
chosen box is found?

a) 2/3
b) ½
c) 1/3
d) ¾

31) Suppose 4 fair coins are tossed simultaneously. Suppose “E” is the
event “the number of heads strictly exceeds the number of tails” and F
is the event “the number of tails strictly exceeds the number of heads”.
What is the probability of the event E ∪ F?

a) 5/8
b) ½
c) ¾
d) 3/8

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 444

 RSG CLASSES

32) Suppose two dice are rolled simultaneously. What is the

probability that the total number of spots on the upper faces of the
two dice is not divisible by 2,3 or 5?

a) 1/3
b) 2/9
c) 4/9
d) 7/16

33) A blood test to detect the presence of a certain disease successfully

detects the presence of a disease in 99 out of every 100 patients who
actually have the disease. But it falsely indicates the presence of the
disease in 1 out of every 100 healthy persons. 1% of the population
has the disease. The test is administered to a randomly selected
person. What is the probability that she has the disease given that her
result is positive?

a) 2/3
b) ½
c) ¾
d) 3/5

34) There is a box with ten balls. Each ball has a number between 1
and 10 written on it. No two balls have the same number. Two balls
are drawn (simultaneously) at random from the box. What is the
probability of choosing two balls with odd numbers?
a) 1/9
b) 1/2
c) 2/9
d) 1/3 [ISI 2009]

35) There are 3 identical boxes, each with two drawers. Box A contains
a gold coin in each drawer. Box B contains a silver coin in each
drawer. Box C contains a gold coin in one drawer & a silver coin in
other drawer. A box is chosen, a drawer opened and a gold coin is
found. What is the probability that the chosen box is A?

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 445

 RSG CLASSES

a) 2/3
b) 1/3
c) ½
d) ¾

36) A survey of asset ownership in poor households in rural UP and

Bihar found that 40% of the households own a radio, 15% own a
television, 26% own both a radio and a bicycle, 5% own both a
television and a bicycle, and 1% own all three. If a randomly selected
poor household in these areas is found to own exactly one of these
three assets, what is the probability that it is a bicycle?

a) 20/23
b) 17/23
c) 15/23
d) 12/23

37) Consider the experiment of tossing two unbiased coin in

succession. What is the probability of obtaining two heads, given that
at least one of the coins comes up head?

a) ½
b) ¼
c) 1/3
d) 2/3

38) There are 3 women on the platform of a train station. The train that
they are waiting for has 5 coaches and each of them is equally likely to
enter any coach. What is the probability that they will enter the same
coach?

a) 12/25
b) 3/5
c) 3/125
d) 1/25

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 446

 RSG CLASSES

39) Suppose a neighborhood has 90 Muslims and 10 Hindus. What is

the probability that 2 random selected persons from that
neighborhood will have same religion?

a) 0.5
b) 0.81
c) 0.9
d) 0.82

40) ICICI Bank collects data on 10000 respondents. Out of the 6800
men, 4200 have credit cards and out of the 3200 women, 2500 have
credit cards. Out of the men with credit cards, 1200 have unpaid
balance, whereas out of the women with credit cards, 1400 have
unpaid balance. What is the probability that an individual selected at
random is a men with a unpaid balance?

a) 0.68
b) 0.56
c) 0.12
d) 0.84

41) A box contains 100 balls. Some of them are white and the
remaining are red. Let X and Y denote the number of white and red
balls respectively. The correlation between X and Y is
a) 0
b) 1
c) -1
1 1
d) Some real numbers between − and [ISI 2009]
2 2

42) Amit has a box containing 6 red balls and 3 green balls. Anita has a
box containing 4 red balls and 5 green balls. Amit randomly draws one
ball from the box and put it into Anita’s box. Now Anita randomly
draws one ball from her box. What is the probability that the balls
drawn by Amit & Anita were of different colors?

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 447

 RSG CLASSES

a) 1/3
b) 2/15
c) 4/15
d) 7/15

43) Two patients share a hospital room for 2 days. Suppose that on any
given day, a person independently picks up a airborne infection with a
1
probability of . An individual who is infected on the first day will
4
certainly pass it to the other patient on the second day. Once
contracted, the infection stays for at least 2 days. What is the
probability that both patients have contracted the infection by the end
of the second day?

a) 125/256
b) 121/256
c) 135/256
d) 131/256

8
44) A blood test has detects a given disease with a probability given
10
2
that the tested person actually has the disease. With probability , the
10
test incorrectly shows the presence of a disease in a disease free
1
person. Suppose that of the population has the disease. What is the
10
probability that the person tested actually has the disease if the test
indicates the presence of the disease?

a) 1
b) 9/13
c) 4/13
d) 7/13

45) Your teacher knows 6 jokes and in each class tells 2 jokes; each
joke has an equal chance of being selected. What is the probability
that, in a given lecture, at least 1 joke is told that was not told in the
previous class?

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 448

 RSG CLASSES

a) 28/30
b) 14/30
c) 16/30
d) 12/30

46) Consider an experiment in which 5 fibers having different lengths

are subjecting to a testing process to learn the fiber which breaks 1 st.
The length of each fiber is 1, 2,3,4,5 inches respectively. Suppose the
probability that any fiber will be the 1st to break is proportional to the
length of that fiber. What is the probability that the length of the fiber
that breaks 1st is not more than 3 inches?

a) 3/5
b) 2/5
c) 1/3
d) 2/3

47) Three married couples sit down at a round table at which there are
six chairs. All of the possible seating arrangements of the six people
are equally likely. The probability that each husband sits next to his
wife is:
a) 2/15
b) 1/3
c) 4/15
d) None of the above. [ISI 2016]

48) A primary school has 6 classes, numbered from 1 to 6. Class 1 has

twice as many students as each of the other class. What is the
probability that a randomly selected student is from an odd numbered
class?

a) 10/21
b) 3/7
c) 8/21
d) 4/7

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 449

 RSG CLASSES

49) A traffic light is on the way to university is red 40% of the time.
What is the probability of getting a red light in any 2 days out of 3
days?

a) 0.2
b) 0.29
c) 0.3
d) 0.24

50) A class has 6 students, randomly divided into 2 teams, A and B, for
a race. What is the probability that the 3 runners in team A will Come
1st, 2nd and 3rd?

3!
a)
6!
b) 1/6!
c) (𝟑!)(𝟐)/𝟔!
d) 3/6!

51) Suppose that each person out of a group of 4 friends is randomly

assigned to one of the 6 classes. What is the probability that no class
has more than one person from this group?

a) 6!/4!
b) 5/18
c) 4/6
d) 6/4!

52) Suppose that the probability that any particle emitted by

radioactive material will penetrate a given shield is 0.01. If 10
particles are emitted, what is the probability that exactly one of the
particles will penetrate the shield?

a) (0.01)(0.99)9
b) (0.1) (𝟎. 𝟗𝟗)𝟗
c) 0.1
d) 1/9

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 450

 RSG CLASSES

53) Suppose that 80% of the statisticians are shy, whereas only 15% of
all economists are shy. Suppose that only 90% of the people at a large
gathering are economist and other 10% are statistician. If you meet a
shy person at random at the gathering, what is the probability that the
person is a statistician?

a) 8/9
b) 0.8
c) 0.08
d) 80/215
54) A bag contains N balls of which a (a<N) are red. Two balls are
drawn from the bag without replacement. Let p1 denote the
probability that the first ball is red and p2 the probability that the
second ball is red. Which of the following statements is true?
a) p1>p2
b) p1<p2
a−1
c) p2 =
N−1
𝐚
d) 𝐩𝟐 = [ISI 2016]
𝐍

55) A survey of asset ownership in poor household in rural UP and

Bihar found that 40% of the household own a radio, 15% own a
television & 60% owns a cycle. It also found that 5% of the households
own both radio and a television, 26% own both a radio and a bicycle,
5% own both a television and a bicycle and 1% all the three. If a
randomly selected poor household in these areas found to own
exactly one of these 3 assets, what is the probability that it is a
bicycle?

a) 20/23
b) 17/23
c) 15/23
d) 12/23

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 451

 RSG CLASSES

56) Population of a city is 40% male and 60% female. Suppose also that
50% of males and 30% of females in the city smoke. The probability
that a smoker in the city is male is closet to
a) 0.5
b) 0.46
c) 0.53
d) 0.7

57) The nine digits 1, 2,… 9 are arranged in random order to form a
nine digit number, which uses each digit exactly once. Find the
probability that 1, 2 and 3 appear as neighbor in the increasing order?

a) 1/12
b) 1/72
c) 1/84
d) None
58) Let X be the set of positive integers denoting the number of tries it
takes the Indian cricket team to win the World Cup. The team has
equal odds for winning or losing any match. What is the probability
that they will win in odd number of matches?
a) 1/4
b) 1/2
c) 2/3
d) ¾ [ISI 2008]

59) Jai and Vijay are taking a statistics. The exam has only 3 grades A, B
and C. The probability that Jai gets a B is 0.3, the probability that Vijay
gets a B is 0.4, the probability that neither gets an A, but at least one
gets B is 0.1. What is the probability that neither gets a C but at least
one gets a B?

a) 0.1
b) 0.6
c) 0.8
d) Insufficient data to answer the question

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 452

 RSG CLASSES

60) You have told that a family has 2 children and one of these is a
daughter. What is the probability that other child is also a daughter?

a) ½
b) 1/3
c) ¼
d) ¾

61) A number𝑋1 , is chosen at random from the set (1, 2). Then a
number𝑋2 is chosen at random from the set (1, 𝑋1 ). The probability
that 𝑋1 = 2, given that 𝑋2 =1?

a) 1
b) ½
c) 1/3
d) ¼

62) Two persons, A and B, shoot at a target. Suppose the probability

1
that A will hit is and the probability that B will hit the target is
3
1
.suppose A shoots 1st and hit the target. What is the probability that A
4
will hit the target for the 1st time in the 3rd shot?

a) 1/24
b) 1/12
c) 1/6
d) 1/3

63) Suppose player A has 5 coins and player B has 4 coins. Both players
toss their coins and observe the number that comes up head.
Assuming all the coins are fair, what is the probability that player A
obtains more head than player B?

a) ½
b) 4/9

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 453

 RSG CLASSES

c) 5/9
d) 4/5

64) Suppose 10 athletes running in a race and exactly 2 of them are

taking banned drugs. An investigator randomly selects 2 athletes for
drug testing. What is the probability that none of the cheaters will be
caught?

a) 16/25
b) 4/5
c) 3/5
d) 28/45

65) Two players, A and B, will play a best of 7 table tennis match. The
two players are likely to win any of the games in the match. The
probability that the match will end up in 6 games?

a) Less than the probability that it will end up in 6 games.

b) Equal to the probability that it will end up in 6 games.
c) Greater than the probability that it will end up in 6 games.
d) None

66) In order to join the ‘gamers club’ Mr. A must have chosen a box
from two of the identical boxes in a room and draw one ball from the
chosen box. All he knows is that both the boxes are non empty and
have a mix of green and red balls. If the ball had he draw from the
chosen box is green, he is admitted to the club. You are given two
identical boxes, 50 red and 50 green balls and asked to allocate these
balls to the two boxes in order to maximize the A’s probability of
being admitted to the club, given that he randomly choose a box. If
you allocate these balls properly, what is the probability of A’s
admission to the club?

a) 1
b) 0.747
c) 0.547
d) 0.257
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 454
 RSG CLASSES

67) Two women and men are needed to be seated randomly in a

circular table. Find the probability that both the women are not to be
seated together?

a) ½
b) 1/3
c) 2/5
d) 3/5

68) A fair coin is tossed until a head comes up for the 1st time. The
probability of this happening on an odd numbered toss?

a) ½
b) 1/3
c) 2/3
d) ¾

69) If 2 balanced dice are rolled, what is the probability that the sum
of dots obtained is even?

a) ½
b) ¼
c) 3/8
d) 1/3

70) Suppose, you are an editor of a magazine. Every day you get two
letters from your correspondents. Each letter is as likely to be from a
male as from a female correspondent. The letters are delivered by a
postman, who brings one letter at a time. Moreover, he has a ‘ladies
first’ policy; he delivers letter from a female first, if there is such a
letter. Suppose you have already received the first letter today and it
is from a female correspondent. What is the probability that the
second letter will also be from a female?

a) ½
b) ¼
c) 1/3
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 455
 RSG CLASSES

d) 2/3

71) Suppose that we classify all households into one of two states rich
and poor. The probability of a particular generation being in either of
these states depends only on states in which their parents were. If a
parent is poor today, their child is likely to be poor with a probability
0.7. If a parent is rich today, their parent is likely to be poor with
probability 0.6. What is the probability that the grandson of a poor
man will be poor?

a) 0.72
b) 0.67
c) 0.62
d) 0.78 [DSE 2014]

72) There are 2 fair coins. Coin 1 is tossed 3 times. Let x be the number
of heads that occur. After this, coin 2 is tossed x times. Let y be the
number of heads that we get with coin 2. The probability p(x>2/y=1)
equals?

a) ½
b) 4/7
c) 2/3
d) 11/18

73) Four taste testers are asked to independently rank three different
brands of chocolate (A, B, C) . The chocolate each tester likes best is
given the rank 1, then 2 and then 3. After this, the assigned ranks for
each of the chocolates are summed across the testers. Assuming the
testers cannot really discriminate between the chocolates, so that
each is assigning her rank at random. The probability that chocolate A
receives a total sum of 4?

a) ¼

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 456

 RSG CLASSES

b) 1/3
c) 1/27
d) 1/81

74) Suppose 0.1 percent of all the people in the town have tuberculosis
(TB). A TB test is available but it is not completely accurate. If a
person has TB, the test will indicate it with probability 0.999. If the
person does not have TB, the test erroneously indicates s/he does
with probability 0.002. For a randomly selected person, the test shows
s/he has TB. What is the probability that this person actually has TB?

a) 0.002/0.999
b) 1/1000
c) 1/3
d) 2/3

75) There are 3 red balls and 5 black balls in an urn. You draw two
balls in succession without replacing the first ball. The probability that
the second ball is red?

a) 2/7
b) 3/8
c) 5/7
d) ¼

76) Suppose 1/10 of the population has a disease. If a person has the
disease, then a test detects it with probability 8/10. If a person doesn’t
have the disease, then the test incorrectly shows the presence of the
disease with probability 2/10. What is the probability that the person
tested has the disease if the test indicates the presence of the disease?

a) 1
b) 9/13
c) 4/13
d) 7/13

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 457

 RSG CLASSES

77) Two patients share a hospital room for 2 days. Suppose that on any
given day, a person independently picks up a airborne infection with a
1
probability of . An individual who is infected on the first day will
4
certainly pass it to the other patient on the second day. Once
contracted, the infection stays for at least 2 days. What is the
probability that fewer than two patients have the infection by the end
of the second day?

a) 125/256
b) 121/256
c) 135/256
d) 131/256

78) Consider the experiment of tossing two fair coins. Let the event A
be a head on the 1st time, the event C be a head on the 2nd coin, the
event D that both coins will match and the event G be two heads.
Which of the following is false?

a) C & D are statistically independent.

b) A & G are statistically independent
c) A & D are statistically independent
d) A & C are statistically independent.

79) 5 men and 5 women are seated randomly in a single circle of

chairs. The expected number of women sitting next to at least one
man equals?
a) 23/6
b) 25/6
c) 4
d) 17/4

80) 5 men and 5 women are seated randomly in a single row of chairs.
The expected number of women sitting next to at least one man
equals?

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 458

 RSG CLASSES

a) 11/3
b) 13/3
c) 35/9
d) 37/9

81) An experiment has 10 equally outcomes. Let A and B be two non

empty events of the experiment. If A consists of 4 outcomes, then the
number of outcomes B must have so that A & B are independent?

a) 4
b) 3 or 9
c) 6
d) 5 or 10

82) Consider the following two player game. The player

simultaneously draw one sample each from a continuous random
variable X, which follows uniform [0, 100]. After observing the value
of her own sample, which is private information, player
simultaneously and independently chose one of the following : SWAP ,
RETAIN. If both players SWAP then they exchange their initially
drawn numbers. Otherwise, if at least one person chose RETAIN, both
of them retain their numbers. A player earns as many rupees as the
number she is holding at the end of the game.
Find the probability that the players will exchange their initially
drawn numbers.
a) 1
b) ½
c) 1/3
d) 0

83) In a clinical treatment with two treatment groups, the probability

of success in one treatment group is 0.5, and the probability that of
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 459
 RSG CLASSES

success in other is 0.6. suppose that there are 5 patients in each group.
Assume that the outcome of all the patient are independent. Calculate
the probability that the first group will have at least as many success
as the 2nd group?
a) 0.5
b) 0.4957
c) 0.4986
d) 0.484

84) Let A and B be two events with positive probability each, defined
on the sample space. Find the correct answer?

a) P(A/B)> P(A) always

b) P(A/B)< P(A) always
c) P(A/B) >P(B) always
d) None

85) Let A and B be two events with positive probability each, defined
on the sample space. Find the correct answer?
a) A & B are necessarily independent
b) A & B are necessarily dependent
c) A & B are necessarily equal
d) None

86) The number of tosses of a coin that are needed so that the
probability of getting at least one head being 0.875?
a) 2
b) 3
c) 4
d) 5

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 460

 RSG CLASSES

87) Suppose that the diameters of the bolts in a large box follow a
normal distribution with a mean of 2 centimeter and a s.d of 0.03
centimeter. Also, suppose that the diameter of the holes in the nut in a
large box follows a normal distribution with a mean of 2.02
centimeters and a s.d of 0.4 centimeter. A bolt and a nut will fit
together if the diameter of the hole in the nut is greater than the
diameter of the bolt and the difference b/w these diameters are not
greater than 0.05 centimeter. If a bolt and a nut is selected at random,
what is the probability that they will fit together?
a) 0.3756
b) 0.3825
c) 0.3812
d) 0.3462

88) A particular men’s competition has an unlimited number of rounds.

In each round, every participant has to complete a task. The
probability of a participant completing the task in a round is p. If a
participant fails to complete the task in a round, he is eliminated from
the competition. He participates in every round before being
eliminated. The competition begins with three participants. The
probability that all three participants are eliminated in the same
round is:
(𝟏−𝐩)𝟑
a)
𝟏−𝐩𝟑
1
b) (1 − p)
3
1
c)
p3
d) None of the above. [ISI 2016]

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 461

 RSG CLASSES

Chapter-7
Pdf and cdf
1) If X has the distribution function
0 𝑥<1
1⁄ 1≤𝑥≤4
3
F(x) = 1⁄2 4≤𝑥<6
5⁄ 6 ≤ 𝑥 < 10
6
{ 1 𝑥 ≥ 10 }
Find:
a) P(2 < 𝑥 ≤ 6) [Ans ½]
b) P(𝑥 = 4) [Ans 1/6]
c) PDF of x

2) If x has the distribution function

0 𝑥 < −1
1⁄ −1 ≤ 𝑥 < 1
4
F(x)= 1⁄2 1≤𝑥<3
3⁄ 3≤𝑥<5
4
{1 𝑥 ≥ 5}

a) P(𝑥 ≤ 3) [Ans ¾]
b) P(x = 3)[Ans ¼]
c) P(x < 3) [Ans ½]
d) P(𝑥 ≥ 1) [Ans ¾]
e) P(−0.4 < 𝑥 < 4) [Ans ¾]
f) P(x = 5)[Ans ¼]

3) A consumer organization that evaluates new automobiles

customarily reports the number of major defects in each car
examined. Let X denote the number of major defects in a randomly
selected car of a certain type. The cdf of X is as follows:

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 462

 RSG CLASSES

0 𝑥<0
. 06 0 ≤ 𝑥 < 1
. 19 1 ≤ 𝑥 < 2
. 39 2 ≤ 𝑥 < 3
F(x) =
. 67 3 ≤ 𝑥 < 4
. 92 4 ≤ 𝑥 < 5
. 97 5 ≤ 𝑥 < 6
{ 1 6 ≤𝑥

Calculate the following probability directly from the cdf:

a) P(2) that is P(X = 2) [Ans. 0.20]
b) P(X > 3) [Ans. 0.33]
c) P(2 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 5) [Ans. 0.78]
d) P(2 < 𝑥 < 5) [Ans. 0.53]

4) Suppose that pdf of a random variable x is as follows:

4
(1 − 𝑥 2 ), 𝑓𝑜𝑟 0 < 𝑥 < 1
f(x)={3
0 , 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒

1
i) P(x< ) (31/48)
2

1 3
ii) P( < 𝑥 < ) (144/256)
4 4

1
iii) P(x> ) (136/243)
3

5) Suppose that the pdf of the random variable x is as follows:

1
(9 − 𝑥 2 ) , −3 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 3
f(x)={36
0 , 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒

i) p(x < 0) (1/2)

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 463
 RSG CLASSES

ii) p(−1 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 1) (13/27)

iii) p(x > 2) (2/27)

6) Suppose that the pdf of the of the random variable x is as follows:

𝑐𝑥 2 , 1 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 2
f(x)= {
0 , 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒
i) Find the value of c such that this pdf is defined? (c=3/7 )

3
ii) P(x > ) (37/56)
2

7) Suppose that the pdf of the random variable x is as follows:

1
𝑥 ,0 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 4
f(x)={8
0 , 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒
1
i) find the value of t such that p(x ≤ 𝑡) = (t=2)
4

1
ii) find the value of t such that p(x ≥ 𝑡) = (t=2√𝟐)
2

8) Suppose that a random variable x has the uniform distribution on the interval [-2 , 8

𝟏
, 𝒇𝒐𝒓 − 𝟐 ≤ 𝒙 ≤ 𝟖
i) find the pdf of x {𝟏𝟎
𝟎 , 𝒐𝒕𝒉𝒆𝒓𝒘𝒊𝒔𝒆

ii) p(0 < 𝑥 < 7) (7/10)

9) Suppose that the pdf of a random variable x is as follows:

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 464

 RSG CLASSES

𝑐𝑒 −2𝑥 , 𝑥 > 0
f(x)={
0 , 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒

i) find the value of the constant c (c = -1)

ii) p(1< 𝑥 < 2) (𝒆−𝟐 − 𝒆−𝟒)

10) An ice cream seller takes 20 gallons of ice cream in her truck each day. Let x stand
the number of gallons that she sells. The probability is 0.1 that x = 20. If she doesn
Sell all 20 gallons; the distribution of x follows a continuous distribution with a pdf
the form
𝑐𝑥 , 0 < 𝑥 < 1
f(x)={
0 , 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒
Find the value of c such that p(x< 20) = 0. 𝟗 (c=9/2000)

11) The value of k such that the following pdf function is a define:

𝑚𝑖𝑛. [(𝑥 ), (𝑘 − 𝑥 )], 0 < 𝑥 < 2

f(x)={ (k=2)
0 , 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒

12) a) Show that

𝑓 (𝑥 ) = 𝑒 −𝑥 𝑓𝑜𝑟 0 < 𝑥 < ∞

Represents a probability density function.

b)Calculate the probability that x > 1. (𝒆−𝟏 )

13) The probability density of the random variable y is given by

1
𝑓(𝑦) = {8 (𝑦 + 1) 𝑓𝑜𝑟 2 < 𝑦 < 4}
0 𝑒𝑙𝑠𝑒𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒
Find

i) P(Y< 3.2) (0.54)

ii) P(2.9< Y<3.2). ( 0.152)

14) The p.d.f. of the random variable X is given by

𝑐
𝑓𝑜𝑟 0 < 𝑥 < 4
𝑓 (𝑦) = {√𝑥 }
0 𝑒𝑙𝑠𝑒𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 465
 RSG CLASSES

Find

a) The value of c; (1/4 )

1
b) P (𝑥 < ) (1/4)
4

c) P(X > 1) (1/2)

15) The probability density of the random variable Z is given by

2
𝑘𝑧𝑒 −𝑧 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑧 > 0
𝑓(𝑦) = { }
0 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑧 ≤ 0
Find k for this probability density.

16) The density function of the random variable X is given by

6𝑥(1 − 𝑥) 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑥 < 0 < 1
𝑔(𝑦) = { }
0 𝑒𝑙𝑠𝑒𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒
Find
1
i) P(𝑋 < ) (5/32)
4
1
ii) P(𝑋 > ).
2
(1/2)

17) Find the distribution function of the random variable X whose

probability density is given by.
𝑥 𝑓𝑜𝑟 0 < 𝑥 < 1
𝑓 (𝑦) = {2 − 𝑥 𝑓𝑜𝑟 1 ≤ 𝑥 < 2}
0 𝑒𝑙𝑠𝑒𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒

𝟎, 𝒙≤𝟎
𝒙𝟐
, 𝟎<𝑥<1
𝟐
𝒙𝟐
𝟐𝒙 − − 𝟏, 𝟏 ≤ 𝒙 < 2
𝟐
{ 𝟏, 𝒙≥𝟐

18) Find the distribution function of the random variable X whose

probability density is given by.

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 466

 RSG CLASSES
𝑥
𝑓𝑜𝑟 0 < 𝑥 ≤ 4
2
1
𝑓𝑜𝑟 1 < 𝑥 ≤ 2
𝑓 (𝑦) = 2
3−𝑥
𝑓𝑜𝑟 2 < 𝑥 < 3
2
{ 0 𝑒𝑙𝑠𝑒𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒 }

𝟎, 𝒙≤𝟎
𝒙𝟐
, 𝟎<𝑥<1
𝟒
𝟏
(𝟐𝒙 − 𝟏), 𝟏<𝑥≤2
𝟒
𝟏
(𝟔𝒙 − 𝒙𝟐 − 𝟓), 𝟐 < 𝑥 < 3
𝟒
{ 𝟏, 𝒙≥𝟑

19) The distribution function of the random variable X is given by.

0 𝑓𝑜𝑟 0 < 𝑥 − 1
𝑥+1
𝐹 (𝑦) = { 𝑓𝑜𝑟 − 1 ≤ 𝑥 < 1}
2
1 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑥 ≥ 1

Find

1 1
i) P(− 𝑋 < ) (1/2)
2 2

ii) P(2 < 𝑋 < 3). (1)

20) The distribution function of the random variable Y is given by.

9
1 − 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑦 > 3
𝐹 (𝑦) = { 𝑦2 }
0 𝑒𝑙𝑠𝑒𝑤ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑒
Find

I) P(𝑌 ≤ 5) (16/25)

II) P(𝑌 > 8). (9/64)

21) The distribution function of the random variable X is given by.

𝑒 −𝑥
1 − (1 + 𝑥) 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑥 > 0
𝐹 (𝑦) = { }
0 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑥 ≤ 0

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 467

 RSG CLASSES

Find

i) P(𝑋 ≤ 2) (1-3𝒆−𝟐 )

ii) 𝑃(1 < 𝑋 < 2) (2𝒆−𝟏 − 𝟒𝒆−𝟑 )

iii) P(𝑋 > 4). (5𝒆−𝟓 )

22) Find the distribution function of the random variable Z is given by.

0 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑧 < −2
𝑧+4
𝑓(𝑦) = { 𝑓𝑜𝑟 − 2 ≤ 𝑧 < 2}
8
1 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑥 ≥ 2

Find

i) P(𝑍 = −2) (1/4)

ii) 𝑃(𝑍 = 2) (1/4)

iii) P(−2 < 𝑍 < 1) (3/8)

iv) 𝑃(0 ≤ 𝑍 ≤ 2). (1/2)

23) The probability density of a random variable is

𝑓 (𝑥 ) = 𝑎𝑥 2 𝑒𝑥𝑝 −𝑘𝑥 (𝑘 > 0,0 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ ∞)
Then, a equals
𝒌𝟑
a)
𝟐
𝑘
b)
2
𝑘2
c)
2
d) k [ISI 2008]

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 468

 RSG CLASSES

24) A continuous random variable X has a probability density function

f(x) = 3x2
with 0 ≤ x ≤ 1. If P(X ≤ a) = P(x >a), then a is:
1
a)
√6
1
1 2
b) ( )
2
1
c)
2
𝟏
𝟏 𝟑
d) ( ) [ISI 2009]
𝟐

25) If a probability density function of a random variable X is given by

𝑓 (𝑥 ) = 𝑘𝑥 (2 − 𝑥 ), 0 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 2, then mean of X is
a) 1/2
b) 1
c) 1/5
d) ¾ [ISI 2009]
26) A fair coin is tossed repeatedly until a head is obtained for the first
time. Let X denotes the number of tosses that are required. The value
of the distribution function of X at 3 is

a) 3/4
b) 1/2
c) 7/8
d) 7/16 [DSE 2010]

27) Suppose θ is a random variable with uniform distribution on the

interval [-π/2, π/2]. The value of the distribution function of the
random variable X = sin θ at x∈ [-1,1] is

a) sin−1(x)
b) sin−1(x) + π/2
c) 𝐬𝐢𝐧−𝟏(𝐱) /𝛑 + 𝟏/𝟐
d) sin−1(x) /π + π/2 [DSE 2010]
28) The next three questions are based on the following data. The
number of loaves of bread sold by a bakery in a day is a random

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 469

 RSG CLASSES

variable X. The distribution of X has a probability density function f is

given by

kx if x ∈ [0, 5)
f(x) = {k(10 − x) if x ∈ [5, 10) }
0, if x ∈ [10, ∞)

1) As f is a probability density function, the value of k is

a) 0
b) -2/25
c) 1/25
d) 2/75

2) Let A be the event that X ≥ 5 and let B be the event that X ∈ [3, 8]. The
probability of A conditional on B is

a) 16/37
b) 21/37
c) 25/37
d) 1

3) Events A and B are

a) Not independent
b) Independent
c) Conditionally independent
d) Unconditionally independent [DSE 2010]

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 470

 RSG CLASSES

CHAPTER-8
Expectation and variance

1) If a integer is chosen between 1 and 100 at random, what is the

expected value

a) 48.5
b) 49.5
c) 50.5
d) 51.5

2) In a class of 50 students, the number of students 𝑛𝑖 of age I is shown in

the following table:

Age 𝑛𝑖

18 20

19 22

20 4

21 3

25 1

If a student is to be selected at random from the class, what is the

expected value of his age

a) 18.85
b) 18.86
c) 18.87
d) 18.88
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 471
 RSG CLASSES

3) Suppose that one word is to be selected at random from the sentence

“THE GIRL PUT ON HER BEAUTIFUL RED HAT”. If x denotes the
number of letters in the word that is selected, what is the value of
E(x)

a) 3.50
b) 3.75
c) 4.50
d) 4.75

4) Suppose that one letter is to selected at random from the 30 letters in

the sentence in exercise 4. If Y denotes the number of letters in the
word in which the selected letter appears, what is the value of E(Y)

a) 4.847
b) 4.857
c) 4.867
d) 4.877

5) Suppose that X and Y have a continuous joint distribution for which

the joint p.d.f. is as follows:
12𝑦 2 , 0 ≤ 𝑦 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 1,
f(x,y)={
0 , 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒
find the value of E(XY)
a) -1/2
b) -1
c) ½
d) 1

6) Suppose that a point is chosen at random on a stick of unit length and

the stick is broken into two pieces at that point. Find the expected
value of the length of the longer piece

a) 0
b) ½

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 472

 RSG CLASSES

c) 3/2
d) ¾

7) Suppose that the random values 𝑋1,….,𝑋𝑛 𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑚 a random sample of

size n from the uniform distribution on the interval [0, 1]. Let
𝑌1 =min.{𝑋1 , … . . , 𝑋𝑛 }, and let 𝑌𝑛 = 𝑚𝑎𝑥. {𝑋, … . . , 𝑋𝑛 }. Find the E(𝑌1 )

𝟏
a) E(𝒀𝟏 ) =
𝒏+𝟏
𝑛+1
b) E(𝑌1) =
𝑛
𝑛
c) E(𝑌1) =
𝑛+1
d) None of the above

8) Suppose that the random values 𝑋1,….,𝑋𝑛 𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑚 a random sample of

size n from the uniform distribution on the interval [0, 1]. Let
𝑌1 =min.{𝑋1 , … . . , 𝑋𝑛 }, and let 𝑌𝑛 = 𝑚𝑎𝑥. {𝑋, … . . , 𝑋𝑛 }. Find the E(𝑌𝑛 )

1
a) 𝐸 (𝑦𝑛 ) =
𝑛+1
𝑛+1
b) 𝐸 (𝑦𝑛 ) =
𝑛
𝒏
c) 𝑬(𝒚𝒏 ) =
𝒏+𝟏
d) None of the above

9) A stock currently sells for $110 per share. Let the price of the stock at
the end of the one year period be X, which would take the values
either $100 or $300. Suppose that you have the option to buy shares
of this stock at $150 per share at the end of that one year period.
Suppose that money could earn 5.8% risk free return over that one
year period. Find the RISK NEUTRAL PRICE FOR THE OPTION TO
BUY THE SHARE

a) 11.61
b) 11.62
c) 12.61
d) 12.62

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 473

 RSG CLASSES

10) Suppose that one word is to be selected at random from the sentence
“THE GIRL PUT ON HER BEAUTIFUL RED HAT”. If x denotes the
number of letters in the word that is selected, what is the value of
var(X)

a) 4
b) 65/16
c) 66/16
d) 67/16

11) Suppose that X is a random variable for which E(X)= 𝜇 and

var(X)= 𝜎 2 , then E[X(X-1)] would be

a) 𝜇(𝜇 + 1) − 𝜎 2
b) 𝜇(𝜇 − 1) − 𝜎 2
c) 𝜇(𝜇 + 1) + 𝜎 2
d) 𝝁(𝝁 − 𝟏) + 𝝈𝟐

12) Let X be a random variable for which E(X)=𝜇 and var(X)=𝜎 2 , and let
c be an arbitrary constant, then E[(𝑋 − 𝑐)2] would be

a) (𝜇 − 𝑐 )2 − 𝜎 2
b) (𝝁 − 𝒄)𝟐 + 𝝈𝟐
c) (𝜇 + 𝑐 )2 − 𝜎 2
d) (𝜇 + 𝑐 )2 + 𝜎 2

13) Suppose that X and Y are independent random variables whose

variances exist and such that E(X)=E(Y), then E[(𝑋 − 𝑌)2 ] would be

a) 𝑉𝑎𝑟 (𝑋) − 𝑉𝑎𝑟 (𝑌)

b) −𝑉𝑎𝑟 (𝑋) − 𝑉𝑎𝑟 (𝑌)
c) −𝑉𝑎𝑟 (𝑋) + 𝑉𝑎𝑟 (𝑌)
d) 𝑽𝒂𝒓(𝑿) + 𝑽𝒂𝒓(𝒀)

14) Let X have the p.d.f. f(x)=𝑒 −𝑥 for x ≥ 0 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑓(𝑥 ) = 0 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑥 < 0. Find
the IQR of x

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 474

 RSG CLASSES

a) 1.0986
b) 1.0896
c) 1.8906
d) 1.9806

15) Let X have the binomial distribution with parameters 5 and 0.3. Find
the IQR of X

a) 0
b) 1
c) 2
d) 3

16) Let X be a random variable whose IQR is 𝛼. 𝑙𝑒𝑡 𝑌 = 2𝑋, then

𝐼𝑄𝑅 𝑜𝑓 𝑌 𝑖𝑠

a) 𝛼
b) 𝟐𝜶
c) 3𝛼
d) 4𝛼

17) For all numbers a and b such that a < b, find the var(X)of the uniform
distribution on the interval [a, b]

(𝑏−𝑎)2
a)
6
(𝑏+𝑎)2
b)
6
(𝒃−𝒂)𝟐
c)
𝟏𝟐
(𝑏+𝑎)2
d)
12

18) Suppose that X has the uniform distribution on the interval [0, 1].
Find the E(X)

a) 0
b) ½
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 475
 RSG CLASSES

c) 3/2
d) ¾

19) Suppose that X has the uniform distribution on the interval [0, 1].
Find the Var(X)

a) ¼
b) 1/6
c) 1/10
d) 1/12

20) If the probability density function is given by

𝑥
,0 < 𝑥 ≤ 1
2
1
,1 < 𝑥 ≤ 2
F(x)= 2
3−𝑥
,2 < 𝑥 < 3
2
{ 0 , 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒

Find the expected value of g(x)=𝑥 2 − 5𝑥 + 3

a) -5/6
b) -11/6
c) 5/6
d) 11/6

21) A random variable X has the following probability distribution:

X -2 -1 0 1 2 3

P(X = x) 0.1 K 0.2 2k 0.3 K

Then, the value of k

a) 0.1
b) 0.2
c) 0.3
d) 0.4

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 476

 RSG CLASSES

22) A random variable X has the following probability distribution:

X -2 -1 0 1 2 3

P(X = x) 0.1 K 0.2 2k 0.3 K

Then, the E(X) is

a) 0.2
b) 0.4
c) 0.6
d) 0.8

23) A random variable X has the following probability distribution:

X -2 -1 0 1 2 3

P(X = x) 0.1 K 0.2 2k 0.3 K

Then, the V(X)is

a) 2.14
b) 2.16
c) 2.18
d) 2.2

24) Let Pr(X=2)=1. Define μ2n = E(X – μ)2n, μ = E(X). then:

a) μ2n = 2
b) μ2n = 0
c) μ2n> 0
d) none of the above

25) A box contains 6 tickets. Two of the tickets carry a prize of Rs. 5 each;
the other four prizes are of Re. 1 each. If one ticket is drawn, what is
the expected value of the price

a) 2.30
b) 2.31
c) 2.32
d) 2.33

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 477

 RSG CLASSES

26) A company estimates the net profit on a new product, it is launching,

to be Rs. 30 lacs during the 1st year if it is unsuccessful, Rs. 10 lacs if it
is moderately successful, and a loss of Rs. 10 lacs if it is unsuccessful.
The firm assigns the following probabilities to 1st year for the product
successful 0.15 – moderately successful – 0.25. What is the expected
value of 1st year net profit for this product?

a) 1.00
b) 2.00
c) 3.00
d) None of the above

27) A company estimates the net profit on a new product, it is launching,

to be Rs. 30 lacs during the 1st year if it is unsuccessful, Rs. 10 lacs if it
is moderately successful, and a loss of Rs. 10 lacs if it is unsuccessful.
The firm assigns the following probabilities to 1st year for the product
successful 0.15 – moderately successful – 0.25. What is the standard
deviation of 1st year net profit for this product?

a) 12.8
b) 13.8
c) 14.8
d) None of the above

28) A maker of soft drinks is considering the introduction of a new brand.

He expects to sell 50, 000 to 1, 00, 000 bottles of its soft drink in
given period according to the following probability distribution
No. of 50 60 70 80 90 100
bottles(in
‘000)
Probability 0.13 0.20 0.35 0.22 0.08 0.02

If the product is launched, he will have to incur a fixed cost of Rs. 48,
000. However, each bottle sold would give him a profit of Rs. 1.25.
Should he introduced the product
a) Net profit = 39, 250; hence to be introduced
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 478
 RSG CLASSES

b) Net profit = 39, 250; hence need not to be introduced

c) Net profit = 48, 250; hence to be introduced
d) Net profit = 48, 250; hence need not to be introduced

29) our operator has a bus that can accommodate tourists. The
operator knows that tourists may not show up, so he sells 21 tickets.
The probability that an individual tourist will not show up is 0.02,
independent of all other tourist. Each ticket costs 50, and is non –
refundable if a tourist fails to show up. If a tourist show up and a seat
is not available, the tour operator has to pay 100 to that tourist. The
expected revenue of the operator?

a) 950
b) 967
c) 976
d) 985

30) Ms. A selects a number X randomly from the uniform distribution

on [0, 1]. Then Mr. B repeatedly, and independently, draws numbers
𝑦1 , 𝑦2 …. from the uniform distribution on [0,1] until he gets a number
larger than X/2, then stops. The expected number of draws that Mr. B
makes equal
a) 2ln2
b) ln2
c) 2/e
d) 6/e
31) The expected sum of the numbers Mr. B draws, given X=x, equals
a) ln2
b) 1/(1-1/2)
c) 1/(2-x)
d) 3/(1-1/2)
32) 5 men and 5 women are seated randomly in a single circle of
chairs. The expected number of women sitting next to at least one
man equals?

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 479

 RSG CLASSES

e) 23/6
f) 25/6
g) 4
h) 17/4
33) 5 men and 5 women are seated randomly in a single row of chairs.
The expected number of women sitting next to at least one man
equals?
e) 11/3
f) 13/3
g) 35/9
h) 37/9
34) Let X be a random variable such that E (𝑋)2 = 𝐸 (𝑋) = 1. Then
E(𝑋)100
a) 1
b) 2100
c) 0
d) None

35) The continuous random variable X has probability density f(x)

where
a if 0 ≤ x < 𝑘
f(x) = {b if k ≤ x ≤ 1 }
0 otherwise
where a>b>0 and 0<k<1 .Then E(X) is given by
b(1−a)3
a)
2a(a−b)
1
b)
2
a−b
c) (a+b)

𝟏−𝟐𝐛+𝐚𝐛
d) [ISI 2016]
𝟐(𝐚−𝐛)

36) An unbiased coin is tossed until a head appears. The expected

number of

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 480

 RSG CLASSES

tosses required is
(a) 1,
(b) 2,
(c) 4,
(d) ∞.
37) Suppose a discrete random variable X takes on the value 0, 1, 2,
….,n. with frequencies proportion to binomial coefficient
(𝑛0), (𝑛1), … … (𝑛𝑛) respectively. Then the mean (𝜇) and the variance(𝜎 2 )
of the distribution are

a) Mean =n/2, variance =n/2

b) Mean =n/4, variance =n/4
c) Mean =n/2, variance =n/4
d) Mean =n/4, variance =n/2

38) X is a random variable. Which of the following statements is always

true?
a) The expectation of X exists.
b) The distribution of X is strictly increasing.
c) X has a median.
d) None
39) Suppose a random variable X takes value -2, 0, 1, 4 with
probabilities 0.4, 0.1, 0.3, 0.2.
a) The unique median is 1
b) The unique median is 0
c) The unique median of the distribution lies b/w 0 and 1.
d) The distribution has multiple medians
40) Let X and Y be random variables with V(X)=2, V(Y)=4 and cov(X,
Y)=2. Let W=2X+3Y. then,V(W) IS
a) 68
b) 44
c) 48

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 481

 RSG CLASSES

d) 16
41) A continuous random variable has the p.d.f f(x)=1/3, for x b/w -1
and 2 and 0 elsewhere. Its mean, variance and median?
a) (1, ¾, ½)
b) (1/2, ¾, ½)
c) (1/2, 1, 1)
d) (1/2, 1, 1/2)
42) Let Pr(X=2)= 1. Define 𝜇2𝑛 = 𝐸(𝑋 − 𝜇)2𝑛 , 𝜇 = 𝐸(𝑋). Then:
a) 𝜇2𝑛 = 2
b) 𝝁𝟐𝒏 = 𝟎
c) 𝜇2𝑛 > 0
d) None of the above

43) The continuous random variable X has probability density f(x)

where

𝑎 ,0 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 𝑘
f(x)={ 𝑏 , 𝑘 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 1
0 , 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒
where a> 𝑏 > 0 𝑎𝑛𝑑 0 < 𝑘 < 1. Then E(x)

𝑏(1−𝑎)2
a)
2𝑎(𝑎−𝑏)
1
b)
2

c) a-b/a+b
d) 1-2b+ab/2(a-b)

44) Let X be a random variable with p.d.f

𝑐
,𝑥 ≥ 𝑐
𝑓 (𝑥 ) = {𝑥 2
0, 𝑥 < 𝑐

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 482

 RSG CLASSES

The E(x) would be

a) 0
b) ∞
c) 1/c
1
d)
𝑐2

45) If a probability density function of a random variable X is given by

f(x)=kx(2-x), 0≤ 𝑥 ≤ 2, then mean of X?
a) ½
b) 1
c) 1/5
d) ¾
46) Let 𝑦 = (𝑦1 , … …. , 𝑦𝑛 ) be a set of n observations with 𝑦1 ≤ 𝑦2 ≤
⋯ . ≤ 𝑦𝑛 . let 𝑦 ′ = (𝑦1 , 𝑦2 , … , 𝑦𝑗 + 𝛿, … 𝑦𝑘 − 𝛿, … 𝑦𝑛 ) where 𝑦𝑘 − 𝛿 >
𝑦𝑘−1 > ⋯ > 𝑦𝑗+1 > 𝑦𝑗 + 𝛿, 𝛿 > 0. Let 𝜎: standard deviation of y and 𝜎 ′
: standard deviation of 𝑦 ′ . Then

a) 𝜎 < 𝜎′
b) 𝝈′ < 𝜎
c) 𝜎′ = 𝜎
d) Nothing can be said.

47) Let y denote the number of heads obtained when 3 coins are
tossed. The variance of 𝑌 2 is?
a) 6.5
b) 7.0
c) 7.5
d) 8.0
48) let X be a Normally distributed random variable with mean 0 and
variance 1. Let ϕ(.) be the cumulative distribution function of the
variable X. then the expectation of ϕ(X) is
1
a) −
2
b) 0
𝟏
c)
𝟐

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 483

 RSG CLASSES

d) 1 [ISI 2010]

49) A continuous random variable x has the following probability

density function:
α x0 α+1
( )
f x = ( ) for x > x0 , α > 1
x0 x
The distribution function and the mean of x are given respectively by
x α α−1
a) 1 − ( 0 ) , 0 x
x α
x0 −α α−1
b) 1 − ( ) , x0
x α
𝐱 −𝛂 𝛂𝐱𝟎
c) 𝟏 − ( ) ,
𝐱𝟎 𝛂−𝟏
x α αx0
d) 1 − ( ) , [ISI 2011]
x0 α−1

50) Suppose a random variable X takes values –2, 0, 1 and 4 with

probabilities 0.4, 0.1, 0.3 and 0.2 respectively.

a) The unique median of the distribution is 1

b) The unique median of the distribution is 0
c) The unique median of the distribution lies between 0 and 1
d) The distribution has multiple medians [DSE 2010]

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 484

 RSG CLASSES

Chapter-9
Probability distributions

1) Suppose that X is a random variable such that E(𝑥 𝑘 )=1/3 for k = 1, 2,

….. . Assuming that there can’t be more than one distributions with the
same sequence of moments, determine the distribution of x?

2
𝑝(𝑥 = 0) =
a) { 3
𝑝(𝑥 = 1) = 1
𝟐
𝒑(𝒙 = 𝟎) =
𝟑
b) { 𝟏
𝒑(𝒙 = 𝟏) =
𝟑
1
𝑝(𝑥 = 0) =
3
c) { 2
𝑝(𝑥 = 1) =
3
d) None of the above

2) Suppose that the probability that a certain experiment will be

successful is 0.4 and let X denote the number of success that are
obtained in 15 independent performance of an experiment. Find the
probability p(6 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 9)?

a) 0.5430
b) 0.5530
c) 0.5630
d) None of the above

3) X~ 𝐵 (𝑛, 𝑝). The maximum value of var (X) ?

a) n/4
b) n
c) n/2
d) 1/n

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 485

 RSG CLASSES

4) A coin is tossed 9 times for which the probability of head is 0.6. Find
the probability of obtaining an even number of heads?

a) 0.5500
b) 0.5000
c) 0.4500
d) None of the above

5) letx = r be the mode of the distribution with probability mass

𝑛
function 𝑝(𝑥 ) = ( ) 𝑝 𝑥 (1 − 𝑝)𝑛−𝑥 .then which of the following
𝑥
inequalities hold.
a) (𝒏 + 𝟏)𝒑 − 𝟏 < 𝑟 < (𝑛 + 1)𝑝
b) 𝑟 < (𝑛 + 1)𝑝 − 1
c) 𝑟 > (𝑛 + 1)𝑝
d) 𝑟 < 𝑛𝑝 [ISI 2008]

6) Everyone shows that 20% of the people reserving a table at a certain

restaurant never shown up. If the restaurant has 50 tables and takes
52 reservations, then the probability that it will be able to
accommodate everyone?

209
e) 1-
552
𝟒 𝟓𝟐
f) 1-14× ( )
𝟓
4 50
g) ( )
5
1 50
h) ( ) [ISI 2007]
5

7) A certain electronic system contains 10 components. Suppose that the

probability that each component will fail is 0.2 and the component
will fail independently of each other. Given that at least one of the
component will failed, what is the probability that at least two of the
component will failed?

a) 0.6393

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 486

 RSG CLASSES

b) 0.6663
c) 0.6993
d) None of the above

8) Suppose that the random variables 𝑋1 , … 𝑋𝑛 form n Bernoulli trials

with parameter p. Determine the conditional probability that 𝑋1, given
that ∑𝑛𝑖=1 𝑋𝑖 = 𝑘 (k=1,2,..n)?

a) k/n
b) (k/n)2
c) 1/n
d) none of the above

9) Let the random variable X follow a binomial distribution with

parameter n and p where n is a positive and 0 ≤ p ≤ 1. Suppose
further that probability of X=0 is the same as the probability of X=1.
What is the value of p?
a) 1/n
b) 1/n+1
c) n/n+1
d) n-1/n+1

10) In a clinical treatment with two treatment groups, the probability

of success in one treatment group is 0.5, and the probability that of
success in other is 0.6. suppose that there are 5 patients in each group.
Assume that the outcome of all the patient are independent. Calculate
the probability that the first group will have at least as many success
as the 2nd group?

a) 0.4759
b) 0.4957
c) 0.4597
d) None of the above

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 487

 RSG CLASSES

11) Suppose that 90% of all batteries from a certain supplier have
acceptable voltages. A certain type of supplier has acceptable voltages.
A certain type of flashlight requires two type-D batteries, and the
flashlight will work only if both its batteries have acceptable voltages.
Among 10 randomly selected flashlights, what is the probability that
at least nine will work, given that the events are independent?

a) 0.307
b) 0.407
c) 0.507
d) None of the above

12) 20% of all telephones of a certain type are submitted for service
while under warranty. Of these, 60% can be repaired, whereas the
other 40% must be replaced with new units. If a company purchases
10 of these telephones, what is the probability that exactly two will
end up being replaced under warranty?

a) 0.1178
b) 0.1278
c) 0.1378
d) 0.1478

13) In a binomial distribution consisting of 5 independent trials,

probabilities of 1 and 2 successive trials are 0.4096 and 0.2048
respectively. Find the parameter p of the distribution.

a) p=(0.4)
b) p=(0.3)
c) p=(0.2)
d) p=(0.1)

14) The mode of the binomial distribution B(7, 1/3)?

a) 1
b) 2
c) 3
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 488
 RSG CLASSES

d) None of the above

15) Suppose that we conduct n independent Bernoulli trials, each with
probability of success p. If k is such that the probability of k success is
equal to the probability of k+1 success, then?

a) (n+1)p=n(1+p)
b) np=(n-1)(1+p)
c) np is a positive integer.
d) (n+1)p is a positive integer.

16) Consider the square with vertices (0, 0), (0, 2), (2, 0), (2, 2). Five
points are independently and randomly chosen from the square. If a
point (x, y) satisfies x+2y≤2, then a pair of dice are rolled. Otherwise
a single die is rolled. Let N be the total number of die are rolled. For
5 ≤ 𝑛 ≤ 10, the probability that N=n?

5 1 1
a) (𝑛−5)( )𝑛−5( )5−(𝑛−5)
2 2
𝑛 𝑛−10
b) (𝑛−10)(1/4) (3/4)𝑛
𝒏
c) (𝒏−𝟓)(𝟏/𝟒)𝒏−𝟓 (𝟑/𝟒)𝟏𝟎−𝒏
𝑛
d) (𝑛−10)(1/2)𝑛−10 (1/2)𝑛

17) Suppose a discrete random variable X takes on the value 0, 1, 2,

….,n. with frequencies proportion to binomial coefficient
(𝑛0), (𝑛1), … … (𝑛𝑛) respectively. Then the mean (𝜇) and the variance(𝜎 2 )
of the distribution are

e) Mean =n/2, variance =n/2

f) Mean =n/4, variance =n/4
g) Mean =n/2, variance =n/4
h) Mean =n/4, variance =n/2

18) Out of 1000 families of 3 children each, how many families would you
expect to have two boys and 1 girls assuming that boys and girls are
equally likely?

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 489

 RSG CLASSES

a) 325
b) 350
c) 330
d) None of the above

19) Let{𝑋1 } be a sequence of i.i.d random variables such that 𝑋𝑖 =

1with probability p = 0 with probability 1 – p
1if ∑ni=1 X1 = 100
Define y= { } then 𝐸(𝑦 2 ) is
0 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒
a) ∞,
𝒏
b) ( ) 𝒑𝟏𝟎𝟎 (𝟏 − 𝒑)𝒏−𝟏𝟎𝟎
𝟏𝟎𝟎
c) 𝑛 𝑝,
d) (𝑛 𝑝)2.

20) In a binomial distribution with 6 independent trials, the probability

of 3 and 4 successes is found to be 0.2457 and 0.0819 respectively.
Find the parameters p and q of the binomial distribution?

a) p=(5/13) , q=(8/13)
b) p=(4/13) , q=(9/13)
c) p=(9/13) , q=(4/13)
d) none of the above

21) How many dice must be thrown so that there is better than even
chance of obtaining at least one 6?

a) n< 4
b) n> 4
c) n≤ 4
d) n≥ 𝟒

22) The number of tosses of a coin that are needed so that the probability
of getting at least one head being 0.875?

a) n=1

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 490

 RSG CLASSES

b) n=2
c) n=3
d) n=4

23) On a average, a waiter gets no tip from two of his customers on

Saturdays. What is the probability that on next Saturday, he will get no
tip from three of his customers?

9
a) 𝑒 −3
2
b) 2𝑒 −3
𝟒 −𝟐
c) 𝒆
𝟑
−2
d) 3𝑒 [DSE 2013]

24) Let X have the uniform distribution on the interval [a, b] and c is
greater than 0. Prove that cx+d has the uniform distribution on the
interval?

a) [cd + a, cd + b]
b) [cb + d, ca + d]
c) [ca + d, cb + d]
d) None of the above

25) Suppose that in a quiz there are 30 participants. A question is given

to all participants and the time allowed to answer it is 25 seconds.
Find the probability of participant respond within 6 seconds?

a) 3/25
b) 4/25
c) 7/25
d) 6/25

26) Suppose that a random variable N is taken from 690 to 850 minutes
in uniform distribution. Find the probability that N is greater than
790?

a) 0.375

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 491

 RSG CLASSES

b) 0.275
c) 0.575
d) 0.475
27) Two independent random variables X and Y are uniformly
distributed in the interval [0,1]. For a z∈ [0,1], we are told that
probability that max(X,Y) ≤ z is equal to the probability that min(X,Y)
≤ (1 – z). what is the value of z?
a) 1/2
b) 1/√𝟐
1
c) Any value in [ , 1]
2
d) None of the above [ISI 2014]

28) The time in minutes that A takes to checkout at her local supermarket
follows a continuous uniform distribution over the interval [3, 9].

Given that A has already spent 4 minutes at the checkout then, find
the probability that she will take a total of less than 6 minutes to
checkout.
a) 4/5
b) 1/5
c) 2/5
d) None of the above

29) Suppose X is a random variable, which follows uniform [-1, 1]. Find
the covariance b/w X & 𝑋2 ?
a) 1
b) ¼
c) 1/8
d) 0

30) Suppose X AND Y are independent random variables that follow

the uniform distribution on the interval [0, 1]. Let Z = min{X, Y}
1) P(Z< 0.5)
a) 0.25
b) 0.5
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 492
 RSG CLASSES

c) 0.625
d) 0.75
2) P(Z< 0.5/X=0.75)
a) 0.25
b) 0.5
c) 0.625
d) Undefined
31) Consider the system of equation
αx + βy = 0
μx + vy = 0

α, β, μ and v are i.i.d random variable. Each of them takes value 1 and
0 with equal probability.
Statement A: The probability that the system of equations has a
unique solution is 3/8.
Statement B: The probability that the system of equations has at least
on solution is 1.
e) Both the statements are correct
f) Both the statements are false
g) Statement A is correct but B is false
h) Statement B is correct but A is false [DSE 2012]

32) In a game, player select sticks at random from a box containing a

large number of sticks of different lengths. The length of a randomly
chosen stick has a continuous uniform distribution over the interval
[7, 10].

A stick is selected at random from the box, what is the probability

that the stick is shorter than 9.5 cm; to win a bag of sweets, a
player must select 3 sticks and wins if the length of the longest
stick is more than 9.5cm then what is the probability of winning a
bag of sweets and to win a soft toy, a player must select 6 sticks
and wins the toy if more than 4 of the sticks are shorter than
7.6cm then what is the probability of winning a soft toy
a) (1/6) (1/5) (1/5)
b) (5/6) (1/6) (1/5)
c) (1/6) (1/6) (1/5)

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 493

 RSG CLASSES

d) (5/6) (1/6) (5/6)

33) Suppose that you are conducting a quiz and post a question to the
audience of 20 competitors. The time allowed to answer the question
is 30 second. How many persons are likely to respond within 5
seconds?

a) 0
b) 1
c) 2
d) 3

34) Data collected at IGI AIRPORT suggests that an exponential

distribution with mean value 2.725 hours is good model for rainfall
duration.

What is the probability that the duration of a particular rainfall event

at this location is at least 2 hours; at most 3 hours; b/w 2 and 3
hours; what is the probability that rainfall duration exceeds the
mean value by more than 2 sds and what is the probability that the
rainfall duration is less than the mean value by more than 1 sd?
a) (0.480)(0.667) (0.147) (0.050) (0)
b) (0.487)(0.676) (0.147) (0.50) (0)
c) (0.480)(0.667) (0.147) (0.050) (0)
d) (0.478)(0.667) (0.174) (0.050) (0)

35) The amount of time that a watch will run without having to be reset
is a random variable having an exponential distribution with 𝜃 =
120 𝑑𝑎𝑦𝑠. Find the probabilities that such a watch will have to be
reset in less than 24 hours and not have to be reset in at least 180
days?

a) (0.1813; 0.2231)
b) (0.1813; 0.2321)
c) (0.1318; 0.2231)
d) (0.1183; 0.2213)

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 494

 RSG CLASSES

36) Suppose that the time one spends in bank is exponentially distributed
with mean = 10 minutes. What is the probability that customer will
spend more than 15 minutes in bank?

a) 0.12
b) 0.22
c) 0.32
d) None of the above

37) If jobs arrive every 15 seconds on average, ƛ=4 per minute, what is
the probability of waiting less than or equal to 30 seconds?

a) 0.96
b) 0.76
c) 0.86
d) 0.56

38) Calls arrive at an average rate of 12 per hour. Find the probability
that a call will occur in the next 5 minutes given that you have
already waited 10 minutes for a call?

a) 0.61
b) 0.60
c) 0.63
d) 0.62

39) The lifetime T (years) of an electronic component is a continuous

random variable with a pdf given by

f(t)=𝑒 −𝑡 , 𝑡 ≥ 0

Find the lifetime L which a typical component is 60% certain to

exceed. If 5 components are sold to a manufacturer, find the
probability that at least at least one of them will have a lifetime
less than L years?
a) 0.95
b) 0.94
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 495
 RSG CLASSES

c) 0.93
d) 0.92

40) If X has an exponential distribution with parameter ƛ, what is the

probability that a random variable X is less than its expected value?

a) 1-exp(-1)
b) exp(-2)
c) exp(-1)
d) 1-exp(-2)

41) Let X be an exponential random variable with parameter

ƛ=ln(3).Compute the probability p (2≤ 𝑋 ≤ 3)?

a) 3−3 − 3−2
b) 𝟑−𝟐 − 𝟑−𝟑
c) 3−2 − 3−4
d) None of the above

42) The P.D.F of a normal distribution is

−(𝑥−5)2
f(x)=k.exp[ ]
18

Then, find the value of k, its mean and standard deviation of the
distribution?
1
a) k=( );Mean=(5) and S.d=(3)
√2𝜋
𝟏
b) k=( );Mean=(5) and S.d=(3)
𝟑.√𝟐𝝅
c) k=(3. √2𝜋);Mean=(3) and S.d=(5)
d) none of the above

43) If a random sample of 25 distributions is taken from the normal

distribution with mean 𝜇 and s.d. 2, what is the probability that the
sample mean will lie within one unit of 𝜇?

a) 0.9276
b) 0.9786
c) 0.9667

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 496

 RSG CLASSES

d) 0.9876

44) The life of a cycle tyre is normally distributed with mean 350 days
and variance 64. It is true that:

a) The probability that the life of the tyre will be less than 336.84
days is greater than 5%
b) The probability that the life of the tyre will be greater than 363.16
days is greater than 5%
c) The probability that the life of the tyre will be between 336.84 and
363.16 days is 90%
d) The probability that the life of the tyre will be less than 334.32
days is greater than 3%

45) Let X and Y be independent random variables such that log(X) has
the normal distribution with mean 1.6 and variance 4.5 and log (Y)
has the normal distribution with mean 3 and variance 6. Find the
distribution of the product of XY?

a) XY~ 𝐥𝐧(𝟒. 𝟔, 𝟏𝟎. 𝟓)

b) XY~ ln(10.5, 4.6)
c) XY~ ln(5.5, 8.6)
d) XY~ln(8.6, 5.5)

46) Suppose that in a certain examination in advanced mathematics,

students from university A achieve scores that are normally
distributed with a mean of 625 and a variance of 100, and student
from university B achieve scores which are normally distributed with
a mean of 600 and a variance of 150. If two students from university
A and three students from university B take this examination, what is
the probability that the average of the scores of the two students
from university A will be greater than the average of the three
students from university B?

a) 0.9938
b) 0.9983

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 497

 RSG CLASSES

c) 0.9933
d) 0.9988

47) Let x be ar.v with pdf f(x) and let F(x) be the distribution function.
(log x−μ)2
−
xf(x) e 2
Let r(x) = . Then for x<eμ and f(x) = f(x) = , the
1−F(x) x√2π
function r(x) is
a) Increasing in x,
b) Decreasing in x,
c) Constant,
None of these

48) Let Xi, I = 1, 2, …. n be identically distributed with variance σ2.

1
Let cov (Xi,Xj) = p for all i≠j. define ̅ ̅ n ).
X n = ∑ X i and let an = Var(X
n
Then lim an equals
n→∞
a) 0
b) p
c) σ2 + p
d) σ2 + p2 [ISI 2010]

49) Suppose that the diameters of the bolts in a large box follow a normal
distribution with a mean of 2 centimeter and a s.d of 0.03 centimeter.
Also, suppose that the diameter of the holes in the nut in a large box
follows a normal distribution with a mean of 2.02 centimeters and a
s.d of 0.4 centimeter. A bolt and a nut will fit together if the diameter
of the hole in the nut is greater than the diameter of the bolt and the
difference b/w these diameters are not greater than 0.05 centimeter.
If a bolt and a nut is selected at random, what is the probability that
they will fit together?

a) 0.3812
b) 0.3612
c) 0.3412
d) None of the above

50) Let X be a Normally distributed random variable with mean 0 and

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 498

 RSG CLASSES

variance 1. Let Φ(.) be the cumulative distribution function of the

variable X. Then the expectation of Φ(X) is
1
a) − ,
2

b) 0,
𝟏
c) ,
𝟐

d) 1.

51) The distribution of resistance for resistors of a certain type is known

to be normal, with 10% of all resistors having a resistance exceeding
10.256 ohms and 5% having a resistance smaller than 9.671 ohms.
What are the mean value and standard deviation of the resistance
distribution?

a) mean=(20), s.d=(0.2)
b) mean=(10), s.d=(0.2)
c) mean=(20), s.d=(0.4)
d) mean=(10), s.d=(0.4)

52) If a normal distribution has 𝜇 = 30 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝜎 = 5. what is the 91st

percentile of the distribution?

a) 33.7
b) 34.7
c) 35.7
d) 36.7

53) A machine that produces ball bearings has initially been set so that
the true average diameter of the bearings is produces is 0.500 in. A
bearing is acceptable if its diameter is within 0.004 in. of this target
value. Suppose, however, that the setting has changed during the
course of production, so that the bearings have normally distributed
with mean value 0.499 in and standard deviation 0.002 in. what % of
the bearings produced is not acceptable?

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 499

 RSG CLASSES

a) 4.3%
b) 7.3%
c) 6.3%
d) None of the above

54) Suppose only 75% of all drivers in a certain state regularly wear a
seat belt. A random sample of 500 drivers is selected. What is the
probability b/w 360 and 400 ( inclusive) of the drivers in the sample
regularly wear a seat belt?

a) 0.9709
b) 0.9609
c) 0.9509
d) 0.9409

55) The weight distribution of parcels sent in a certain manner is normal

with mean value 12lb and s.d 3.5lb. The parcel service wishes to
establish a weight value c beyond which there will be a surcharge.
What value of c is such that 99% of all parcels are at least 1lb under
the surcharge weight?

a) 19.155
b) 22.155
c) 21.155
d) None of the above

56) There are 600 business students in the graduate dept. of an

university, and the probability for any student to need a copy of a
particular textbook from the university library on any day is 0.05.
how many copies of the book should be kept in the university library
so that the probability may be greater than 0.90 that none of the
students needed a copy from the library has to come back
disappointed?

a) more than 36 books

b) more than 37 books
c) more than 38 books
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 500
 RSG CLASSES

d) more than 39 books

2 2
57) If f(x)= 𝑒 −4𝑥 , −∞ < 𝑥 < ∞, is the p.d.f of a normal distribution,
√𝜋
then what is the value of the variance of the distribution ?

a) 1/8
b) 1/6
c) 1/4
d) 1/2

58) For a certain normal distribution, the first moment about 10 is 40

and the 4th moment about 50 is 48. What is the arithmetic mean and
standard deviation of the distribution?

a) Mean(50), s.d(4)
b) Mean(50), s.d(2)
c) Mean(40), s.d(2)
d) Mean(40), s.d(4)

59) Suppose X & Y are independent random variables with standard

normal distributions. The probability of X< −1 𝑖𝑠 𝑠𝑜𝑚𝑒 𝑝 ∈
(0, 1). 𝑤ℎ𝑎𝑡 𝑖𝑠 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑝𝑟𝑜𝑏𝑎𝑏𝑖𝑙𝑖𝑡𝑦 𝑜𝑓 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑒𝑣𝑒𝑛𝑡 𝑥 2 > 1𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑦 3 > 1?
a) 2p
b) 4p
c) 4𝑝2
d) 2𝒑𝟐

60) In a normal distribution, 31% of the items are under 45 and 8% are
over 64. Find the mean and standard deviation of the distribution?

a) Mean(50); Standard deviation(10)

b) Mean(40); Standard deviation(10)
c) Mean(50); Standard deviation(5)
d) Mean(40); Standard deviation(5)

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 501

 RSG CLASSES

61) The average test marks in a particular class is 79. The standard
deviation is 5. If the marks are distributed normally, how many
students in a class of 200 students didn’t receive marks b/w 75 and
82?

a) 95students
b) 96students
c) 97students
d) None of the above

62) Let X be a normally distributed random variable with mean 0 and

variance σ2 . Then, the mean of X2 is

a) 0
b) σ
c) 2σ
d) 𝛔𝟐 [DSE 2010]

63) A factory turns out an article by mass production methods. From past
experience it appears that 10 articles on the average are rejected out
of every batch of 100. Find the standard deviation of the number of
rejects in a batch.

a) 1
b) 2
c) 3
d) 4

64) Suppose that the measured voltage in a certain electric circuit has the
normal distribution with mean 120 and s.d 2. If three independent
measurements of the voltage are made, what is the probability that
all three measurements will lie b/w 116 and 118?

a) 0.1760
b) 0.1560
c) 0.1460
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 502
 RSG CLASSES

d) 0.1360

65) Let X, Y, Z be independent lifetimes of memory chips. Suppose that all

X, Y and Z has the normal distribution with mean 300 and standard
deviation 10 hours. Compute the probability that at least one of the
three chips lasts at least 290hours?

a) 0.9760
b) 0.9680
c) 0.9860
d) 0.9960

66) X is a normally distributed random variable with unknown mean μ

and standard deviation equal to 2. The value of the sample mean from
a random sample of size 25 is 10. Which of the following values lie
within the 95% confidence interval for μ?

a) 9.3
b) 9.8
c) 10.6
d) All of the above

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 503

 RSG CLASSES

Chapter-10
Joint probability distribution

1) X Y→ 0 1 2 3 4
↓
0 0.08 0.07 0.06 0.01 0.01

1 0.06 0.10 0.12 0.05 0.02

2 0.05 0.06 0.09 0.04 0.03

3 0.02 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.04

Determine each of the following probabilities:

a) P(X)=2 (0.27)

b) P(Y ≥ 2) ( 0.53)

c) P(X ≤ 2 & 𝑌 ≤ 2) (0.69)

d) P(X=Y) (0.3)

e) P(X > 𝑌) (0.25)

X Y→ 1 2 3
↓
1 0.10 0.10 0.05

2 0.15 0.10 0.05

3 0.20 0.05 -

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 504

 RSG CLASSES

4 0.15 0.05 -
2)

a) Determine P(X=1), P(X=2)and P(X=3)?

P(X=1)=0.6
P(X=2)=0.3
P(X=3)=0.1
b) Find the marginal probability distribution of X?

X 1 2 3

P(X=x) 0.6 0.3 0.1

c) Find the marginal probability distribution of Y?

Y 1 2 3 4

P P(Y=y) 0.25 0.3 0.25 0.2

3) Obtain the probability function for the marginal distribution of N

from 0, where

𝑚
P(M=m, N=n)= where m=1, 2, 3, 4 and n=1, 2, 3?
35×2𝑛−2

a) P(M=3, N= 1 or 2) (9/35)

b) P(N=3) (1/7)

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 505

 RSG CLASSES

c) P(M=2/N=3) (1/5)

d) Also, check whether M & N are independent or not?

X Y→ 10 20 30
4)
↓
1 0.2 0.2 0.1

2 0.2 0.3 0

a) Calculate E(Y/X=1)? (18)

b) Calculate E(X/Y=1)? (1.5)

c) Calculate variance(Y/X=1)? (56)

5) Suppose that X & Y are two random variables such that (X,Y) must lie
in the XY plane containing all points (X,Y) for which X= 0,1,2,3 & Y=
0,1,2,3,4. Suppose that the joint CDF of X and Y at every points given
above is specified as follow:

f(X,Y)= 156XY(𝑋 2 + 𝑌)
𝟏
a) Compute the CDF of Y? [ 𝒀(𝟗 + 𝒀)]
𝟓𝟐
𝟏
b) Compute the joint PDF of X &Y? (3𝑿𝟐 + 𝟐𝒀)
𝟏𝟓𝟔

6) Suppose that X & Y have a discrete distribution for which the joint
PDF is as follow:

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 506

 RSG CLASSES

𝑐|𝑋 + 𝑌| , 𝑓𝑜𝑟𝑥 = −2, −1, 0, 1, 2

f(X, Y)={ 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑦 = −2, −1, 0,1,2
0 , 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒

a) Determine the value of c? (1/40)

b) P(X=0 & Y= -2) (1/20)

c) P(X=1) (7/40)

d) P(X=|𝑋 − 𝑌| ≤ 1) (0.7)

7) Y X→ 0 1 2
↓
1 0.1 0.1 0

2 0.1 0.1 0.2

3 0.2 0.1 0.1

a) The marginal distribution of X?

X 0 1 2

P(X=x) 0.4 0.3 0.3

b) The conditional distribution of X/Y=2?

P(X=0/Y=2)=0.25
P(X=1/Y=2)=0.25
P(X=2/Y=2)=0.5

c) Are X AND Y are independent?

d) Calculate the expected value of 𝑋2 + 2𝑌? (5.5)

e) Also, verify that E[𝑋2 + 2𝑋𝑌] = 𝐸 [𝑋 2 ] + 𝐸[2𝑌]?

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 507

 RSG CLASSES

f) Calculate the covariance of the random variables X & Y? (0.02)

8) Suppose that X & Y have a joint discrete distribution for which the
joint PDF is defined as follow:

1
(𝑋 + 𝑌), 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑋 = 0, 1, 2
30
f(X, Y)= { 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑌 = 0, 1, 2, 3
0 , 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒

a) Determine the marginal distribution of X & Y?

𝟏
For X = (2X+3)
𝟏𝟓
𝟏
For Y= (1+Y)
𝟏𝟎
b) Are X & Y independent?

9) Each student in a certain school was classified according to her year

in school (freshman, sophomore, junior, senior)and according to the
number of times that she visited a certain museum (never, once or
more than once). The proportions of students in the various
classifications are given in the following table:

Never Once More

than
once
Freshman 0.08 0.10 0.04

Sophomores 0.04 0.10 0.04

Juniors 0.04 0.20 0.09

Seniors 0.02 0.15 0.10

a) If a student selected at random from the high school is a junior,

what is the probability that she had never visited the museum?
(4/33)

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 508

 RSG CLASSES

b) If a student selected at random from the high school has visited

the museum 3 times, what is the probability that she is a senior?
(10/27)

10)
N M→ 1 2 3 4
↓
1 2/35 4/35 6/35 8/35

2 1/35 2/35 3/35 4/35

3 1/70 1/35 3/70 2/35

𝑁+1
a) Calculate the expected value of ? (36/35)
𝑀

𝑁+1 1
b) Also, verify that E[ ] = 𝐸 [ ] 𝐸[𝑁 + 1]
𝑀 𝑀

11) Q P→ -1 0 1
↓
-1 0.1 0.6 0.1

1 0.1 0 0.1

a) Show that P & Q are uncorrelated but not independent?

12) X &Y are random variables and their joint probability distribution
is as follow:

Y=1 Y=2 Y=3 Y=4 Y=5 Y=6

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 509

 RSG CLASSES

X=-1 0.1 A 0.3 0 0 0

0 0 b 0.1 0.1 0.1

X=1

It is known that the expectation of the two random variables are

E(X)= -0.2 & E(Y)=3.2.

1) The value of a? (0.2)

2) The value of b? (0.1)

13) Let the joint probability distribution function of two random

variables X and Y is given by f(x, y)= c(2X+Y) for all X=0, 1, 2 AND
Y=0, 1, 2, 3.

a) Find the value of c?

(1/42)
b) P(X ≥ 1, 𝑌 ≤ 2)?
(4/7)
𝟏
,𝒙 = 𝟎
𝟕
𝟏
c) The marginal PDF of X AND Y? 𝒇𝟏 (𝒙) = ,𝒙 = 𝟏 ,
𝟑
𝟏𝟏
{𝟐𝟏 , 𝒙 = 𝟐
𝟏
,𝒚 = 𝟎
𝟕
𝟑
,𝒚 = 𝟏
𝟏𝟒
𝒇𝟐 (𝒚) = 𝟐
,𝒚 = 𝟐
𝟕
𝟓
{𝟏𝟒 , 𝒚 = 𝟑

d) Show that X and Y are dependent?

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 510

 RSG CLASSES

1/3, 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑋 = 0, 1, 2
𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑦 = 0, 1, 2
1
14) f(x)= , 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑋 = 6, 7, 8
6
𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑌 = 0, 1, 2
{ 0 , 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒

Show that X AND Y are independent?

3
𝑌 2 , 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑋 = 0, 1, 2
2
15) f(x)={ 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑦 = 0, 1
0 , 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒

𝟏
a) Find the marginal PDF OF X & Y? (𝒇𝟏 (𝒙) = , 𝒇𝟐 (𝒚) = 𝟑𝒚𝟐 )
𝟐

b) Are X & Y are independent?

c) Are P(X < 1) & the event P(Y ≥ 1/2) independent?

16) A certain drugstore has three public booths. For i= 0, 1, 2, 3, let 𝑃𝑖

denote the probability that exactly i telephone booths will be
occupied on any Monday evening at 8:00 pm ; and suppose that 𝑃𝑜 =
0.1, 𝑃1 = 0.2, 𝑃2 = 0.4 & 𝑃3 = 0.3. let X & Y denote the number of
booths that will be occupied at 8:00 pm on two independent Monday
evenings. Determine the following cases:-

a) The joint p.f. of X & Y? ( 𝒑𝒙 𝒑𝒚 )

b) P(X=Y)? (0.3)

c) P(X > 𝑌)? (0.35)

17) Let X and Y be two continuous random variables with joint PDF:

2
𝑓𝑥𝑦 (𝑥, 𝑦) = { 𝑥 + 𝑐𝑦 , 0 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 1, 0 ≤ 𝑦 ≤ 1
0 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 511
 RSG CLASSES

Then, find the following

a) Find the constant c. (c = 3/2)

1 1
b) P(0 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ , 0 ≤ 𝑦 ≤ ) (3/32)
2 2

c) Marginal PDF of 𝑓𝑥 (𝑥 ) and 𝑓𝑦 (𝑦)

𝟏 𝟑 𝟐 𝟏
𝒇𝒙 (𝒙) = { 𝒙 + , 𝟎 ≤ 𝒙 ≤ 𝟏 ; 𝒇𝒚 (𝒚) = {𝟐 𝒚 + 𝟐 , 𝟎 ≤ 𝒚 ≤ 𝟏
𝟐
𝟎, 𝒐𝒕𝒉𝒆𝒓𝒘𝒊𝒔𝒆 𝟎, 𝒐𝒕𝒉𝒆𝒓𝒘𝒊𝒔𝒆

18) Let X and Y be two continuous random variables with joint PDF:

𝑓𝑥𝑦 (𝑥, 𝑦) = { 𝑐𝑥𝑦 2 , 0 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 1, 0 ≤ 𝑦 ≤ 1

0 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒
Then, find the following
a) Find the constant c (c = 10)

b) Marginal PDF of 𝑓𝑥 (𝑥 ) and 𝑓𝑦 (𝑦)

𝟏𝟎
𝟓𝒙𝟒 , 𝟎 ≤ 𝒙 ≤ 𝟏 𝒚(𝟏 − 𝒚𝟑 ) , 𝟎 ≤ 𝒚 ≤ 𝟏
𝒇𝒙 (𝒙) = { ; 𝒇𝒚 (𝒚) = { 𝟑
𝟎, 𝒐𝒕𝒉𝒆𝒓𝒘𝒊𝒔𝒆 𝟎, 𝒐𝒕𝒉𝒆𝒓𝒘𝒊𝒔𝒆

𝑥
c) P(𝑦 ≤ ) (1/4)
2

𝑥 𝑥
d) P(𝑦 ≤ /𝑦 ≤ ) (1/4)
4 2

19) Let X and Y be two continuous random variables with joint PDF:

2
(𝑥 + 2𝑦), 0 ≤ 𝑥 ≤ 1, 0 ≤ 𝑦 ≤ 1
𝑓𝑥𝑦 (𝑥, 𝑦) = { 3
0 𝑜𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑤𝑖𝑠𝑒
Then, find the following
a) Marginal PDF of 𝑓𝑥 (𝑥 ) and 𝑓𝑦 (𝑦)

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 512

 RSG CLASSES
𝟐 𝟐 𝟏
(𝒙 + 𝟏) , 𝟎 ≤ 𝒙 ≤ 𝟏 ( + 𝟐𝒚) , 𝟎 ≤ 𝒚 ≤ 𝟏
𝒇𝒙 (𝒙) = {𝟑 ; 𝒇𝒚 (𝒚) = {𝟑 𝟐
𝟎, 𝒐𝒕𝒉𝒆𝒓𝒘𝒊𝒔𝒆 𝟎, 𝒐𝒕𝒉𝒆𝒓𝒘𝒊𝒔𝒆

1 1
b) P(𝑥 ≤ , 𝑦 ≤ ) (1/8)
2 2

20) Each cell of the following table provides the probability of the joint
occurrence of the corresponding pair of values of the random
variables X and Y.

X↓ Y→ 1 2 3 4

1 .1 0 .1 0

2 .3 0 .1 .2

3 0 .1 0 .1

Consider the following statements about X and Y:

I. Pr(Y = 2) >Pr(X = 1)
II. Pr(Y = 1|X = 2) = Pr(Y = 1|X =1)
III. The events X = 3 and Y = 3 are mutually exclusive.
IV. X and Y are independent.

Which of the above statements are true?

a) Only I and II.
b) Only II and III.
c) Only III and IV.
d) Only II, III and IV. [DSE 2008]

21) A fair dice has numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 on its sides. It is tossed

once. I win Re. 1. If an odd number shows up: otherwise I lose Re.1. let

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 513

 RSG CLASSES

X be the number that shows up and Y the money I win. [Note: Y < 0 if I
lose money.]

Which of the following is incorrect?

a) Prob (X > Y) = 1
b) Prob (X = 3|Y=1) = 1/3
c) E(Y)= 0
d) Prob(Y=1|X= 5)=1 [DSE 2009]

22) Suppose two restaurants are going to be located at a street that is

ten kilometers long. The location of each restaurant will be chosen
randomly. What is the probability that they will be located less than
five kilometers apart?

a) 1/4
b) 1/2
c) 3/4
d) 1/3 [DSE 2014]

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 514

 RSG CLASSES

CHAPTER-11
Sampling, estimation and
hypothesis testing

1. If the original population from which the samples were drawn is not
normally distributed, then the sampling distribution of the mean will be
-------- for large sample sizes.

a. Normal
b. Approximately normal
c. The same as the original population distribution
d. C.
e. Uniform

2. Which of the following is false?

a. The sampling distribution of the mean will have the same SD as

the original population from which the sample were drawn
b. The sampling distribution of the mean will have the same mean
as the original population from which the sample were drawn
c. The sampling distribution of the mean will be normal if the
original population from which the sample were drawn is
normally distributed

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 515

 RSG CLASSES

d. Sample data are used as a basis from which to make probability

statements about the true value of the population mean or
proportion
e. Using information from a sample to reach conclusions about the
population from which it was drawn is referred to as inferential
statistics

3. Consider a large population with a mean of 160 and SD of 25. A random

sample of 64 is taken from the population. What is the SD of the sample
mean?

a. 3.125

b. 2.500
c. 3.750
d. 5.625
5.000

4. Suppose we are interested in estimating the mean height of M.A.

students in Delhi University. An average height estimated from a
random sample of size 30 is better that the estimated from a random
sample of size 20 because.

a. The sample of size 20 is likely to be more biased because it is

less representative.
b. The sample size of 30 is likely to yield more precise estimates of
average height than the sample of size 20.
c. The Central Limit Theorem prescribes a minimum sample size
of 30
d. Both (a) and (b) [DSE 2011]

5.Consider a large population with a mean of 160 and SD of 20. A

random sample of 64 is taken from the population. What is the SD
of the sample mean?

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 516

 RSG CLASSES

a. 3.125
b. 2.500
c. 3.750
d. 5.625
e. 5.000

6.Consider a large population with a mean of 160 and SD of 30. A

random sample of 64 is taken from the population. What is the SD
of the sample mean?

a. 3.125
b. 2.500
c. 3.750
d. 5.625
e. 5.000

7. Consider a large population with a mean of 160 and SD of 45. A random

sample of 64 is taken from the population. What is the SD of the
sample mean?

a. 3.125
b. 2.500
c. 3.750
d. 5.625
e. 5.000

8. A sample of size n is selected at random from a large population. As n

increases, which of the following statements is true?
a. The population SD decreases
b. The SD of the sample mean decreases
c. The population SD increases
d. The SD of the sample mean increases
The SD of the sample mean remains unchanged

9.Which of the following statement is correct?

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 517

 RSG CLASSES

a. If X is normally distributed then the sample mean is skewed to

the right
b. If X is normally distributed then the sample mean is normally
distributed with the same mean and variance as X.
c. If X is not normally distributed then the sample mean is
approximately normally distributed as long as the sample size is
greater than 30
d. If X is not normally distributed then the sample mean is not
normally distributed
e. none of the above statements is correct

10. Why is the Central Limit Theorem so important to the study of

sampling distributions?

a. It allows us to disregard the size of the population we are

sampling from
b. It allows us to disregard the size of the sample selected when
the population is not normal
c. It allows us to disregard the shape of the sampling distribution
when the size of the population is large
d. It allows us to estimate the sampling distribution of any
population when the sample size is large enough is large
e. None of the above is a correct statement

11. In a given year, the average annual salary of professional South

African soccer players was Rs.189, 000 with a standard deviation
of Rs. 20, 500. If a sample of 50 players was taken, what is the
probability that the sample mean of their salaries was more than
Rs. 192, 000?

a. 0.1515
b. 0.3669
c. 0.2451
d. 0.2549
e. 0.3485

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 518

 RSG CLASSES

12. In a given year, the average annual salary of professional South

African soccer players was Rs.189, 000 with a standard deviation of
Rs. 20, 500. If a sample of 50 players was taken, what is the
probability that the sample mean of their salaries was more than Rs.
190, 000?

a. 0.1515
b. 0.3669
c. 0.2451
d. 0.2549
e. 0.3485
13. In a certain stats class, the marks obtained by students on a class test
followed a normal distribution with a mean of 68% and a standard
deviation of 10%. What is the probability that the mean test mark
from a sample of 25 students from the class was more than 72%?

a.0.0228
b.0.0668
c.0.1587
d. 0.3085
e.0.9332

14. In a certain stats class, the marks obtained by students on a class test
followed a normal distribution with a mean of 68% and a standard
deviation of 10%. What is the probability that the mean test mark
from a sample of 25 students from the class was more than 71%?

a.0.0228
b.0.0668
c.0.1587
d.0.3085
e. 0.9332

15.In a certain stats class, the marks obtained by students on a class test
followed a normal distribution with a mean of 68% and a standard

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 519

 RSG CLASSES

deviation of 10%. What is the probability that the mean test mark
from a sample of 25 students from the class was more than 70%?

a.0.0228
b.0.0668
c. 0.1587
d. 0.3085
e. 0.9332

16. In a certain stats class, the marks obtained by students on a class test
followed a normal distribution with a mean of 68% and a standard
deviation of 10%. What is the probability that the mean test mark
from a sample of 25 students from the class was more than 65%?

a.0.0228
b. 0.0668
c. 0.1587
d. 0.3085
e. 0.9332

17. The average daily temperature in Johannesburg during summer

follows a normal distribution with a mean of 27 degrees Celsius and a
standard deviation of 15 degrees Celsius. What is the probability that
a randomly chosen sample of 10 summer days will have an average
temperature of less than 28 degrees?

a. 0.5832
b. 0.4168
c. 0.3372
d. 0.7357
e. 0.2643

18. The average daily temperature in Johannesburg during summer

follows a normal distribution with a mean of 27 degrees Celsius and a
standard deviation of 15 degrees Celsius. What is the probability that
a randomly chosen sample of 10 summer days will have an average
temperature of less than 26 degrees?
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 520
 RSG CLASSES

a.0.5832
b. 0.4168
c. 0.3372
d. 0.7357
e. 0.2643

19. Which of the following statements is not correct?

b. When an interval estimate is associated with a degree of

confidence that it actually includes the population parameter of
interest, it is referred to as a confidence interval
c. If the population mean and population standard deviation are
both known, one can make probability statements about
individual x values taken from the population
d. If the population mean and population standard deviation are
both known, one can use the central limit theorem and make
probability statements about the means of samples taken from
the population
e. If the population mean is unknown, one can use sample data as
the basis from which to make probability statements about the
true (but unknown) value of the population mean
f. When sample data are used for estimating a population mean,
sampling error will not be present since the observed sample
statistic will not differ from the actual value of the population
parameter.

20. Inferential statistics is the:

c. process of using a population parameter to estimate the

values for sample statistics
d. Process of using sample statistics to estimate population
parameters
e. Process which allows the researcher to determine the exact
values for population parameters
f. Process that eliminates the problem of sampling error

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 521

 RSG CLASSES

g. Branch of statistics involving using population parameters

to estimate sampling distributions

21. Which of the following statements are correct?

a. A point estimate is an estimate of the range of a population parameter

b. A point estimate is an unbiased estimator if its standard deviation is

the same as the actual value of the population standard deviation
c. A point estimate is a single value estimate of the value of a population
parameter
d.All of the above statements are correct

22. A point estimator is defined as:

a.The average of the sample values

b. The average of the population values
c.A single value that is the best estimate of an unknown population
parameter
d.A single value that is the best estimate of an unknown sample
statistic
e.A number which can be used to estimate a point in time which is
unknown

23. Which of the following statements is/are correct?

a.An interval estimate is an estimate of the range of possible values for

a population parameter
b. An interval estimate describes a range of values that is likely not to
include the actual population parameter
c. An interval estimate is an estimate of the range for a sample
statistic
d. All of the statements above are correct
e. None of the statements above are correct

24. A confidence interval is defined as:

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 522

 RSG CLASSES

a. A point estimate plus or minus a specific level of confidence

b. A lower and upper confidence limit associated with a specific level of

confidence
c. A an interval that has a 95% probability of containing the population
parameter
d. A lower and upper confidence limit that has a 95% probability of
containing the population parameter
e. An interval used to infer something about an unknown sample
statistic value

25. The term 1 – α refers to the

a.Probability that a confidence interval does not contain the

population parameter
b. The level of confidence minus one
c. The level of confidence
d. The level of confidence plus one
e. The level of significance

26. Using a random sample, an ordinary least squares regression of Y on

X yields the 95% confidence interval 0.43 < β < 0.59 for the slope
parameter β. Which of the following statement is false?

a. This interval contains the parameter β with probability 0.95

b. The point estimate of β obtained from our regression always lies
within this interval
c. The 90% confidence interval for β is a subset of the interval obtained
above
d. If such intervals are constructed from repeated samples drawn from
the population in question, then on average 95 out of 100 of these
intervals are likely to contain the truth parameter value.[DSE 2010]

27. A 95% confidence interval for the population mean is calculated to be

75.29 to 81.45. If the confidence level is reduced to 90%, the
confidence interval will

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 523

 RSG CLASSES

a.Become narrower
b. Remain the same
c. Become wider
d. Double in size
e. Most likely no longer include the true value of the population mean

28. A 95% confidence interval for the population mean is calculated to be

75.29 to 81.45. If the confidence level is increased to 98%, the
confidence interval will

a.Become narrower
b. Remain the same
c. Become wider
d. Double in size
e. Most likely no longer include the true value of the population mean

29. In the formula for the confidence interval, z is part of the formula.
What does the subscript α/2 refer to?

a. The level of confidence

b. the level of significance

c. The probability that the confidence interval will contain the population
mean
d. The probability that the confidence interval will not contain the
population mean
e. The area in the lower tail or upper tail of the sampling distribution of
the sample mean

30. Let Xi, X2, …, Xn be random samples from a normal distribution with
parameter μ and σ2 . Then the random variable
n
(n − 1)S 2 1
= ∑(X i − ̅
X)2
σ2 σ2
i=1

Has a chi-squared (X 2 ) distribution with n – 1 degrees of freedom.

Here ̅X denotes the mean of X1, X 2, … X n. Suppose area under a chi-

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 524

 RSG CLASSES

squared curve with n – 1 degrees of freedom to the right of X 2v,n−1

is v. A 100(1 - α)% confidence interval for the variance σ2 is
(𝐧−𝟏)𝐒𝟐 (𝐧−𝟏)𝐒𝟐
a) [ , ]
𝛘𝟐𝛂 𝛘𝟐 𝛂
,𝐧−𝟏 𝟏− ,𝐧−𝟏
𝟐 𝟐

(n−1)S2 (n−1)S2
b) [ , ]
χ2 α χ2α
1− ,n−1 ,n−1
2 2

nS2 nS2
c) [ , ]
χ2α χ2 α
,n−1 1− ,n−1
2 2

nS2 nS2
d) [ , ] [DSE 2012]
χ2 α χ2α
1− ,n−1 ,n−1
2 2

31. Which of the statements below completes the following statement

correctly? The larger the level of confidence used in constructing a
confidence interval estimate of the population mean, then

a. Smaller the probability that the confidence interval will contain the
population mean
b. The smaller the value of z
c. The narrower the confidence interval
d. The wider the confidence interval
e. The more the width of the confidence interval remains the same

32. Which one of the statements below is correct?

a) If n, the sample size, increases, the confidence interval becomes wider

b) A 90% confidence interval for the population mean is narrower than a
95% confidence interval for the population mean
c) As the population standard deviation increases, the confidence
interval becomes narrower
d) If α = 0.01, it implies that we are 1% confident that the population
e) mean will lie between the confidence limits
None of the above statements is correct

33. The boundaries of a confidence interval are called

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 525

 RSG CLASSES

a. Confidence levels
b. The test statistics
c. The degrees of confidence
d. The confidence limits
e. Significance levels

34. What value of z would you use to calculate the 90% confidence
interval for a population mean, given that you know the population
standard deviation, the sample size and the sample mean of your
sample?

a. z = 1.96
b. z = 2.58
c. z = 0.84
d. z = 1.28
f. z = 1.645

35. Which of the following statements is false with regards to the width
of a confidence interval?

a. The sample mean from which the interval is constructed is located

half way between the boundaries of the confidence interval
b. The width of the interval increases when the sample size is
decreased
c. The width of the interval decreases when the significance level is
increased
d. The width of the interval decreases when the sample mean is
decreased
e. The width of the interval increases when the confidence level is
increased

36. After constructing a confidence interval estimate for a population

mean, you believe that the interval is useless because it is too wide. In
order to correct this problem, you need to

a. Increase the population standard deviation

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 526
 RSG CLASSES

b. Increase the sample size

c. Increase the level of confidence
d. Increase the sample mean
e. Decrease the sample size

37. The problem with relying on a point estimate of a population

parameter is that the point estimate

a. Has no variance
b.Might be unbiased
c. Might not be relatively efficient
d. Does not tell us how close or far the point estimate might be from
the parameter
e. May not be consistent

38. A federal auditor for nationally chartered banks from a random

sample of 100 accounts found that the average demand deposit
balance at the First National Bank of a small town was Rs. 549.82. If
the auditor needed a point estimate for the population mean for all
accounts at this bank, what would she use?

a.The average of R549.82 for this sample.

b. The average of R54.98 for this sample.
c. There is no acceptable value available.
d. She would survey the total of all accounts and determine the mean.
e. The mean would be impossible to calculate without further
information

39. When choosing an estimator of a population parameter, one should

consider

a. Sufficiency
b. Clarity
c. Efficiency
d. All of the above
e. a) and c) but not b)

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 527

 RSG CLASSES

40. Assume that you take a sample and calculate 𝑥̅ = 100. You then
calculate the upper limit of a 90 % confidence interval for 𝜇; its value
is 112. What is the lower limit of this confidence interval?

a. 88
b. 92
c. 100
d. It can’t be determined on the basis of this given information.

41. After taking a sample and computing 𝑥̅ , a statistician says, “ I am 88 %

confident that the population mean is between 106 and 122.” What
does she really mean?

a. The probability is 0.88 that 𝜇 is between 106 and 122

b. The probability is 0.88 that 𝜇 = 114, the midpoint of the interval
c. Eighty – eight percent of the intervals calculated from samples of
this size will contain the population mean
d. All of the above
e. a) and c) but not b)

42. In a random sample of 400 mangoes selected from a large

consignment, 30 were found rotten. The null hypothesis is that the
proportion π of rotten mangoes in the consignment is 10%. It is true
that:

a. Given HA : π ≠ 0.1, we can’t reject the null at the 1% level of

significance, and the probability of error type I of this test is 0.005
b. Given HA : π < 0.1, we reject the null at the 5% level of significance,
and the probability of error type I of this test is 0.05
c. Given HA : π ≠ 0.1, we reject the null at the 10% level of significance,
and the probability of error type I of this test is 0.1
d. If HA : π > 0.1, the power of the associated test is higher than if HA :
π < 0.1, [DSE 2008]

43. Which of the following is a necessary condition for using a t –

distribution table?
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 528
 RSG CLASSES

a. n is small
b. s is known but 𝜎 is not known
c. The population is infinite
d. All of the above
e. a) and b) but not c)

44. Which of the following is a difference b/w z tables and t tables?

a. The t table has values for only a few percentages

b. The t table measures the chance that the population parameter we are
estimating will be in our confidence interval

c. We must specify the degrees of freedom with which we are dealing

when using a z table
d. All of the above
e. a) and b) but not c)

45. Suppose we are attempting to estimate a population variance by

using 𝑠 2 . It is incorrect to calculate 𝑠 2 𝑎𝑠 ∑(𝑥 − 𝑥̅ )2 /𝑛 because the
value would be

a. Biased
b. Inefficient
c. Inconsistent
d. Insufficient

46. Assume that, from a population with n = 50, a sample of size 15 is

drawn; 𝜎 2 is known to be 36, and 𝑠 2 for the sample is 49, 𝑥̅ for the
sample is calculated as 104. Which of the following should be used
for calculating a 95% confidence interval for 𝜇?

a. Student’ s t – distribution
b. Normal distribution
c. Finite population multiplier
d. a) and c) but not b)
e. b) and c) but not a)

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 529

 RSG CLASSES

47. We can use the normal distribution to represent the sampling

distribution of this population when:

a. The sample size is more than 10

b. The sample size is less than 50
c. The sample size is more than 5
d. None of the above

48. If a statistic underestimates a population parameter as much as it

overestimates it, we would call it:

a.Consistent
b. Sufficient
c. Efficient
d. All of the above
e. None of the above

49. If population proportion information is unknown, the standard error

of the proportion can be estimated by the formula:

a. √𝑛𝑝𝑞

b.√𝑛𝑝̅ 𝑞̅
c. √𝑝𝑞/𝑛
d.√𝒑̅𝒒
̅/𝒏

50. The average height of the 25 students in Mr. Stanton’s tenth grade
math class is known to be 66”. In constructing a 95 % confidence
interval for the average height of all tenth graders, we would use:

a. The normal distribution with 24 degrees of freedom

b. The t distribution with 24 degrees of freedom
c. The t distribution with 65 degrees of freedom
d. The t distribution with 25 degree of freedom

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 530

 RSG CLASSES

51. A certain normally distributed population has a known SD of 1.0.

what is the total width of a 95% confidence interval for the population
mean?

a. 1.96
b. 0.98
c. 3.92
d. It can’t be determined from the information given

52. Which one of the statements below is correct?

a. If the significance level is equal to 0.1, it implies that we are 10%

confident that the population mean will lie between the
confidence limits
b. If the sample size increases the confidence interval becomes wider
As the population standard deviation increases, the confidence
interval becomes narrower

c.A 90% confidence interval for the population mean is narrower than
a 95% confidence interval for the population mean
d. Increasing the significance level increases the width of the
confidence interval

53. Sand is packed into bags which are then weighed on scales. It is
known that if full bags of sand are intended to weigh μ kg, then the
weight recorded by the scales will be normally distributed with a
mean μ kg and a standard deviation of 0.36kg. A particular bag of
sand was weighed four times and the weight recorded each time was
different. The sample mean weight was recorded as 34.7kg. What is a
95% confidence interval for the true weight of the full bag of sand?

a. 34.35 to 35.05kg
b. 35.85 to 36.55kg
c. 34.21 to 35.19kg
d. 34.48 to 34.92kg
e. 37.75 to 38.45kg

54. A Type I error occurs when we

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 531
 RSG CLASSES

a. Reject a false null hypothesis

b. Reject a true null hypothesis
c. Do not reject a false null hypothesis
d. Do not reject a true null hypothesis
e. Fail to make a decision regarding whether to reject a hypothesis or
not

55. A doctor testing a diagnostic tool for a rare disease wants to minimize
the change that the test will find a patient to be healthy when she is in
fact sick (the null hypothesis being that the patient is healthy). The
doctor should minimize the probability of:

a. Type I error, which would denote a false positive.

b. Type II error, which would denote a false positive.
c. Type I error, which would denote a false negative.
d. Type II error, which would dente a false negative. [DSE 2011]
e. In a criminal trial, a Type I error is made when

56. A guilty defendant is acquitted (set free)

a. An innocent person is convicted (sent to jail)
b. A guilty defendant is convicted
c. An innocent person is acquitted
d. No decision is made about whether to acquit or convict the
defendant

57. A Type II error occurs when we

a. Reject a false null hypothesis

b. Reject a true null hypothesis
c. Do not reject a false null hypothesis
d. Do not reject a true null hypothesis
e. Fail to make a decision regarding whether to reject a hypothesis or
not

58. If a hypothesis is rejected at the 0.025 level of significance, it

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 532

 RSG CLASSES

a. Must be rejected at any level

b. Must be rejected at the 0.01 level

c. Must not be rejected at the 0.01 level
d. Must not be rejected at any other level
e. May or may not be rejected at the 0.01 level

59. The p-value of a test is the:

a. Smallest significance level at which the null hypothesis cannot be

rejected
b. Largest significance level at which the null hypothesis cannot be
rejected
c. Smallest significance level at which the null hypothesis can be
rejected
d. Largest significance level at which the null hypothesis can be
rejected
e. Probability that no errors have been made in rejecting or not
rejecting the null hypothesis
60. In order to determine the p-value of a hypothesis test, which of the
following is not needed?

a. Whether the test is one-tail or two-tail

b. The value of the test statistic
c. The form of the null and alternate hypotheses
d. The level of significance
e. All of the above are needed to determine the p-value

61. Which of the following p-values will lead us to reject the null
hypothesis if the significance level of the test if 5%?

a. 0.15
b. 0.10
c. 0.06
d. 0.20
e. 0.025
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 533
 RSG CLASSES

62. Suppose that we reject a null hypothesis at the 5% level of

significance. For which of the following levels of significance do we
also reject the null hypothesis?

a. 6%
b. 2.5%
c. 4%
d. 3%
e. 2%

63. Which of the following statements about hypothesis testing is true?

a. If the p-value is greater than the significance level, we fail to

reject 𝑯𝟎 .
b. A Type II error is rejecting the null when it is actually true.
c. If the alternative hypothesis is that the population mean is greater
than a specified value, then the test is a two-tailed test.
d. The significance level equals one minus the probability of a Type I
error.
e. None of the above statements are true.

64. In hypothesis testing, what level of significance would be most

appropriate to choose if you knew that making a Type I error would
be more costly than making a Type II error?

a. 0.005
b. 0.025
c. 0.050
d. 0.100
e. 0.028

65. To test a hypothesis involving proportions, both np and n(1-p)

should

a. Be at least 30
b. Be greater than 5
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 534
 RSG CLASSES

c. Lie in the range from 0 to 1

d. Be greater than 50
e. There are no specific conditions surrounding the values of n and p

66. A study was conducted to evaluate the stress level of senior business
students at a particular college. Forty students were selected at
random from the senior business class, and their stress level was
monitored by attaching an electrode to the frontalis muscle
(forehead). For the forty students, the mean EMG (electromyogram)
activity was found to be 35.8 microvolt’s. In addition, the standard
deviation of the EMG readings was found to be 2.5 microvolt. What
would be the 99% confidence interval on the true mean EMG activity
for all seniors in the class?

a. (34.2796, 36.8704)
b. (34.7296, 36.7804)
c. (34.9672, 36.7840)
d. (34.7456, 36.0566)
e. (34.9834, 36.5095)

67. For n = 121, sample mean = 96, and a known population standard
deviation σ = 14, construct a 95% confidence interval for the
population mean.

a. (93.53, 98.48)
b. (93.51, 98.49)
c. (93.02, 98.98)
d. (93.06, 98.94)
e. (93.00, 98.95)

68. The mean of the sampling distribution of the sample mean is:

a. Equal to the mean of the population.

b. An approximation of the mean of the population.
c. Not a good estimate of the population mean.
d. Equal to the population mean divided by n.
e. None of the above
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 535
 RSG CLASSES

69. For n = 25, sample mean = 645, and s = 55, construct a 99%
confidence interval for the population mean.

a. (614.23, 675.77)
b. (617.59, 672.41)
c. (617.67, 672.34)
d. (613.43, 676.66)
e. (616.68, 673.33)

70. When the sample size increases, everything else remaining the same,
the width of a confidence interval for a population parameter will:

a. Increases
b. Decreases
c. Remain unchanged
d. Sometime increases and sometime decreases
e. Can’t determined

71. In a sample of 1000 mangoes, the mean weight of a mango is 210 g,

and the standard deviation 9.5 g. In another sample of 1200 mangoes,
the mean is 180 g and the standard deviation 11.5 g. Assume that the
respective populations from which these samples are drawn have the
same variances. Given the null hypothesis

H0: μ1 − μ2 = 0, where μ1 and μ2 are the population means, it is

true that:

a. If 𝐇𝐀 : 𝛍𝟏 − 𝛍𝟐 ≠ 𝟎, were reject the null hypothesis at the 15%,

13%, 12% and 8% levels of significance
b. If HA : μ1 − μ2 ≠ 0, we do not reject the null hypothesis at the
1% level of significance.
c. The appropriate estimator for testing whether the sample are
from essentially the same population is μ1 − μ2.

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 536

 RSG CLASSES

d. If HA : μ1 − μ2 ≠ 0, and we could a test at the 7% level of

significance, the probability of error type I of this test is 0.035.
[DSE 2008]

72. would happen (other things being equal) to a confidence interval if

you calculated a 99% confidence interval rather than a 95%
confidence interval?

a. It will be narrower
b. It will not change
c. The sample size will increase
d. It will become wide [DSE 2012]

73. A telephone company wants to estimate the mean number of minutes

people in a city spend talking long distance with 95% confidence.
From past records, an estimate of the standard deviation is 12
minutes. What is the minimum sample size required if the desired
width of the confidence interval is 10 minutes?

a. 28
b. 11
c. 23
d. 19
e. 42

74. In a department store, it is found that out of a randomly selected 64

customers, 21 buy cards. Construct a 95% confidence interval for the
proportion of customers buying cards.

a. (0.3177, 0.3445)
b. (0.2316, 0.42471)
c. (0.3214, 0.3349)
d. (0.2484, 0.5922)
e. (0.2131, 0.4432)

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 537

 RSG CLASSES

75. Suppose that in sampling for the population proportion, it is found

that 20 out of 100 items are defective. Construct a 95% confidence
interval for the proportion of defective items in the population.

a. (0.1216, 0.2784)
b. (0.0234, 0.3452)
c. (0.1212, 0.3341)
d. (0.175, 0.225)
e. None of the above

76. The management of a local restaurant wants to estimate the average

amount their customers spend at the restaurant to within $0.50, with
a 95% confidence. What is the minimum sample size required, if the
standard deviation is assumed to be $3.50?

a. 272
b. 189
c. 325
d. 196
e. None of the above

77. A confidence interval for the population variance is being formulated,

and a random sample of 35 observations yields a sample variance
s2 = 2,120. What would interval limits for s2 be if a 95% confidence
interval was desired?

a. (1,483.1, 3,327.8)
b. (1,387.0, 3,638.6)
c. (1,308.4, 3,951.8)
d. (1,227.5, 4,368.5)
e. (1,167.5, 4,689.7)

78. If the sample size is cut to 1/4 of its present size, all else being the
same, the confidence interval will become:

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 538

 RSG CLASSES

a. Twice as wide
b. Half as wide
c. 4 times as wide
d. Will not change
e. Not enough information to determine

79. To test hypotheses about the mean of a normal population with a

known SD, we can compare:

a. The observed value of 𝑥̅ with the critical value of 𝑥̅

b. The observed value of 𝑥̅ with the critical value of z
c. The observed value of z with the critical value of 𝑥̅
d. The observed value of z with the critical value of z
e. Either a) or d)

80. If we say that 𝛼 = 0.10 for a particular hypothesis test, we are saying
that:

a. 10% is our minimum standard of acceptable probability.

b. 10% is the risk we take of rejecting a hypothesis that is true
c. 10% is the risk we take of accepting a hypothesis that is false
d. a) and b) only
e. a) and c) only

81. Suppose that we wish to test whether a population mean is

significantly larger or smaller than 10. We take a sample and find 𝑥̅ =
8.What should our alternative hypothesis be?

a. 𝜇 < 10
b.𝝁 ≠ 𝟏𝟎
c. 𝜇 > 10
d. Can’t be determined from the information given

82. Suppose that a hypothesis test is being performed for a process in

which a type I error will be very costly, but a type II error will be
relatively inexpensive and unimportant. Which of the following
would be the best choice for 𝛼 in this test?

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 539

 RSG CLASSES

a. 0.01
b. 0.10
c. 0.25
d. 0.50
e. None of the above

83. You are performing a right tail test of a population and 𝜎 is not
known. A sample of size 26 is taken, and 𝑥̅ 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝑠 are computed. At a
significant level of 0.01, where would you look for the critical value
for the test?

a. The z table, where 0.99 of the area is to the left of the z value
b. The z table, where 0.98 of the area is to the left of the z value
c. The t table, where, with 25 degrees of freedom, the column heading
is 0.02.
d. The t table, where, with 25 degrees of freedom, the column heading
is 0.01.

84. When using the sample procedure, 𝑝̅ , to test the hypothesis

𝐻0: 𝑝 = 𝑃𝐻0 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝐻1: 𝑝 ≠ 𝑃𝐻0 , 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑑𝑎𝑟𝑑 𝑒𝑟𝑟𝑜𝑟 𝑜𝑓 𝑝̅ is:

𝑝𝑞
a. √
𝑛

b. pq/n
c.√𝑷𝑯𝟎 𝒒𝑯𝟎 /𝒏
d. 𝑃𝐻0 𝑞𝐻0 /𝑛
e. None of the above

85. For a particular hypothesis test, 𝛼 = 0.05 𝑎𝑛𝑑 𝛽 = 0.10. The power of
this test is:

a. 0.15
b. 0.90
c. 0.85
d. 0.95
e . 0.25
None of the above

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 540

 RSG CLASSES

86. For a two – tailed test of a hypothesis at 𝛼 = 0.10, the acceptance

region in the entire region:

a. To the right of the negative critical value

b. b/w the two critical values
c. outside the two critical values
d. to the left of the positive critical value

87. When the null hypothesis is 𝐻0 : 𝜇 = 42, the alternative hypothesis

can be:

a. 𝐻1: 𝜇 ≥ 42
b. 𝑯𝟏 : 𝝁 < 42
c. 𝐻1 : 𝜇 = 40
d. 𝐻1: 𝜇 ≠ 40

88. A set of two dependent samples of size 15 was taken and a hypothesis
test was performed. At t value with 14 degrees of freedom was used.
If the two sets of samples had been treated as independent, how
many degrees of freedom would have been used?

a. 14
b. 28
c. 29
d. 30

89. A two – tail test of difference b/w two proportions led to z = 1.85 for
its standardized difference of sample proportions. For which of the
following significance levels would you reject 𝐻0?

a. 𝛼 = 0.05
b. 𝜶 = 𝟎. 𝟏𝟎
c. 𝛼 = 0.02
a) and b) but not c)

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 541

 RSG CLASSES

90. If sample 1 has 13 elements with 𝑠1 = 17 and sample 2 has 9

elements with 𝑠2 = 22, then 𝑠𝑝2 =

a. 19
b. 361
c. 367
d. 19.5

91. Suppose you have a sample of size one from one of the following
densities.

H0: f(x) = 2x 0≤x≤1

H1: f(x) = 2 − 2x 0≤x≤1
Let α and β denote type I error and type II error, respectively. Find
the test procedure of the form “Reject H0 if x<k” with α = 0.09.
find β for this test.

a. k = 0.5, β = 0.25
b. k = 0.5, β = 0.36
c. k = 0.3, β = 0.16
d. k = 0.3, β = 0.49 [DSE 2012]

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 542

 RSG CLASSES

CHAPTER -12
ECOTRIX
1. Regression analysis is concerned with estimating
a. The mean value of the dependent value
b. The mean value of the explanatory variable
c. The mean value of the correlation coefficient
d. The mean value of the fixed variable

2. The locus of the conditional means of Y for the fixed values of X is the
a. Conditional expectation function
b. Intercept line
c. Population regression line
d. Linear regression line

3. E(Y|Xi) = f(Xi) is referred to as

a. Conditional expectation function
b. Intercept line
c. Population regression line
d. Linear regression line

4. Liner regression model is

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 543
 RSG CLASSES

a. Linear in explanatory variables but may not be linear in parameters

b. Nonlinear in parameters and must be linear on variables
c. Linear in parameters and must be linear in variables
d. Linear in parameters and may not be linear in variables

5. In Yi = β1+β2Xi = ui’ ui can take values that are

a.Only positive
b.Only negative
c. Only zero
d. Positive, negative or zero

6. In Yi = E (Y|Xi) + ui’, the deterministic component is given by

a. yi
b.E (Y|Xi)
c. ui
d. E(Y|Xi) + ui

7. The sample Regression line is at best an approximation of the

population regression. The statement
a. Is always true
b. Is always false
c. May sometimes be true sometimes false
d.Nonsense statement

8. Yi = 𝛽 1 + 𝛽 Xi + ui represents
a. Sample regression function
b. Population regression function
c. Nonlinear regression function
d. Estimate of regression function

9.Yi = β̂1 +β̂2Xi+ ûi represents

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 544

 RSG CLASSES

a. Sample regression function

b. Population regression function
c. Nonlinear regression function
d. Estimate of regression function

10. In Yi = β̂1 + β̂2Xi = ûi’β̂i and β̂2 represent

a. Fixed component
b. Residual component
c. Estimates
d. Estimators

11. In Yi = β̂1 + β̂2Xi = ûI ,’ûirepresent

a. Fixed component
b. Residual component estimated
c. Estimates
d. Estimators

12. In sample regression function, the observed Yi can be expressed as Yi =

̂i + β̂2Xi = ûi. The statement is
Y
a. True
b. False
c. Depend on β̂2
d. Depends on Ŷi

13. In sample regression function, the observed Yi can be expressed as Yi =

Yi + β̂2Xi = ûi. The statement is
̂
a. True
b. False
c. Depend on β̂2
d. Depends on ̂Yi

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 545

 RSG CLASSES

14. In Yi = β̂1 + β̂2Xi + ûI ’̂

uI gives the difference between

a. The actual and estimated Y values

b.The actual and estimated X values
c. The actual and estimated beta values
d. The actual and estimated u values

15. Under the least square procedure, larger the ûi (in absolute terms),
the larger the
a. Standard error
b. Regression error
c. Squared sum of residuals
d. Difference between true parameter and estimated parameter

16.The method of least squares provide with unique estimates of β̂1

and β̂2 that give the smallest possible value of
a. ûi

b.. ûi
 u
̂i
c.
 ̂i
d. 𝐮

17. The least square estimators are

a. Period estimators
b. Point estimators
c. Population estimators
d. Popular estimators

̂) is
18. The mean value of the estimated Y(Y

a. Equal to the mean value of actual Y (𝐘 ̂).

̂).
b. Not equal to mean value of actual Y (Y
c. Equal to the mean value of actual X(X).
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 546
 RSG CLASSES

d. Not Equal to mean value of actual X(X).

̂
YiûI and  ûî
Xi
19.
a. Positive values
b. Negative values
c. Equal to zero
d. Any of the above

20. The mean value of ui conditional upon the given Xi is

a. Positive values
b. Negative values
c. Equal to zero
d. Any of the above

21. In classical linear regression model, X i and ui are

a. Positively correlated
b. Negatively correlated
c. Highly correlated
d. Not correlated

22.Homoscedacity refers to the error terms having

a. Zero mean
b. Positive variance
c. Constance variance
d. Positive mean

23. One of the assumptions of CRLM is that the values of the

explanatory variable X must
a. All be positive
b. Not all be the same
c. All be negative
d. Average to zero

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 547

 RSG CLASSES

24. In statistics standard error measures the

a. Precision of an estimate
b. Correlation between Y and X
c. Specification error of the model
d. Autocorrelation in the regression model

25. In a two variable linear regression model the slope coefficient

measures

a. The mean value of Y

b. The change in Y which the model predicts for a unit change
in X
c. The change in which the model predicts for a unit change in Y
d. The value of Y for any given value of X

26. The fitted regression of equation is given by ̂Yi = -12 + 0.5 X. What
is the value of the residual at the point X=50, Y=70 ?

a. 57
b. -57
c. 0
d. 33

27.What is the number of degrees of freedom for a simple bivariate

linear regression with 100 observations?

a. 100
b.97
c. 98
d. 2

28. Given the assumption of the CRLM, the least squares estimates
possess some optimum properties given by Gauss-Markov
theorem. Which of these statements is NOT part of the theorem

a. The estimators of β̂2 is a linear function of a random variable

b. The average value of the estimator 𝛃 ̂ 2 is equal to zero

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 548

 RSG CLASSES

c. The estimator β̂2has minimum variance

d. The estimator β̂2 is unbiased estimator

29.Coefficient of correlation

a. Lies between -1 and +1

b. Is always equal to zero
c. Is a measure of nonlinear dependence of two variables
d. Implies causation in a relationship

30. For coefficient of determination r2 for a regression model

a. r2= 1
b. 0 <r2 <1
c. r2 <1
d. r2 = 0

31. When the estimated slope coefficient in the simple regression

model is zero, then
a. r2 = 1
b. 0 <r2 <1
c. r2 = 1
d. r2 = 0

32. Zero correlation does not necessarily imply independence

between the two variables. The statement is

a. False
b. True
c. Depends on the mean value of X and Y

33. The r2 measures the percentage of the total variation in

a. Y explained by betas
b. Y explained by ûi X explained by Y
c. Y explained by the regression model

34. When γ̂i = Yi for each I in a regression model then the value of r 2
would be

a. r2 = Y
b. 0 <r2 <1
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 549
 RSG CLASSES

c. r2 = 1
d. r2 = 0

35. The simplest possible multiple regression model is a

a. One variable model
b. Two variable model
c. Three variable model
d. Multi-variable model

36. Multiple linear regression models

a. Are linear in parameter and linear in variables
b. Are linear in parameter and may not be linear in
variables
c. May not be linear in parameter but are linear in variables
d. May not be linear in parameter and variables

37. In Yi = β1X1i + β2X2i +β3X3i+uiWhere X1i= 1 for all i. This is an

example of

a.Three variable model

b. X variable model
c. Four variable model
d. Three beta model

38. In Yi = β1X1i + β2X2i +β3X3i+ui,the partial regression coefficients are

given by
a. β2 and β2
b. 𝛃2 and 𝛃3
c. β1 and β3
d. β1 and ui

39. In classical linear regression model, Var (ui) = σ2 refers to the

assumption of

a.Zero mean value of disturbance term

b. Homoscedasticity
No autocorrelation
No multicollinearity

40. In classical linear regression model, λ2X2i + λ3X3=0 with λ3=λ3 = O

refers to the ASSUMPTION of
a. Zero mean value of disturbance term

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 550

 RSG CLASSES

b. Homoscedasticity
c. No autocorrelation
d. No multicollinearity

41. In classical linear regression model, Cov (ui,uj)=0, i≠j refers to the
assumption of

a. Zero mean value of disturbance term

b. Homoscedasticity
c. No autocorrelation
d. No multicollinearity

42. The assumption of multicollinearity means that

a. There should be no correlation among the regressors

b. There should be no linear relationship among the
regressors
c. There should be no nonlinear relationship among the
rergressors
d. There should be no relationship among the regressors

43. Given Yi = β1X1i + β2X2i +β3X3i+ui, state which of the following

statement is true
a. β2 measures the change in the mean value of Y per unit change
in X2 ,holding the value of X3 constant
b. β3 gives the net effect of a unit change in X3, on the mean value
of Y, net of any effect that X2 may have on mean Y
c. Both a and b are true
d. Neither a nor b is true

44. The measure of proportion or percentage of a variation in Y

explained by the explanatory variables (X2, X3, …) jointly is given by
a. r2
b. R2
c. R
d. None

45. Multiple coefficient of determination measures the

a. Goodness of fit of multiple regression model

b. Homoscedasticity of multiple regression model
c. Heteroscedasticity of multiple regression model

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 551

 RSG CLASSES

d. Multicollinearity of multiple regression model

̅2 would be equal to
46. When R2 = 1; R

a. 0
b. +1
c. -1
d. Less than 1

̅2 can take values

47. R
a. Between 0 and 1
b. Between -1 and 1
c. Between -1 and 0
d. Less than +1

48. The Values of R̅2is always less than R2. This statement is
a. Incorrect
b. Correct
c. Depends of k value
d. Depends on n value

49. In comparing two models on the basis of goodness of fit

a. The sample size must be the same

b. The dependent variable must be the same
c. The independent variables must be the same
d. Both a and b above

50. Quadratic function is represented by

a. Yi = β0 +β1 X2i+ui
b. Yi = 𝛃0 +𝛃1 Xi+𝛃2 X2i+ui
c. Yi = β0 +β1 Xi+β2 X2i+β3 X3i+ui
d. Yi = β0 + β1 X3i +ui

51. Given the regression model Yi=β1+β2X2i +β3X3i+ui,, how would you
state the null hypothesis to test that X2 has no influence on Y with
X3 held constant.

a. H0: β1 = 0
b. H0: 𝛃2 = 0
c. H0: β3 = 0

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 552

 RSG CLASSES

d. H0: β2 = 0 given β3 = 0

52. In hypothesis testing using t statistics, when the computed t value

is found to exceed the critical t value at the chosen level of
significance, then

a. We reject the null hypothesis

b. We do not reject the null hypothesis
c. It depends on alternate hypothesis
d. It depends on F value

53. A hypothesis such as H0: β2 = β3 = 0, can be tested using

a. t-test
b. Chi-square test
c. ANOVA test
d. F-test

54. In regression model Yi=β1+β2X2i +β3X3i+ui ,testing the overall

significance of the model using F-test, degrees of freedom used (k-
1), (n-1), where k is equal to

a. 2
b. 3
c. 4
d.Sample size

55. When R2 for a regression model is equal to zero, the F value is

equal to

a. Infinity
b. High positive value
c. Low positive value
d. Zero

56. To test for structural break in a time series data, we use

a. t-test
b. F-test
c. MWD test
d. Chow test

57. In the multiple regression model, the adjusted R2

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 553

 RSG CLASSES

a. Cannot be negative
b. Will never be greater than the regression R2
c. Equals to square of correlation coefficient r
d. Cannot decrease when an additional explanatory variable is
added

58. For a regression through the origin, the intercept is equal to

a. 1
b. 2
c. 0
d.-1

59. For a regression through the origin, state which of these

statements is NOT true
a.The  ûi need not be equal to zero
b.The raw r2 computed satisfies 0<r<1 and is directly
comparable to the conventionally computed r 2
c. In estimating the model, we use raw sum of squares and cross
products
d. The conventionally computed r2 may give negative value

60. If we multiply both Y and X by 1000 and re-estimate the aggression,

the slope coefficient and its standard error will

a. Increase by 1000 times

b. Decrease by 1000 times
c. Remain same
d. Increase by (1/1000) times

61. If we multiply both Y and X by 1000 and re-estimate the aggression,

the intercept coefficient and its standard error will

a. Increase by 1000 times

b. Decrease by 1000 times
c. Remain same
d. Increase by (1/1000) times

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 554

 RSG CLASSES

62. If we multiply Y by 1000 and re-estimate the aggression, the slope

coefficient and its standard error will

a. Increase by 1000 times

b. Decrease by 1000 times
c. Remain same
d. Increase by (1/1000) times

63.If we multiply Y by 1000 and re-estimate the aggression, the

intercept coefficient and its standard error will
a. Increase by 1000 times
b. Decrease by 1000 times
c. Remain same
d. Increase by (1/1000) times

64. If we multiply X by 1000 and re-estimate the aggression, the slope

coefficient and its standard error will
a. Increase by 1000 times
b. Decrease by 1000 times
c. Remain same
d. Increase by (1/1000) times

65. If we multiply X by 1000 and re-estimate the aggression, the

intercept coefficient and its standard error will
a. Increase by 1000 times
b. Decrease by 1000 times
c. Remain same
d. Increase by (1/1000) times

66. If in Yi =  1+  2Xi + ui, both Y and X are standardized variables. The

intercept term will be be

a. Positve
b. Negative
c. Between -1 and +1
d. Equal to zero

67. In double log regression model, the regression slope gives

a. The relative change in Y for an absolute change in X

b. The percentage change in Y for a given percentage
change in X

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 555

 RSG CLASSES

c. The absolute change in Y for a percent change in Y

d. By how many units Y changes for a unit change in X

68. In Log-in regression model, the slope coefficient gives

a. The relative change in Y for an absolute change in X

b. The percentage change in Y for a given percentage
change in X
c. The absolute change in Y for a percent change in Y
d. By how many units Y changes for a unit change in X

69. In Lin-Log regression model, the slope coefficient gives

a. The relative change in Y for an absolute change in X

b. The percentage change in Y for a given percentage change in X
c. The absolute change in Y for a percent change in Y
d. By how many units Y changes for a unit change in X

70. In double log model, elasticity of Y with respect to X is given by

a. 𝛃2
b. β2(X/Y)
c. β2X
d. β2(1/Y)

71. In Log-Lin model, elasticity of Y with respect to X is given by

a. β2
b. β2(X/Y)
c.𝛃2X
d. β2(1/Y)

72. In Lin-Log model, elasticity of Y with respect to X is given by

a. β2
b. β2(X/Y)
c.β2X
d. 𝛃2(1/Y)

73. In linear model, elasticity of Y with respect to X is given by

a. β2
b. 𝛃2(X/Y)
c.β2X

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 556

 RSG CLASSES

d.β2(1/Y)

74. When comparing r2 of two regression models, the models should

have the same

a. X variables
b.Y variables
c. Error term
d. Beta coefficients.

75. If a quantitative variable has ‘m’ categories, we can introduce

a. Only ‘m-1’dummy variables
b.Only ‘m’dummy variables
c.Only ‘m+1’dummy variables
d.Only ‘m*2’dummy variables

76. ANCOVA models include regressor that are

a.Only quantitative variables

b. Only qualitative variables
c. Only categorical variables
d. Both qualitative and quantitative variables

77. ANOVA models is include

a. Only quantitative variables
b. Only qualitative variables
c. Only categorical variables
d. Both qualitative and quantitative variables

78. Heteroscedasticity means that

a. All X variables cannot be assumed to be homogeneous
b. The Variance of the error term is not constant
c. The observed units have no relation
d. The X and Y are not correlated

79. Heteroscedasticity may result due to the presence of

a. Outliers in the sample
b. Omission of important explanatory
c. Skewness in the distribution of regressors in the model
d. All of the above

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 557

 RSG CLASSES

80.Heteroscedasticity is more likely a problem of

a. Cross-section data
b.Time series data
c. Pooled data
d.All of the above

81. The coefficient estimated in the presence of heteroscedasticity are

NOT
a. Unbiased estimators
b. Consistent estimators
c. Efficient estimators
d. Linear estimators

82. Estimating the regression model in the presence of

heteroscedasticity using this method leads to BLUE estimators

a.OLS
b. GLS
c.MLE
d. Two-stage regression estimation

83. In the regression model Yi = β1X0i + β2X1i +ui, if β1is the intercept
coefficient then the values that X0i can take are

a.All ones
b. All zeros
c. Any value
d.Any positive value

2
84. Under park test in 𝑢̂ = In σ2 + 𝛽 In Xi + vi, is the suggested regression
𝑖
model. Here if we find 𝛽 to be statistically significantly different
from zero, this means that
a. Homoscedasticity assumption is satisfied
b. Homoscedasticity assumption is not satisfied
c. We need further testing
d. Xi has impact on Yi

85. According to Goldfeld and Quandt the problem with Park test is
that the

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 558

 RSG CLASSES

a.Error term is hetroscedastic

b. Expected value of vi is nonzero
c. vi is serially correlated
Model is nonlinear in parameter

86. The heteroscedasticity test that is sensitive to the normality

assumption or error term is
a.Goldfield-Quandt test
b.Breuseh-Pagan-Godfrey test
c. Whites general heteroscedasticity test
d. Spearman’s rank correlation test

87. The following remedial measure for heteroscedasticity is used when

2
σ is known for a regression model
𝑖
a.Koenker-Bassett method
b. Weighted least square method
c. OLS method
d. White’s procedure

88. Which of the following is NOT considered the assumption about the
pattern of heteroscedasticity

a. The error variance is proportional to Xi

b.The error variance is proportional to Y i
2
c. The error variance is proportional to X
𝑖
d.The error variance is proportional to square of the mean value
of Y

89. When error terms across time series data are intercorrelated, it is
known as
a. Cross correlation
b.Cross autocorrelation
c.Spatial autocorrelation
d. Serial autocorrelation

90. The regression coefficient estimated in the presence of

autocorrelation in the sample date are NOT
a. Unbiased estimators
b. Consistent estimators
c. Efficient estimators
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 559
 RSG CLASSES

d. Linear estimators

91. Estimating the coefficient of regression model in the presence if

autocorrelation leads to this test being NOT valid

a. t-test
b. F-test
c. Chi-square test
d. All of the above

92. If in our regression model, one of the explanatory variables included

is the aged value of the dependent variable, then the model is
referred to as
a. Best fit model
b. Dynamic model
c. Autoregressive model
d. First-difference form

93. Regression of Ui on itself lagged one period is referred to as

a. AR(1) model
b. AR(2) model
c. Coefficient of auto-covariance model
d. White noise model

94. In regression model Ut = 𝜌ut-1 + Є1’ -1 <𝜌<+1, 𝜌, 𝜌 is the

a. Coefficient of autocorrelation
b. First-order coefficient of autocorrelation
c. Coefficient of autocorrelation at lag 1
d. All of the above

95. Estimating the regression model in the presence of autocorrelation

using this method leads to BLUE estimators:
a.OLS
b.GLS
c. MLE
d. Two-stage regression estimation

96. The regression model does not include the lagged value(s) of the
dependent variable as one of the explanatory variables. This is
an assumption underlying on eof the following tests of
autocorrelation:

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 560

 RSG CLASSES

a. Durbin-Watson d test
b. Runs test
c. Breusch-Godfrey test
d. Graphical method

97. The d-statistics value is limited to

a. 0 to 2
b. 2 to 4
c. 0 to 4
d. 4 ± 2

98. If the durbin-watsond-test statistics is found to be equal to 0, this

means that first-order autocorrelation is

a.Perfectly positive
b. Perfectly negative
c. Zero
d. Imperfect negative correlation

EXAM STYLE QUESTION

1. Consider the following 2-variable linear regression where the error
ei‘s are independently and identically distributed with mean 0 and
variance 1;
yi = α + β(xi − x̅) + ei , i = 1,2, … , n
Let α ̂ and β̂ be ordinary least squares estimates of α and β
respectively. Then the correlation coefficient between α ̂ and β̂ is
a. 1
b. 0
c. – 1
1
d. [ISI 2010]
2

2. Consider the following classical linear regression of y on x,

yi = βxi + ui , i = 1,2, … , n
Where E(ui ) = 0 V(ui ) = σ2 for all I, and u’s are homoscedastic and
non-autocorrelated. Now, let ûi be the ordinary least square
estimate of ui . Then which of the following statements is true?
a. ∑ni=1 ûi = 0

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 561

 RSG CLASSES

b. ∑ni=1 ûi = 0 and ∑ni=1 xi ûi = 0

c. ∑ni=1 ûi = 0 and ∑ni=1 xi ûi ≠ 0
d. ∑𝐧𝐢=𝟏 𝐱𝐢 𝐮
̂𝐢 = 𝟎 [ISI 2013]

3. For variables X and Y we have the data:

∑ XY = 350, ∑ X = 50, ∑ Y = 60, X ̅ = 5, σ2X = 4,andσ2y = 9. Which
of the following holds

a) A one unit change in X is associated with a 1.25 unit change in Y, and

a one unit change in Y is associated with a 0.6 unit change in X.
b) A one unit change in X is associated with a 0.6 unit change in Y, and
a one unit change in Y is associated with a 1.25 unit change in X.
c) The covariance between X and Y exceeds ̅ Y
d) The regression of Y on X passes through the origin.[DSE 2008]

4. Suppose you have the following estimated regression equation:

ln 𝑌=1.2+0.5 X. Which of the following is a good interpretation of
the estimated relationship between X and Y?

a) A unit change in X is associated with a 50 percent change in Y

b) A unit change in X is associated with a 0.5 percent change in Y
c) A one percent change in X is associated with a 50 unit change in Y
d) A one percent change in X is associated with a 0.5 unit change in Y
[DSE 2011]

5. Consider the following equation to be estimated using ordinary least

squares:
𝑌 = 𝑎0 + 𝑎1 𝑋1 + 𝑎2 𝑋2 + 𝑎3 (𝑋2 − 𝑋1 ) + 𝑎4 𝑋1 𝑋2 + 𝑢

Which of the following statements is true?

a) The parameter 𝑎0 , 𝑎1 , 𝑎2 , 𝑎4 can be estimated but not 𝑎3
b) The parameter 𝒂𝟎 and 𝒂𝟒 can be estimated but not 𝒂𝟏 , 𝒂𝟐 , 𝒂𝟑
c) The parameter 𝑎0 , 𝑎1 , 𝑎2 , 𝑎3 can be estimated, but not 𝑎4
d) All parameters can be satisfied [DSE 2011]

6. A researcher wants to test whether there are gender differences in

the rates of immunization for boys and girls, after controlling for

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 562

 RSG CLASSES

parental income, mother’s education and access to health care

facilities. The easiest way to test this would be to:
a) Include one dummy variable in the multiple regression.
b) Include two dummy variables in the multiple regression.
c) Include interaction dummies in the multiple regression
d) Run two separate regressions-one for boys and one for girls
[DSE 2011]

7. Instead of estimating a production function y = a0 + a1 K + a2 L + u,

where y is output, K is capital input and L is labour input, a
researcher estimates y =a0 + a1 K + u. It is known that in the true
model a2 > 0 and K and L are complements. Which of the following
is true?

a) The estimated 𝐚𝟏 will be upwardly biased

b) The estimated a1 will be downward bias
c) The estimated a1 will be biased, but the direction of bias cannot be
determined
d) The estimated a1 will be unbiased, but a0 will be biased
[DSE 2011]
8. Which of the following statements is not an indicator that
multicollinearity among two or more variables is present in a
multiple regression model estimated using OLS:

a) Small changes to the data can cause large changes to estimated

coefficients
b) Coefficients are estimated with bias
c) The estimated coefficients have large standard errors even through
the R2 is high
d) A test of joint significance of two or more coefficients is significant
even though individually they are not significant[DSE 2012]

9. Given the linear regression Y = α + βX; a very high correlation

between variables X and Y necessarily implies that

a) The slope coefficient β is statistically significant

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 563

 RSG CLASSES

b) The observations (x, y) lie along a straight line

c) Small changes in X cause large changes in Y
d) The regression line is steep [DSE 2012]

10. Consider the following model, estimated using OLS

Yi = βX i + ℰi ; i = 1,2, … n

Where there is no intercept, and Var(ℰi ) = σ2 . Which of the following

statements is not true?

a) The R2 from this regression can be large even if X and Y have low
correlation
b) The least squares residuals need not sum to zero[DSE 2012]
2
c) The mean square error is given by ∑(Yi − ̂Y) /(n − 1)
d) The least squares estimator of the slope coefficient is given by:
𝐧 ∑ 𝐗 𝐢 𝐘𝐢 − ∑ 𝐗 𝐢 ∑ 𝐘𝐢
𝐧 ∑ 𝐗 𝟐𝐢 − (∑ 𝐗 𝐢 )𝟐

11. An analyst trying to estimate the demand for rice has estimated the
following two models

Model 1: D = 50 + 0.3Y + 0.1P + 12N; R2 = 0.7

Where D is the demand for rice per household, Y is income per

household, P is the price of rice and N is household size. The
standard errors associated with P is 0.05, and of N is 3.

Model 2: D/N = 50 + 0.2 Y/N – 0.5P; R2 = 0.9

Where the standard errors of the estimated slope coefficients are 0.1
and 0.2 respectively.which of the following statements is true?

a) Model 2 is preferred to Model 1 because it has a higher R 2

b) Model 1 is preferred to Model 2 because the coefficients are all
significant
c) The two models are not comparable in terms of fit
d) None of the above[DSE 2012]

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 564

 RSG CLASSES

12. Consider the regression Yi∗ = β̂1∗ + β̂∗2X i∗ + û∗i , and Yi = β̂1 + β̂2 X i + ui ,
where Yi∗ = w𝟏 Y𝐢 and X ∗i = w2X 𝐢 ; w1, w2 are constants. Is it true that

β̂1∗ = w2β̂1
w2
β̂∗2 = β̂
w1 2
𝟐
̂ ∗𝟐 ) = (𝐰𝟐 ) Var(𝛃
Var(𝛃 ̂𝟐 )
𝐰𝟏
2 2
rxy ≠ rx∗ y∗ where r denotes correlation coefficient[DSE 2012]

For variable X and Y we have the data

∑ XY = 350, ∑ X = 50, ∑ Y = 60, ̅
X = 5, σ2X = 4, σ2Y = 9

Where ̅
X denotes the mean of X and σ2X denotes the variance of X.
Which of the following holds?

a) A unit change in X causes a 1.25 unit change in Y, and a one unit

change in Y causes a 0.6 unit change in X
b) A unit change in X causes a 0.6 unit change in Y, and a one unit
change in Y causes a 1.25 unit change in X
c) A 10% change in X causes a 15% change in Y
d) The regression of Y on X passes through the origin[DSE 2012]

13. A linear regression mode y= α + βx + ε is estimated using OLS. It

turns out that the estimated β̂ equals zero. This implies that:

a) R2 is zero
b) R2 is one
c) 0 < R2 < 1
d) In this case the R2 is undefined[DSE 2013]

14. A linear regression model y = α + βx + ε is estimated using OLS. It

turns out that the estimated R2 equal zero. This implies that:

a) All x‘s are necessarily zero

b) β̂ = 1 and y = α̂+x
c) ̂ = 0 or all x’s are constant
𝛃
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 565
 RSG CLASSES

d) There are no implications for β̂[DSE 2013]

15. Using ordinary least squares, a market analyst estimates the

following demand function
log X = α + βlogP + ϵ

Where X is the output, and P is the price. In another formulation, she

estimates the above function after dividing all prices by 1000.
Comparing the two sets of estimates she would find that
̂ and β̂ will be the same in both formulations
a) α
̂ and β̂ will differ across both formulations
b) α
c) 𝛂̂ will change but 𝛃̂ will not [DSE 2013]
d) β̂ will change but α̂ will not

16. A linear regression model is estimated using ordinary least squares y

= α + βx + ε. But the variance of the error term is not constant, and
in fact varies directly with another variable z, which is not included in
the model. Which of the following statements is true?
a) The OLS estimated coefficients will be biased because of the
correlation between x and the error term.
b) The OLS estimated coefficients will be unbiased but their
estimated standard errors will be biased.
c) The OLS estimated coefficients will be unbiased and so will their
estimated standard errors because the error variance is not
related to x, but to z which is not included in the model.
d) Both the OLS estimated coefficients and their estimated
standard errors will be biased.[DSE 2013]

17. Consider the linear regression model: 𝑦𝑖 = 𝛽1𝐷1𝑖 + 𝛽2 𝐷2𝑖 + 𝜖𝑖

where 𝐷1𝑖 = 1 if 1 <i <N and 𝐷1i = 0 if N + 1 < i<n for some
I<N<n; and 𝐷2𝑖 = 1 - 𝐷2𝑖 . Can this model be estimated using
least squares?

a) No, because D1 and D2 are perfectly collinear

b) Yes, and it is equivalent to running two separate regressions of y
on D1 and y on D2, respectively
c) No, because there is no variability in D1 and D2

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 566

 RSG CLASSES

d) Yes, provided an intercept term is included.[DSE 2014]

18. Consider the least squares regression of y on a single variable x.

Which of the following statements is true about such a regression?

a) The coefficient of determination R2 is always equal to the

squared correlation coefficient between y and x
b) The coefficient of determination R2 is equal to the squared
correlation coefficient between y on x only if there is no
intercept in the equation
c) The coefficient of determination R2 is equal to the squared
correlation coefficient between y on x only if there is an
intercept in the equation.
d) There is no relationship between the coefficient of
determination R2 is always equal to the squared correlation
coefficient between y and x[DSE 2014]

19. An analyst runs two least squares regressions: first, of y on a single

variable x, and second, of x on y. in both cases, she decides to
include an intercept term. Which of the following is true of what
she finds?

a) The slope coefficient of the first regression will be the inverse

of the slope coefficient of the second regression; this will also
be true of the associated t-ratios
b) The slope coefficient will be different, the associated t-ratios
will also be different, but the R2 from the two regressions will
be the same
c) The slope coefficient will be different, but the associated t-ratios
and the R2 from the two regressions will be the same
d) The slope coefficients will be the inverse of each other, the
associated t-ratios will also be the inverse of each other, but the
R2 from the two regressions will be the same[DSE 2014]

20. Three questions pertain to the following: A simple linear regression

of wages on gender, run on a sample of 200 individuals, 150 of
whom are men, yields of following
Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 567
 RSG CLASSES

wi = 300 − 50Di + ui
(20)(10)

Where wi is the wage in Rs per day of the ith individual, Di = 1 if

individual i is male, and 0 otherwise, ui is a classical error term, and
the figures in parentheses are standard errors.[DSE 2015]
1. What is the average wage in the sample?

a) Rs. 250 per day

b) Rs. 275 per day
c) Rs. 262.50 per day
d) Rs. 267.50 per day

2. The most precise estimate of the difference in wages between

men and women would have been obtained if, among these 200
individuals,

a) There were an equal number (100) of men and women in the

sample
b) The ratio of the number of men and women in the sample was
the same as the ratio of their average wages
c) There were at least 30 men and 30 women; this is sufficient for
estimation: precision does not depend on the distribution of
the sample across men and women
d) None of the above

3. The explained (regression) sum of squares in this case is:

a) 93750
b) 1406.25
c) 15000
d) This cannot be calculated from the information given

21. An analyst estimates the model Y = β1 + β1 X1 + β2 X 2 + β3 X 3 + u

using OLS. But the true β3 = 0. In this case, by including X 3

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 568

 RSG CLASSES

a) There is no harm done as all the estimates would be unbiased

and efficient
b) There is a problem because all the estimates would be biased
and inconsistent
c) The estimates would be unbiased but would be have larger
standard error [DSE 2015]
d) The estimates may be biased but they would still be efficient

22. Let β̂ be the OLS estimates of the slope coefficient in a regression of Y

on X1. Let 𝛽̃ be the OLS estimator of the coefficient on X 1 on a
regression on Y on X1 and X2. Which of the following is true:

a) ̂ ) < Var(𝜷
Var(𝛃 ̃)
b) Var(β̂) > Var(𝛽̃)
c) Var(β̂) < or > Var(𝛽̃)
d) Var(β̂) = Var(𝛽̃)

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 569

 RSG CLASSES

Rahul Study Group (9810148860) Page 570